2017 Chevrolet Express Owners Manual PDF

2k17_Chevrolet_Express_23213070A.
ai 1 5/9/2016 11:25:34 AM
2017 Express
C
CM
MY
CY
CMY
Express Owners Manual
23213070 A
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 23
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 87
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 132
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 164
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 296
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 312
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 323
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that A French language manual can be
was not purchased on the vehicle, obtained from your dealer, at
model variants, country www.helminc.com, or from:
specifications, features/applications Propritaires Canadiens
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en franais auprs du
The names, logos, emblems, concessionnaire ou l'adresse
If the vehicle has the Duramax suivante:
slogans, vehicle model names, and Diesel engine, see the Duramax
vehicle body designs appearing in diesel supplement for additional and Helm, Incorporated
this manual including, but not limited specific information on this engine. Attention: Customer Service
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, 47911 Halyard Drive
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and If the vehicle has the CNG engine, Plymouth, MI 48170
EXPRESS are trademarks and/or see the Express/Savana CNG USA
service marks of General Motors Compressed Natural Gas
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, supplement for additional and
specific information on this engine.
Using this Manual
or licensors.
Refer to the purchase To quickly locate information about
For vehicles first sold in Canada, the vehicle, use the Index in the
substitute the name General documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm the back of the manual. It is an
Motors of Canada Company for alphabetical list of what is in the
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it features.
manual and the page number where
appears in this manual. Keep this manual in the vehicle for it can be found.
quick reference.
Litho in U.S.A.

Part No. 23213070 A First Printing 2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Introduction 3
Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

Caution Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. For more
labels and in this manual describe information on the symbol, refer to
hazards and what to do to avoid or the Index.
reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means Do
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
{ Danger Not, Do not do this, or Do not let # : Air Conditioning
this happen. ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result Symbols % : AudioSteering Wheel Controls
in serious injury or death. or OnStar (if equipped)
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of J : Brake System Warning Light
text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System
{ Warning the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control
information relating to a specific
Warning indicates a hazard that component, control, message, ` : Do Not Puncture
could result in injury or death. gauge, or indicator. ^ : Do Not Service
M : Shown when the owner B : Engine Coolant Temperature
manual has additional instructions
Caution or information. O : Exterior Lamps
* : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
manual has additional instructions . : Fuel Gauge
or information.
damage. + : Fuses
0 : Shown when there is more 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
information on another page
see page. Changer
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
4 Introduction
i : Top Tether Anchors for Child

Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
} : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
_ : Tow/Haul Mode
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
In Brief 5
In Brief Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . .
19
20
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Initial Drive Information Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 21
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 22
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Driving for Better Fuel
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Roadside Assistance
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Airbag On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . 11
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 14
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 18
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 19
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 163. 12. Power Outlet 110 Volt 22. Data Link Connector (DLC)
2. Driver Information Center (DIC) Alternating Current. See Power (Out of View). See Malfunction
Buttons (Out of View). See Outlets 0 93. Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Driver Information Center 13. Rear Heating System 0 160 Light) 0 102.
(DIC) 0 108. (If Equipped). 23. Instrument Panel Illumination
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn 14. Passenger Airbag On-Off Control 0 129.
and Lane-Change Switch (If Equipped). See Dome Lamp Override. See
Signals 0 128. Airbag On-Off Switch 0 62. Dome Lamps 0 129.
Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 89. 15. Traction Control/Electronic 24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 125.
4. Horn 0 89. Stability Control 0 190
(If Equipped).
5. Hazard Warning
Flashers 0 128. 16. Tow/Haul Mode Button
(If Equipped). See Tow/Haul
6. Instrument Cluster 0 95. Mode 0 187.
7. Shift Lever. See Automatic 17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 88
Transmission 0 183. (If Equipped).
Manual Mode 0 186 (If 18. Steering Wheel Adjustment
Equipped). 0 88 (Out of View),
8. Climate Control (If Equipped).
Systems 0 158. 19. Hood Release. See
9. Infotainment 0 132. Hood 0 217.
10. Power Outlets 0 93. 20. Cruise Control 0 192
(If Equipped).
11. USB Port (If Equipped). See
Auxiliary Devices 0 146. Fast Idle System 0 178
(If Equipped).
21. Parking Brake 0 189.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
8 In Brief
Initial Drive panic alarm. Press L again to

cancel the panic alarm or move the
Information ignition to ON/RUN.
This section provides a brief See Keys 0 23 and Remote Keyless
overview about some of the Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 25.
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle. Remote Vehicle Start
For more detailed information, refer
If equipped, the engine can be
to each of the features which can be
started from outside of the vehicle.
found later in this owner manual.
Starting the Vehicle
Remote Keyless Entry RKE Transmitter with Remote 1. Press and release Q on the
(RKE) System Start Shown RKE transmitter.
If equipped, the Remote Keyless Q : Press to lock all doors. 2. Immediately press and hold /
Entry (RKE) transmitter is used to Lock and unlock feedback can be
remotely lock and unlock the doors for at least four seconds or until
personalized. See Vehicle the turn signal lamps flash.
from up to 60 m (197 ft) away from Personalization 0 119.
the vehicle. Start the vehicle normally after
K : Press to unlock the driver door. entering.
Press K again within five seconds When the vehicle starts, the parking
to unlock all remaining doors. lamps will turn on.
j : Press to unlock only the cargo Remote start can be extended.
doors.
L : Press and release to locate
the vehicle. Press L and hold for
more than two seconds to sound the
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
In Brief 9
Canceling a Remote Start Lock and unlock the door from the Windows
outside using the key or the Remote
To cancel a remote start, do one of Manual Windows
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
the following:
if equipped. From the inside, slide Turn the hand crank on each door
. Press and hold / until the the manual lever on the door up to raise or lower the side door
parking lamps turn off. or down. windows.
. Turn on the hazard warning See Door Locks 0 28. See Manual Windows 0 37.
flashers. Power Door Locks Power Windows
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 27.
Door Locks
Manual Door Locks
If equipped, press T to lock or If equipped with power windows,

unlock the doors. press or pull up on the switch to
See Power Door Locks 0 29. lower or raise the window. The
driver door also has a control to
operate the front passenger window.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
10 In Brief
Express-Down Seat Adjustment Power Seats

The driver window switch also has Manual Seats
an express-down feature that allows
the window to be lowered without
holding the switch. Press fully and
release the window switch marked
AUTO to activate the express-down
mode. This mode can be canceled
at any time by pulling up on the
switch. To open the window part
way, lightly tap the switch until the
window is at the desired position.
See Power Windows 0 37.
To adjust a power seat, if available,
use the controls on the front of
To adjust the manual seat: the seat:
1. Lift the bar under the front . Adjust the seat by moving the
edge of the seat cushion to center knob up, down, right,
unlock the seat. or left.
2. Slide the seat to the desired . Raise and lower the front or rear
position and release the bar. of the seat cushion by moving
3. Try to move the seat back and the right or left lever up or down.
forth to be sure the seat is See Power Seat Adjustment 0 41.
locked in place.
See Seat Adjustment 0 41.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
In Brief 11
Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright . How to Wear Safety Belts
position: Properly 0 47.
1. Lift the lever fully without . Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 48.
applying pressure to the . Lower Anchors and Tethers for
seatback, and the seatback will Children (LATCH System) 0 73.
return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback Airbag On-Off Switch
to make sure it is locked.
If the instrument panel has one of
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 42. the switches pictured in the
following illustrations, the vehicle
Safety Belts has an airbag on-off switch that you
can use to manually turn on or off
the front outboard passenger airbag.
To recline the seatback:
1. Lift the lever on the inboard
side of the seat.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
Refer to the following sections for

important information on how to use United States
safety belts properly:
. Safety Belts 0 46.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
12 In Brief
Canada and Mexico If equipped with power mirrors, If equipped, towing mirrors can be
To operate the airbag on-off switch, select each mirror by turning the adjusted manually for a clear view
use the vehicle key. knob clockwise for the passenger of the objects behind you.
side mirror or counterclockwise for Manually fold the mirrors inward to
See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 62 for the driver side mirror. Adjust the
important information. prevent damage when going
mirror angle by moving the knob in through an automatic car wash. To
the desired direction. fold, pull the mirror toward the
Mirror Adjustment
Keep the selector switch in the vehicle. Push the mirror outward to
Exterior Mirrors center position when not adjusting return it to the original position.
either outside mirror.
Vehicles with manual outside Interior Mirror
mirrors can be adjusted by moving
the mirror up and down or left and Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
right so you can see a little of the view of the area behind your
side of the vehicle, and a clear view vehicle.
of objects behind you.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
In Brief 13
Push the tab forward for daytime 2. Release the lever to lock the this position, the dome lamps
use and pull it rearward for steering wheel in place. remain on whether a door is opened
nighttime use to avoid glare of the See Steering Wheel or closed.
headlamps from behind. Adjustment 0 88. E DOME OFF : This button is
See Manual Rearview Mirror 0 36. located above the instrument panel
Interior Lighting brightness knob.
Steering Wheel Press the button in and the dome
Dome Lamps
Adjustment lamps remain off when a door is
The dome lamps come on when any opened. Press the button again so
door is opened. They turn off after that the dome lamps come on when
all the doors are closed. a door is opened.
Reading Lamps
If equipped with reading lamps,
press the button located next to
each lamp to turn it on or off.
The vehicle may also have reading
lamps in other locations. The lamps
cannot be adjusted.
For more information on interior
lighting, see:
If equipped with a tilt steering wheel, . Instrument Panel Illumination
the lever is on the left side of the
Control 0 129.
steering column. The instrument panel brightness
. Entry/Exit Lighting 0 130.
To adjust the steering wheel: knob extends when D is pressed.
1. Pull the lever to move the To manually turn on the dome
steering wheel up or down into lamps, press D then turn the knob
a comfortable position. clockwise to the farthest position. In
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
14 In Brief
Exterior Lighting ; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the Windshield Wiper/Washer

parking lamps including all lamps,
except the headlamps.
2 (Headlamps) : Turns on the
headlamps together with the parking
lamps and instrument panel lights.
If the headlamps are turned on
while the vehicle is on, the
headlamps turn off automatically The lever is on the left side of the
10 minutes after the ignition is steering column.
The exterior lamp control is on the turned off. If the headlamps are 8 : Use for a single wiping cycle.
instrument panel to the left of the turned on while the vehicle is off,
the headlamps will continue to stay 6 : Use to adjust the delay time
steering wheel. between wipes. Turn the band up or
on. To prevent the battery from
There are four positions: being drained, turn the control to the down for more frequent wipes or
O position. less frequent wipes.
O (Off) : Briefly turn the control to
this position to turn the automatic A warning chime sounds if the driver d : Slow wipes.
headlamps and Daytime Running door is opened while the ignition a : Fast wipes.
Lamps (DRL) off or back on. switch is off and the headlamps
are on. 9 : Use to turn the wipers off.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
the off position only works for To change the headlamps from low L : Push the paddle on top of the
vehicles that are shifted into the beam to high beam, pull the turn turn signal lever to spray washer
P (Park) position. signal lever all the way toward you. fluid on the windshield.
AUTO (Automatic) : Automatically Then release it. See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 89.
turns the exterior lamps on and off,
depending on outside lighting.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
In Brief 15
Climate Controls
The vehicle's heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled with these
systems.
Vehicles without Air Conditioning
1. Fan Control 3. Air Delivery Mode Control

2. Temperature Control
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
16 In Brief
while driving downhill or towing a

trailer by letting you select a desired
range of gears.
To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever to
M (Manual Mode).
2. Press the +/ buttons on the
shift lever, to select the desired
range of gears for current
driving conditions.
When M (Manual Mode) is selected,
Vehicles with Air Conditioning a number displays in the DIC next to
the M indicating the current gear.
1. Fan Control Transmission Grade Braking is not available when
2. Temperature Control Range Selection Mode is active.
Range Selection Mode
3. Air Delivery Mode Control See Tow/Haul Mode 0 187.
4. Rear Window Defogger While using Range Selection Mode,
cruise control and the Tow/Haul
See Climate Control Systems 0 158. Mode can be used. See Manual
See Rear Heating System 0 160, Mode 0 186.
if equipped or Rear Climate Control
System 0 161, if equipped.
If equipped, Range Selection Mode

helps control the vehicle's
transmission and vehicle speed
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
In Brief 17
Vehicle Features Radio(s)
Infotainment System
If the vehicle has a base radio it is
included in this manual. See the
separate infotainment manual for
information on the connected radios,
audio players, phone, navigation
system, and voice or speech
recognition. There is also
information on settings and
downloadable applications
(if equipped).
Radio with CD/MP3
O : Press to turn the system on and SEEK or SEEK : Seek or scan

off. Turn to increase or decrease the stations.
volume. 4 : Press to switch the display
BAND : Press to choose between between the radio station frequency
FM1, FM2, AM, and SiriusXM, and the time. While the ignition is
if equipped. off, press this button to display the
f : Turn to select radio stations. time. Press to display additional text
information related to the current
FM-RDS station or MP3 song.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
18 In Brief
A choice of additional information For more information on storing a variety of programming and
such as Channel, Song, Artist, and favorite station, see commercial-free music, coast to
CAT (category) can display. Operation 0 136. coast, and in digital-quality sound.
Continue pressing to highlight the A fee is required to receive the
desired tab, or press the softkey Setting the Clock
SiriusXM service.
located under any one of the tabs To set the time and date for the
and the information about that tab Radio with CD/MP3: For more information, refer to:
displays. . www.siriusxm.com or call
1. Press H and the HR, MIN, MM,
For more information about these 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.)
DD, and YYYY (hour, minute,
and other radio features, see month, day, and year) display. . www.siriusxm.ca or call
Infotainment 0 132. 1-877-438-9677 (Canada)
2. Press the softkey under any
Storing a Favorite Station one of the tabs to be changed. See Satellite Radio 0 139.
Depending on which radio the 3. Press SEEK or SEEK, s
vehicle has, radio stations are Portable Audio Devices
stored as either favorites or presets. REV or \ FWD, or turn f
This vehicle may have an auxiliary
clockwise or counterclockwise
For vehicles with a FAV button, a input on the radio faceplate and a
to increase or decrease the
maximum of 36 stations can be USB port on the instrument panel.
time or date.
stored as favorites using the six External devices such as an iPod,
softkeys below the radio station For detailed instructions on setting laptop computer, MP3 player,
frequency tabs and by using the the clock for your specific audio or USB storage device can be
radio FAV button. Press FAV to go system, see Clock 0 92. connected to the auxiliary port using
through up to six pages of favorites, a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input cable or the
each having six favorite stations Satellite Radio USB port depending on the audio
available per page. Each page of system.
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
favorites can contain any based in the 48 contiguous United See "Using the Auxiliary Input Jack"
combination of AM and FM stations. States and 10 Canadian provinces. and "Using the USB Port" in
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide Auxiliary Devices 0 146.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
In Brief 19
Bluetooth If equipped with audio steering : Press to seek to the next radio
wheel controls, some audio controls station, the next track while sourced
If equipped with a Bluetooth system, can be adjusted at the steering to the CD, or to select tracks and
it allows users with a wheel. folders on an iPod or USB device.
Bluetooth-enabled cell phone to
make and receive hands-free calls w : Press to go to the next favorite See Steering Wheel Controls 0 88.
using the vehicles audio system radio station, track on a CD,
and controls. or folder on an iPod or USB Cruise Control
device.
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired with the Bluetooth c / x : Press to go to the
system before it can be used in the previous favorite radio station, track
vehicle. Not all phones will support on a CD, or folder on an iPod or
all functions. For more information, USB device. Also press to reject an
see www.gm.com/bluetooth and incoming call, or end a current call.
Bluetooth 0 151. b / g : Press to silence the vehicle
speakers only. Press again to turn
Steering Wheel Controls the sound on. Press and hold longer
than two seconds to interact with
OnStar or Bluetooth systems,
if equipped.
+ e : Press to increase volume.
e : Press to decrease volume.
I : Press to turn cruise control on
or off. The white indicator comes on
SRCE : Press to switch between in the instrument cluster when
the radio and CD, and for equipped cruise control is turned on.
vehicles, the front auxiliary.
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press briefly to resume to a
previously set speed, or press and
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
20 In Brief
hold to accelerate. If cruise control Parking Assist Performance and

is already active, use to increase
vehicle speed. If equipped, Rear Parking Assist Maintenance
(RPA) uses sensors on the rear
SET : Press briefly to set the bumper to assist with parking and
speed and activate cruise control, avoiding objects while in
Traction Control/
or press and hold to decelerate. R (Reverse). It operates at speeds Electronic Stability
If cruise control is already active, less than 8 km/h (5 mph) and uses Control
use to decrease vehicle speed. audible beeps to provide distance
The vehicle may have a traction
[ : Press to disengage cruise and system information.
control system that limits wheel spin
control without erasing the set Keep the sensors on the vehicle's and the StabiliTrak system that
speed from memory. rear bumper clean to ensure proper assists with directional control of the
See Cruise Control 0 192 (if operation. vehicle in difficult driving conditions.
equipped). See Parking Assist 0 197. Both systems turn on automatically
every time the vehicle is started.
Rear Vision Power Outlets
Camera (RVC) The accessory power outlets can be
If equipped, the RVC displays a used to plug in electrical equipment,
view of the area behind the vehicle such as a cell phone or an MP3
when the vehicle is shifted into player.
R (Reverse). The display will appear The vehicle may have two
on either the inside rearview mirror accessory power outlets on the
or navigation screen, if equipped. instrument panel.
To clean the camera lens, located Remove the cover to access and
above the license plate, rinse it with replace when not in use.
water and wipe it with a soft cloth.
See Power Outlets 0 93.
See Rear Vision Camera
(RVC) 0 194.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
In Brief 21
. To turn off traction control, press The low tire pressure warning light Fuel
and release g. The appropriate alerts to a significant loss in
DIC message will display. See pressure of one of the vehicle's
Ride Control System tires. If the warning light comes on,
Messages 0 116. stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
. To turn off both traction control pressure shown on the Tire and
and StabiliTrak, press and Loading Information label. See
hold g until the StabiliTrak OFF Vehicle Load Limits 0 171. The
Regular Fuel
light Y illuminates and the warning light will remain on until the
appropriate DIC messages tire pressure is corrected. Use only unleaded gasoline rated
display. See Ride Control 87 octane or higher in your vehicle.
The low tire pressure warning light
System Messages 0 116. Do not use gasoline with an octane
may come on in cool weather when
rating lower as it may result in
the vehicle is first started, and then
. Press and release g again to turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
vehicle damage and lower fuel
turn on both systems. economy. See Fuel 0 198.
may be an early indicator that the
See Traction Control/Electronic tire pressures are getting low and
Stability Control 0 190. the tires need to be inflated to the E85 or FlexFuel
proper pressure.
Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal
This vehicle may have a Tire monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 261.
FlexFuel Possible
Certain models are compatible with
E85 fuel. See Fuel 0 198.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
22 In Brief
Engine Oil Life System Driving for Better Fuel . Combine several trips into a
single trip.
The engine oil life system calculates Economy
engine oil life based on vehicle use . Replace the vehicle's tires with
Driving habits can affect fuel the same TPC Spec number
and displays a DIC message when mileage. Here are some driving tips
it is necessary to change the engine molded into the tire's sidewall
to get the best fuel economy near the size.
oil and filter. The oil life system possible.
should be reset to 100% only . Follow recommended scheduled
following an oil change. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate
maintenance.
smoothly.
Resetting the Oil Life System
. Brake gradually and avoid Roadside Assistance
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, abrupt stops.
with the engine off. Program
. Avoid idling the engine for long
2. Fully press and release the U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
periods of time.
accelerator pedal slowly three TTY Users (U.S. Only):
. When road and weather
times within five seconds. 1-888-889-2438
conditions are appropriate, use
3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. cruise control. Canada: 1-800-268-6800
See Engine Oil Life System 0 221. . Always follow posted speed New Chevrolet owners are
limits or drive more slowly when automatically enrolled in the
conditions require. Roadside Assistance Program.
. Keep vehicle tires properly See Roadside Assistance
inflated. Program 0 316.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 23
Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Keys and Locks
Windows Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer-Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35
35 Keys
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Keys and Locks Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Interior Mirrors
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 36 the ignition key is dangerous and
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 36
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) children or others could be
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Windows seriously injured or killed. They
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 27 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 could operate the power windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 or other controls or make the
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 vehicle move. The windows will
Cargo Door Relocking . . . . . . . . . 29 Swing-Out Windows . . . . . . . . . . . 37 function with the keys in the
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Enhanced Technology Glass . . . 38 ignition, and children or others
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 30 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 could be caught in the path of a
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 closing window. Do not leave
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 children in a vehicle with the
Doors ignition key.
Side Door (60/40
Swing-Out) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Sliding Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 33
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
24 Keys, Doors, and Windows
moving the key out of the RUN

Warning (Continued) position. Do not add any additional
items to the ring attached to the
impacted, and airbags may not ignition key. Attach additional items
deploy. To reduce the risk of only to the second ring, and limit
unintentional rotation of the added items to a few essential keys
ignition key, do not change the or small, light items no larger than
way the ignition key and Remote an RKE transmitter.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key and key rings, and

{ Warning RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
If the key is unintentionally
system to reduce the risk of
rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out
running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. The ignition
moved out of the RUN position. key has a small hole to allow
This could be caused by heavy attachment of the provided key ring.
items hanging from the key ring, It is important that any replacement
or by large or long items attached ignition keys have a small hole. See
to the key ring that could be your dealer if a replacement key is
contacted by the driver or required.
steering wheel. If the ignition The combination and size of the
moves out of the RUN position, rings that came with your keys were
the engine will shut off, braking specifically selected for your
and steering power assist may be vehicle. The rings are connected to
(Continued) the key like two links of a chain to
reduce the risk of unintentionally
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, . If the transmitter is still not

inspect the key blade for debris. working correctly, see your
Periodically clean with a brush dealer or a qualified technician
or pick. for service.
With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely Remote Keyless Entry
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar (RKE) System Operation
Overview 0 326.
If equipped, the RKE transmitter
functions work up to 60 m (197 ft)
Remote Keyless Entry away from the vehicle.
(RKE) System Other conditions can affect the
Interference from radio-frequency See Radio Frequency performance of the transmitter. See
identification (RFID) tags may Statement 0 322. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
prevent the key from starting the If there is a decrease in the Remote System 0 25.
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
the key when starting the vehicle. range:
The key is used for the ignition and . Check the distance. The
all door locks. transmitter may be too far from
The key has a bar-coded key tag the vehicle.
that the dealer or qualified locksmith . Check the location. Other
can use to make new keys. Store vehicles or objects may be
this information in a safe place, not blocking the signal.
in the vehicle.
. Check the transmitter's battery.
See your dealer if a replacement See Battery Replacement later
key or additional key is needed. in this section.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
The interior lamps come on and RUN or L is pressed again. The

stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
ignition is turned on. If enabled the panic alarm to work.
through the DIC, the parking lamps
flash twice to indicate unlocking has Programming Transmitters to
occurred. See Vehicle the Vehicle
Personalization 0 119.
Only RKE transmitters programmed
j : Press to unlock only the cargo to the vehicle will work. If a
doors. transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
/ : If equipped, press Q and then programmed through your dealer.
press and hold / for at least When the replacement transmitter is
RKE Transmitter with Remote four seconds or until the turn signal programmed to the vehicle, all
Start Shown lamps flash to start the engine from remaining transmitters must also be
outside the vehicle using the RKE programmed. Any lost or stolen
Q : Press once to lock all doors. transmitter. See Remote Vehicle
If enabled through the Driver transmitters no longer work once the
Start 0 27. new transmitter is programmed.
Information Center (DIC), the
parking lamps flash once to indicate L : Press and release to locate Each vehicle can have up to
locking has occurred. the vehicle. The turn signal lamps four transmitters programmed to it.
flash and the horn sounds Battery Replacement
The horn may chirp when Q is three times.
pressed again within five seconds. Replace the battery if the REPLACE
See Vehicle Personalization 0 119. Press and hold L for more than BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
two seconds to sound the panic message displays in the DIC. See
K : Press to unlock the driver door. alarm. The turn signal lamps flash Key and Lock Messages 0 115.
If K is pressed again within and the horn sounds repeatedly for
five seconds, all remaining doors 30 seconds. The alarm turns off
unlock. when the ignition is moved to ON/
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
transmitter. Do not insert when doing so. Check local

Caution the tool too far. Stop as regulations for any requirements on
soon as resistance is felt. remote starting of vehicles.
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on . Twist the tool until the Do not use the remote start feature
the transmitter. Static from your transmitter is separated. if the vehicle is low on fuel. The
body could damage the 2. Remove the old battery. Do not vehicle may run out of fuel.
transmitter. use a metal object. The RKE transmitter range may be
3. Insert the new battery, positive less while the vehicle is running.
side facing down. Replace with There are other conditions which
a CR2032 or equivalent can affect the performance of the
battery. transmitter, see Remote Keyless
4. Snap the transmitter back Entry (RKE) System 0 25.
together. / : This button will be on the RKE
transmitter if you have remote start.
Remote Vehicle Start To start the engine using the remote
This vehicle may have a remote start feature:
start feature. This feature allows you
to start the engine from outside the 1. Press and release Q on the
vehicle. It may also start the transmitter.
vehicle's heating or air conditioning 2. Immediately press and hold /
To replace the battery: systems. See Climate Control until the turn signal lamps
Systems 0 158. flash. If you cannot see the
1. Separate the transmitter with a
flat, thin object, such as a flat Laws in some local communities vehicle's lamps, press and hold
head screwdriver. may restrict the use of remote for at least four seconds.
starters. For example, some laws
. Carefully insert the tool into
may require a person using remote
the notch located along the start to have the vehicle in view
parting line of the
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
When the engine starts, the back to LOCK/OFF using the key . Two remote vehicle starts have
parking lamps will turn on and before the remote start procedure already been provided.
remain on while the engine is can be used again.
running. The doors will be To cancel a remote start do any of Door Locks
locked. the following:
The engine will continue to run
. Press and hold / until the
{ Warning
for 10 minutes. After
30 seconds, repeat the steps if parking lamps turn off. Unlocked doors can be
a 10-minute extension is . Turn on the hazard warning dangerous.
desired. Remote start can be flashers. . Passengers, especially
extended only once. children, can easily open
. Turn the ignition on and then
After entering the vehicle during a back off. the doors and fall out of a
remote start, insert and turn the key moving vehicle. When a
to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle. The remote vehicle start feature will door is locked, the handle
not operate if: will not open it. The chance
The maximum number of remote
. The key is in the ignition. of being thrown out of the
starts between ignition cycles with
. vehicle in a crash is
the key is two. The hood is open.
increased if the doors are
If the remote start procedure is used . The hazard warning flashers not locked. So, all
again before the first 10 minute time are on. passengers should wear
frame has ended, the first . There is an emission control safety belts properly and the
10 minutes will immediately expire system malfunction. See doors should be locked
and the second 10 minute time Malfunction Indicator Lamp whenever the vehicle is
frame will start. (Check Engine Light) 0 102. driven.
After the engine has been remote . The engine coolant temperature . Young children who get into
started two times, the ignition switch is too high. unlocked vehicles may be
must be turned to ON/RUN and then unable to get out. A child
. The oil pressure is low. can be overcome by
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Warning (Continued)
To lock the door from the inside, Cargo Door Relocking
slide the manual lever on the door
down. To unlock the door, slide the If the cargo door is open when the
extreme heat and can suffer manual lever up. lock button is pressed on the door
permanent injuries or even or the RKE transmitter, all doors will
death from heat stroke. From the outside, use the key. lock except the cargo door. The
Always lock the vehicle If the vehicle is equipped with cargo door will lock immediately
whenever leaving it. Keyless Entry, see Remote Keyless when it is closed or when the
. Outsiders can easily enter Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 25. delayed locking feature functions.
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop Power Door Locks Delayed Locking
the vehicle. Locking the When locking the doors with the
doors can help prevent this power lock switch and a door open,
from happening. the doors will lock five seconds after
the last door is closed. The horn
chirps to signal that the delayed
locking feature is in use.
Pressing e or Q on the RKE
transmitter will override the delayed
locking feature and immediately lock
all the doors.
This feature will not operate if the
key is in the ignition.
If equipped, press T to lock or This feature can be programmed
unlock the doors. using the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See DELAY DOOR
When a door is locked, the inside
LOCK in Vehicle
door handle will not work.
Personalization 0 119.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Automatic Door Locks

The vehicle may have an automatic
lock/unlock feature. This feature can
be programmed using the Driver
Information Center (DIC). See
Vehicle Personalization 0 119.
Lockout Protection
This feature protects you from
locking the key in the vehicle when
the key is in the ignition and a door
is open. 60/40 Swing-Out Side Side Sliding Door
If the power lock switch is pressed Door Driver Side Shown, For the side sliding door, move the
when either the driver, passenger, Passenger Side Similar button up to engage the security
or rear door is open, all the doors For the 60/40 side swing-out door, feature. Move the button down to
will lock and then the driver door will move the button to the right for the return the door locks to normal
unlock. This feature does not driver side door or to the left for the operation.
include the side cargo door. passenger side door to engage the
If the vehicle has an ambulance security feature.
package, this feature is disabled. Move the button to the left for the
driver side door or to the right for
Safety Locks the passenger side door to return
the door locks to normal operation.
Security locks are located on the
front portion of the 60/40 side
swing-out door or the side
sliding door.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Doors To open the rear portion of a 60/

40 door from the outside, pull the
handle on the side of the rear door
Side Door (60/40 and pull the door toward you.
Swing-Out) To close the 60/40 side doors, close
the rear door first. Then close the
front door. Check to make sure that
both doors are completely closed.
The swing-out doors have a check
strap assembly in the door frame to
keep the door from opening beyond
90 degrees.
To open the front portion of a 60/
40 door from the inside, pull the To open the door beyond
handle toward you and push the 90 degrees, close the door partially,
door open. pull the check strap toward you and
then open the door. When the door
is closed, the check strap will
To open the front portion of a 60/ automatically re-engage.
40 door from the outside, pull out on
the handle and open the door.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Sliding Door Rear Doors
{ Warning
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
. Passengers, especially
children, can easily open
the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. When a
door is locked, the handle
will not open it. The chance
To open the sliding side door from of being thrown out of the
the inside, pull the handle toward vehicle in a crash is
To open the sliding side door from the rear of the vehicle. Then, slide increased if the doors are
the outside, pull the handle toward the door toward the rear of the not locked. So, all
the rear of the vehicle and slide the vehicle. passengers should wear
door open. To close the sliding side door from safety belts properly and the
the inside, grasp the handle and doors should be locked
To close the sliding side door from
slide the door toward the front of the whenever the vehicle is
the outside, use the handle to slide
vehicle. driven.
the door toward the front of the
vehicle. Make sure the door is completely . Young children who get into
closed before driving away. unlocked vehicles may be
When the door is closed, it will be
unable to get out. A child
flush with the side of the body.
can be overcome by
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Warning (Continued) Vehicle Security

This vehicle has theft-deterrent
death from heat stroke. features; however, they do not make
Always lock the vehicle the vehicle impossible to steal.
whenever leaving it.
. Outsiders can easily enter Immobilizer
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop See Radio Frequency
the vehicle. Locking the Statement 0 322.
doors can help prevent this
from happening. Immobilizer Operation
To open the driver side rear door, This vehicle is equipped with the
To open the rear doors from the pull the latch release at the inside PASS-Key III+ (Personalized
outside, pull the handle toward you edge of the door. Automotive Security System)
to open the passenger side rear theft-deterrent system. PASS-Key III
To close the rear doors, close the + is a passive theft deterrent
door first.
driver side rear door first. Then system.
close the passenger side rear door.
Check to make sure both doors are The system is automatically armed
completely closed. when the key is removed from the
ignition.
You do not have to manually arm or
disarm the system.
The security light will come on if
there is a problem with arming or
disarming the theft-deterrent
system.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
If the engine does not start and the See your dealer or a locksmith who 5. Repeat Steps 14 if additional
security message comes on, the can service PASS-Key III+ to get a keys are to be programmed.
key may have a damaged new key blank that is cut exactly as If you lose or damage a
transponder. Turn the ignition off the ignition key that operates the PASS-Key III+ key, see your dealer
and try again. system. or a locksmith who can service
If the engine still does not start, and To program the new key: PASS-Key III+ to have a new
the key appears to be undamaged, key made.
try another ignition key. If the engine 1. Verify the new key has 1
stamped on it. Do not leave the key or device that
still does not start with the other key, disarms or deactivates the
the vehicle needs service. If the 2. Insert the original, already theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
vehicle does start, the first key may programmed key into the
be faulty. See your dealer or a ignition lock cylinder and start
locksmith who can service the the engine. If the engine will
PASS-Key III+ to have a new not start, see your dealer for
key made. service.
It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ 3. After the engine has started,
decoder to learn the transponder turn the key to LOCK/OFF and
value of a new or replacement key. remove the key.
Up to eight keys may be
programmed for the vehicle. This 4. Insert the key to be
procedure is for learning additional programmed and turn it to ON/
keys only. If all the currently RUN within 10 seconds of
programmed keys are lost or do not removing the previous key.
operate, you must see your dealer The security message will turn
or a locksmith who can service off once the key has been
PASS-Key III+ to have keys made programmed. It may not be
and programmed to the system. apparent that the security
message went on due to how
quickly the key is programmed.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Exterior Mirrors On the lower portion of each mirror

is an auxiliary convex mirror.
The mirrors can be manually folded
in or out.
A convex mirror's surface is curved
Convex Mirrors so you can see more from the driver Power Mirrors
seat. The auxiliary convex mirrors
{ Warning can be adjusted manually by
pressing the mirror.
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther Trailer-Tow Mirrors
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex

shaped. A convex mirror's surface is If equipped with power mirrors,
curved so more can be seen from select each mirror by turning the
the driver seat. knob clockwise for the passenger
side mirror or counterclockwise for
Manual Mirrors the driver side mirror. The center
Vehicles with towing mirrors can be position is neutral.
Adjust the mirrors by pressing the
adjusted manually for a clear view Adjust the mirror angle by moving
mirror up and down and left and
of the objects behind you. the knob in the desired direction.
right.
On the lower portion of each mirror The auxiliary convex mirrors can
The mirrors can be manually folded
there is an auxiliary convex mirror only be adjusted manually.
in or out.
that can be adjusted manually to
provide an extended field of view.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Heated Mirrors Interior Mirrors Windows

For vehicles with heated mirrors:
1 : Press to heat the mirrors. Interior Rearview Mirrors { Warning
An indicator light in the button lights Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
Never leave a child, a helpless
when the outside heated mirrors are view of the area behind the vehicle.
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
activated. Do not spray glass cleaner directly especially with the windows
See Rear Window Defogger under on the mirror. Use a soft towel closed in warm or hot weather.
Climate Control Systems 0 158. dampened with water. They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
Manual Rearview Mirror permanent injuries or even death
Push the tab forward for daytime from heat stroke.
use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind.
Cargo vans without rear door glass
may not have an inside rearview
mirror.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Manual Windows If equipped with power windows, Swing-Out Windows

press the switch to lower the
Operate the manual windows by window and pull the switch up to
turning the hand crank on each door raise it.
to raise or lower the side door
windows. The driver door also has a control to
operate the front passenger window.
Power Windows The power windows will work when
the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when Retained
{ Warning Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
Children could be seriously (RAP) 0 180.
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never Express-Down
leave keys in a vehicle with Side Swing-Out Window
The driver window switch has an
children. See Keys 0 23. express-down feature that allows To open the side door swing-out
the window to be lowered without window, pull up on the latch at the
holding the switch. Press fully and edge of the window. Swing the
release the switch marked AUTO to window out and push down on the
activate the express-down mode. latch to lock the window into place.
This mode can be canceled at any To close the window, pull the latch
time by pulling up on the switch. To toward you and push down on the
open the window part way, lightly latch to lock it.
tap the switch until the window is at
the desired position.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Enhanced Technology
Glass
The vehicle may be equipped with
Enhanced Technology Glass (ETG).
ETG is part of the overall occupant
protection system on passenger and
crew vans. ETG may help keep
passengers sitting next to these
fixed windows from being ejected
through the glass in some, but not
all crashes. Even with this glass,
Rear SwingOut Windows safety belts must still be worn at all
times. For passenger and crew
The vehicle also has rear swingout vans, use only ETG glass approved
windows. The rear swing-out for the vehicle for replacement when
windows work the same way as the damaged.
side swingout window, but the latch
is located at the bottom edge of the The following table shows laminated
window. glass location, based on vehicle
model and options.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Configuration ETG Locations

Sliding door forward window
Passenger Vans with five or more
(if equipped) and rear-most side
seating positions
windows
Long Wheelbase Cargo Vans Rear-most side windows
Sliding door forward window
Crew Vans (if equipped) and rear-most side
windows.
Sun Visors Visor Vanity Mirror

To block out glare, swing down the The vehicle may have visor vanity
sun visors. You can also swing them mirrors, with or without lamps. Lift
to the side. the mirror cover to turn the lamps
on, if equipped.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
40 Seats and Restraints
Seats and When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the
Restraints What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Securing Child Restraints (With
How Does an Airbag the Safety Belt in the
Head Restraints Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Front Seats Airbag On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . 62
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 41 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 65
Rear Seats Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 65
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Replacing Airbag System Parts
Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Child Restraints
How to Wear Safety Belts Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Infants and Young Children . . . . 68
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 70
Safety Belt Use During Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 72
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 73
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 54 Replacing LATCH System Parts
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 57
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Seats and Restraints 41
Head Restraints Front Seats To adjust the seat:

1. Lift the bar under the front
On vehicles with factory installed
seats, the front seats have built-in Seat Adjustment edge of the seat cushion to
unlock the seat.
head restraints that are not
adjustable in the outboard seating { Warning 2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the bar.
positions.
You can lose control of the
3. Try to move the seat back and
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver forth to be sure the seat is
seat while the vehicle is moving. locked in place.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving. Power Seat Adjustment
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
To adjust a power seat, if available, 2. Push and pull on the seatback

use the controls on the front of to make sure it is locked.
the seat:
. Move the center knob to the { Warning
right or left to move the seat
forward or rearward. Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
. Move the center knob up or dangerous. Even when buckled
down to raise or lower the seat. up, the safety belts cannot do
. Move the right or left lever up or their job.
down to raise or lower the front
The shoulder belt will not be
or rear of the seat cushion.
against your body. Instead, it will
To recline the seatback: be in front of you. In a crash, you
Reclining Seatbacks could go into it, receiving neck or
1. Lift the lever on the inboard
side of the seat. other injuries.
{ Warning 2. Move the seatback to the The lap belt could go up over
If either seatback is not locked, it desired position, and then your abdomen. The belt forces
could move forward in a sudden release the lever to lock the would be there, not at your pelvic
stop or crash. That could cause seatback in place. bones. This could cause serious
injury to the person sitting there. 3. Push and pull on the seatback internal injuries.
Always push and pull on the to make sure it is locked. For proper protection when the
seatbacks to be sure they are vehicle is in motion, have the
To return the seatback to the upright
locked. position: seatback upright. Then sit well
1. Lift the lever fully without back in the seat and wear the
applying pressure to the safety belt properly.
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Rear Seats
Removing the Rear Seat
Disconnect the mini-latch plates for
the lap-shoulder belts on the bench
seat to be removed.
Do not have a seatback reclined if Three-Passenger Seat

the vehicle is moving. The left side pin has a gray cap
with a black L marked on it.
1. To do this, press the tip of a

key into the release hole of the
safety belt buckle while pulling
up on the safety belt.
2. Locate the pins.
On a three-passenger seat
there are two pins on the
inboard sides of the rear seats.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
4. Repeat this procedure for the

other pins.
5. Pull the seat rearward about
5 cm (2 in), and then lift the
seat from the floor rails.
6. Remove the seat from the
vehicle.
Three-Passenger Seat For the last row of seats, stow

The right side pin has a the safety belt latch plate on
black cap with a white R the clip at the window trim. Roll
marked on it. the mini-latch into the safety
belt webbing and then hook the
On a four-passenger seat, safety belt latch plate on
each half of the seat has a set the clip.
of pins. The left side has a set
marked L, and the right side Reinstalling the Rear Seats
has a set marked R. 7. For the second and third row
If the vehicle has floor mats, seats, stow the safety belt latch { Warning
the pins are under a flap that by attaching the clip on the
has been cut into the mat. safety belt latch to the trim just A seat that is not locked into
inside the side door. place properly can move around
3. Pull the pin handle up to in a collision or sudden stop.
disengage the pin from the People in the vehicle could be
retaining clip, and then pull the
pin out. (Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
vehicle has floor mats, pull the

Warning (Continued) flap that has been cut into
the mat.
injured. Be sure to lock the seat
into place properly when 3. Insert the locking pins into the
installing it. seat base and push the seat to
line up the pins with the base.
On a three-passenger seat, the
pin with the black cap
{ Warning marked R must be installed
on the right side and the pin
A safety belt that is improperly
with the gray cap marked L
routed, not properly attached,
must be installed on the
or twisted will not provide the Three-Passenger Seat
left side.
protection needed in a crash. The 4. Push the pin(s) marked R
person wearing the belt could be On a four-passenger seat, the
down until they are in the
seriously injured. After raising the pins marked R must be
retaining clip.
rear seatback, always check to be installed on the half of the seat
sure that the safety belts are on the right side. The pins
properly routed and attached, and marked L must be installed on
the half of the seat on the
are not twisted.
left side.
1. Position the seat into the open

slots in both rails. Push the
seat forward in the rail, hooking
both seat bases onto the pins
inside of the rails.
2. Locate the hole in the rail to
install the locking pins at the
rear of the seat base. If the
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
7. Repeat this procedure for the Safety Belts

other seat base.
This section of the manual
8. Connect the mini-latch plates
describes how to use safety belts
for the lap-shoulder belts by
properly. It also describes some
inserting the latch plates into
things not to do with safety belts.
the mini-buckles attached at
the outboard positions of the
bench seat. Do not twist the { Warning
belts.
Do not let anyone ride where a
9. Check that all locking pins are safety belt cannot be worn
locked into place before properly. In a crash, if you or your
operating the vehicle. passenger(s) are not wearing
Three-Passenger Seat
safety belts, injuries can be much
5. Push the pin(s) marked L
worse than if you are wearing
down until they are in the
safety belts. You can be seriously
retaining clip.
injured or killed by hitting things
6. If the vehicle has a floor mat, inside the vehicle harder or by
put the flap back to its original being ejected from the vehicle. In
position. addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why

Warning (Continued) as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear safety
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts?
passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
the vehicle that is not equipped A: Airbags are supplemental
It could be the windshield, the systems only; so they work with
with seats and safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts! safety belts not instead of
Always wear a safety belt, and When you wear a safety belt, you them. Whether or not an airbag
check that all passenger(s) are and the vehicle slow down together. is provided, all occupants still
restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because have to buckle up to get the
you stop over a longer distance and, most protection.
This vehicle has indicators as a when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in
reminder to buckle the safety belts. bones take the forces from the all Canadian provinces, the law
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 99. safety belts. That is why wearing requires wearing safety belts.
safety belts makes such good
Why Safety Belts Work sense. How to Wear Safety Belts
Questions and Answers About Properly
Safety Belts
This section is only for people of
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle adult size.
after a crash if I am wearing a
There are special things to know
safety belt?
about safety belts and children, and
A: You could be whether you are there are different rules for smaller
wearing a safety belt or not. children and infants. If a child will be
Your chance of being conscious riding in the vehicle, see Older
during and after a crash, so you Children 0 66 or Infants and Young
can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 68. Follow those rules for
much greater if you are belted. everyone's protection.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be Lap-Shoulder Belt
to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt All seating positions in the vehicle
in crashes than those who are would apply force on your have a lap-shoulder belt. If you are
wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause using a rear seating position with a
serious or even fatal injuries. detachable safety belt and the
There are important things to know safety belt is not attached, see
about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the Reinstalling the Rear Seats under
shoulder and across the chest. Rear Seats 0 43 for instructions on
These parts of the body are best reconnecting the safety belt to the
able to take belt restraining mini-buckle.
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash. The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
{ Warning
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
You can be seriously injured, adjustable, so you can sit up
or even killed, by not wearing straight. To see how, see
your safety belt properly. Seats in the Index.
. Never allow the lap or 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
shoulder belt to become the belt across you. Do not let it
. Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted. get twisted.
your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder The lap-shoulder belt may lock
belt under both arms or if you pull the belt across you
. Always use the correct buckle behind your back. very quickly. If this happens, let
for your seating position. the belt go back slightly to
. Never route the lap or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low unlock it. Then pull the belt
shoulder belt over an
and snug on the hips, just across you more slowly.
armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
If the shoulder portion of a Position the release button on It may be necessary to pull
passenger belt is pulled out all the buckle so that the safety stitching on the safety belt
the way, the child restraint belt could be quickly unbuckled through the latch plate to fully
locking feature may be if necessary. tighten the lap belt on smaller
engaged. If this happens, let 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt occupants.
the belt go back all the way height adjuster, move it to the
and start again. height that is right for you.
See Safety Belt Height
Adjuster later in this section
for instructions on use and
important safety information.
To unlatch the belt, push the button

on the buckle. The belt should
3. Push the latch plate into the return to its stowed position. Slide
buckle until it clicks. the latch plate up the safety belt
Pull up on the latch plate to webbing when the safety belt is not
make sure it is secure. If the in use. The latch plate should rest
belt is not long enough, see 5. To make the lap part tight, pull on the stitching on the safety belt,
Safety Belt Extender 0 53. up on the shoulder belt. near the guide loop on the side wall.
Always stow the safety belt slowly.
If the safety belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
pulled out. If this happens, pull the Although the safety belt
safety belt straight out firmly to pretensioners cannot be seen, they
unlock the webbing, and then are part of the safety belt assembly.
release it. If the webbing is still They can help tighten the safety
locked in the retractor, see your belts during the early stages of a
dealer. moderate to severe frontal, near
Before a door is closed, be sure the frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
safety belt is out of the way. If a conditions for pretensioner
door is slammed against a safety activation are met. And, if the
belt, damage can occur to both the vehicle has roof-rail airbags, safety
safety belt and the vehicle. belt pretensioners can help tighten
the safety belts in a side crash or a
Safety Belt Height Adjuster rollover event.
Squeeze both sides of the release
The vehicle has a safety belt height button and pull outward. Then move Pretensioners work only once. If the
adjuster for the driver and front the height adjuster up or down to pretensioners are activated in a
outboard passenger positions. the desired position and release the crash, the pretensioners and
button. possibly other parts of the safety
Adjust the height so the shoulder
belt system will need to be replaced.
portion of the belt is on the shoulder After the adjuster is set to the See Replacing Safety Belt System
and not falling off of it. The belt desired position, try to move it up or Parts after a Crash 0 54.
should be close to, but not down without squeezing the release
contacting, the neck. Improper button to make sure it has locked Do not sit on the outboard safety
shoulder belt height adjustment into position. belt while entering or exiting the
could reduce the effectiveness of vehicle or at any time while sitting in
the safety belt in a crash. See How Safety Belt Pretensioners the seat. Sitting on the safety belt
to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 47. If the vehicle has seat-mounted side can damage the webbing and
impact airbags and roof-rail airbags, hardware.
it also has safety belt pretensioners
for the front outboard occupants.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Rear Safety Belt Comfort Comfort Guide Installation and

Guides Removal (Pocket Style)
This vehicle may have rear safety To install:
belt comfort guides. The guides may
provide added safety belt comfort
for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed and
properly adjusted, the comfort guide
positions the shoulder belt away Adjustable comfort guides are
from the neck and head. available through your dealer for the
left rear outboard seating positions
of the three-passenger bench seats
and for the outboard seating
positions of the four-passenger
bench seats. For these seating
positions, the adjustable comfort
guide attaches to a loop on the 1. Locate the guide in a pocket on
outboard side of the seatback. the side of the seatback.
The comfort guides for the right rear

outboard seating positions of
three-passenger bench seats are
stored in a pocket on the side of the
seatback.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
3. Be sure that the belt is not

twisted and it lies flat. The
elastic cord must be behind the
belt with the plastic guide on
the front.
{ Warning
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
2. Place the guide over the belt, seriously injured. The shoulder 4. Buckle, position, and release
and insert the two edges of the belt should go over the shoulder the safety belt as described
belt into the slots of the guide. and across the chest. These parts previously in this section. Make
of the body are best able to take sure the shoulder portion of the
belt restraining forces. belt is on the shoulder and not
falling off of it. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Slide
the guide into its storage pocket on
the side of the seatback.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Comfort Guide Installation and Adjustable comfort guides are A pregnant woman should wear a
Removal (Adjustable Style) available through your dealer for the lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
left rear outboard seating positions portion should be worn as low as
{ Warning of the three-passenger bench seats
and for the outboard seating
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
A safety belt that is not properly positions of the four-passenger The best way to protect the fetus is
worn may not provide the bench seats. Instructions are to protect the mother. When a safety
protection needed in a crash. The included with the guides. belt is worn properly, it is more likely
person wearing the belt could be that the fetus will not be hurt in a
seriously injured. The shoulder Safety Belt Use During crash. For pregnant women, as for
belt should go over the shoulder Pregnancy anyone, the key to making safety
and across the chest. These parts belts effective is wearing them
Safety belts work for everyone,
of the body are best able to take properly.
including pregnant women. Like all
belt restraining forces.
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not Safety Belt Extender
wear safety belts. If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child restraints.
To wear it, attach it to the regular
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
safety belt. For more information, Replacing Safety Belt

see the instruction sheet that comes { Warning System Parts after a
with the extender.
Do not bleach or dye safety belt Crash
webbing. It may severely weaken
Safety System Check the webbing. In a crash, they
Check that the safety belt reminder, might not be able to provide
{ Warning
safety belts, buckles, latch plates, adequate protection. Clean and A crash can damage the safety
and retractors, are all working rinse safety belt webbing only belt system in the vehicle.
properly. Look for any other loose or with mild soap and lukewarm A damaged safety belt system
damaged safety belt system parts water. Allow the webbing to dry.
that might keep a safety belt system may not properly protect the
from performing properly. See your person using it, resulting in
dealer to have it repaired. Torn or Safety belts should be properly serious injury or even death in a
frayed safety belts may not protect cared for and maintained. crash. To help make sure the
you in a crash. They can rip apart safety belt systems are working
Safety belt hardware should be kept
under impact forces. If a belt is torn dry and free of dust or debris. As properly after a crash, have them
or frayed, have it replaced necessary exterior hard surfaces inspected and any necessary
immediately. and safety belt webbing may be replacements made as soon as
lightly cleaned with mild soap and possible.
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt water. Ensure there is not excessive
Reminders 0 99. dust or debris in the mechanism. After a minor crash, replacement of
If dust or debris exists in the system safety belts may not be necessary.
Keep safety belts clean and dry. please see the dealer. Parts may
See Safety Belt Care 0 54. But the safety belt assemblies that
need to be replaced to ensure were used during any crash may
proper functionality of the system. have been stressed or damaged.
Safety Belt Care See your dealer to have the safety
Keep belts clean and dry. belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
New parts and repairs may be . A roof-rail airbag for the front
necessary even if the safety belt
Airbag System outboard passenger and the
system was not being used at the The vehicle has the following passenger seated directly
time of the crash. airbag: behind the front outboard
Have the safety belt pretensioners . A frontal airbag for the driver. passenger on vans with two row
checked if the vehicle has been in a seating.
The vehicle may have the following
crash, or if the airbag readiness light airbags: If the van is equipped with a
stays on after you start the vehicle sliding door, the roof-rail airbag
or while you are driving. See Airbag . A frontal airbag for the front for the front outboard passenger
Readiness Light 0 99. outboard passenger. is separate from the roof-rail
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the passenger seated
airbag for the driver. directly behind the front outboard
passenger. If the van is
. A seat-mounted side impact equipped with a 60/40 swing-out
airbag for the front outboard door, a single roof-rail airbag
passenger. covers both seating positions.
Seat-mounted side impact . A roof-rail airbag for the driver
airbags are only available on and the second and third row
vehicles equipped with roof-rail passengers seated directly
airbags. behind the driver on vans with
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver three or more seating rows.
on vans with single row seating. . A roof-rail airbag for the front
. A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard passenger and the
outboard passenger on vans second and third row
with single row seating. passengers seated directly
. behind the front outboard
A roof-rail airbag for the driver
passenger on vans with three or
and the passenger seated
more seating rows.
directly behind the driver on
vans with two row seating.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
If the van is equipped with a Airbags are designed to supplement

sliding door, the roof-rail airbag the protection provided by safety Warning (Continued)
for the front outboard passenger belts. Even though todays airbags
is separate from the roof-rail are also designed to help reduce are supplemental restraints to
airbag for the second and third the risk of injury from the force of an the safety belts. Everyone in the
row passengers seated directly inflating airbag, all airbags must vehicle should wear a safety belt
behind the front outboard inflate very quickly to do their job. properly, whether or not there is
passenger. If the van is an airbag for that person.
Here are the most important things
equipped with a 60/40 swing-out to know about the airbag system:
door, a single roof-rail airbag
covers all three seating
positions. { Warning { Warning
All vehicle airbags have the word You can be severely injured or Because airbags inflate with great
AIRBAG on the trim or on an killed in a crash if you are not force and faster than the blink of
attached label near the deployment wearing your safety belt, even an eye, anyone who is up
opening. with airbags. Airbags are against, or very close to any
For frontal airbags, the word designed to work with safety airbag when it inflates can be
AIRBAG is on the center of the belts, not replace them. Also, seriously injured or killed. Do not
steering wheel for the driver and on airbags are not designed to inflate sit unnecessarily close to any
the instrument panel for the front in every crash. In some crashes airbag, as you would be if sitting
outboard passenger. safety belts are the only restraint. on the edge of the seat or leaning
For seat-mounted side impact See When Should an Airbag forward. Safety belts help keep
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the Inflate? 0 59. you in position before and during
side of the seatback closest to a crash. Always wear a safety
Wearing your safety belt during a
the door. belt, even with airbags. The driver
crash helps reduce your chance
should sit as far back as possible
For roof-rail airbags, the word of hitting things inside the vehicle
while still maintaining control of
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. or being ejected from it. Airbags
the vehicle. The safety belts and
(Continued)
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
The driver frontal airbag is in the

Warning (Continued) center of the steering wheel.
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when
you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat with both feet
There is an airbag readiness light
on the floor.
on the instrument panel, which
Occupants should not lean on or shows the airbag symbol.
sleep against the door or side The system checks the airbag
windows in seating positions with electrical system for malfunctions.
seat-mounted side impact airbags The light tells you if there is an
and/or roof-rail airbags. electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 99.
Where Are the Airbags? If the vehicle has a front outboard

{ Warning passenger frontal airbag, it is in the
passenger side instrument panel.
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 66 or
Infants and Young Children 0 68.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar Side Similar Side Similar
If the vehicle has seat-mounted side If the vehicle has a single seating If the vehicle has two seating rows,
impact airbags for the driver and row and it has roof-rail airbags for roof-rail airbags for the driver, front
front outboard passenger, they are the driver and front outboard outboard passenger, and second
in the sides of the seatbacks closest passenger, the roof-rail airbags are row outboard passengers are in the
to the door. in the ceiling above the side ceiling above the side windows.
windows. If the vehicle has three or more
seating rows, roof-rail airbags for
the driver, front outboard passenger,
and second and third row outboard
passengers are in the ceiling above
the side windows.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
When Should an Airbag It depends largely on what you hit,

{ Warning Inflate? the direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
If something is between an This vehicle is equipped with one or
occupant and an airbag, the Frontal airbags may inflate at
more airbags. See Airbag System different crash speeds depending on
airbag might not inflate properly 0 55. Airbags are designed to inflate
or it might force the object into whether the vehicle hits an object
if the impact exceeds the specific straight on or at an angle, and
that person causing severe injury airbag system's deployment
or even death. The path of an whether the object is fixed or
threshold. Deployment thresholds moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
inflating airbag must be kept are used to predict how severe a or wide.
clear. Do not put anything crash is likely to be in time for the
between an occupant and an airbags to inflate and help restrain Frontal airbags are not intended to
airbag, and do not attach or put the occupants. The vehicle has inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
anything on the steering wheel electronic sensors which help the impacts, or in many side impacts.
hub or on or near any other airbag system determine the Seat-mounted side impact airbags,
airbag covering. severity of the impact. Deployment if equipped, are designed to inflate
thresholds can vary with specific in moderate to severe side crashes
Do not use seat accessories that vehicle design. depending on the location of the
block the inflation path of a
Frontal airbags are designed to impact. Seat-mounted side impact
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
inflate in moderate to severe frontal airbags are not designed to inflate in
Never secure anything to the roof or near-frontal crashes to help frontal impacts, near-frontal impacts,
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags reduce the potential for severe rollovers, or rear impacts.
by routing a rope or tiedown injuries mainly to the driver or front A seat-mounted side impact airbag
through any door or window outboard passenger head and is intended to inflate on the side of
opening. If you do, the path of an chest. the vehicle that is struck.
inflating roof-rail airbag will be Whether the frontal airbags will or The vehicle may or may not be
blocked. should deploy is not based primarily equipped with roof-rail airbags.
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. Roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
of the impact. In addition, these How Does an Airbag not toward those airbags. See
roof-rail airbags are designed to When Should an Airbag
inflate during a rollover. Roof-rail
Restrain? Inflate? 0 59.
airbags are not designed to inflate in In moderate to severe frontal or Airbags should never be regarded
frontal, near-frontal, or rear impacts. near frontal collisions, even belted as anything more than a supplement
All roof-rail airbags will inflate when occupants can contact the steering to safety belts.
either side of the vehicle is struck or wheel or the instrument panel. In
if the sensing system predicts that moderate to severe side collisions,
the vehicle is about to roll over on even belted occupants can contact
What Will You See after
its side. the inside of the vehicle. an Airbag Inflates?
In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection After the frontal airbags and
say whether an airbag should have provided by safety belts by seat-mounted side impact airbags (if
inflated simply because of the distributing the force of the impact equipped) inflate, they quickly
vehicle damage or repair costs. more evenly over the deflate, so quickly that some people
occupant's body. may not even realize an airbag
What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
inflated. Roof-rail airbags (if
equipped) may still be at least
Inflate? are designed to help contain the
partially inflated for some time after
head and chest of occupants in the
In a deployment event, the sensing they deploy. Some components of
outboard seating positions in the
system sends an electrical signal the airbag module may be hot for
first, second, and third rows,
triggering a release of gas from the several minutes. For location of the
if equipped. The rollover capable
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the airbag modules, see Where Are the
roof-rail airbags are designed to
airbag causing the bag to break out Airbags? 0 57.
help reduce the risk of full or partial
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, The parts of the airbag that come
ejection in rollover events, although
and related hardware are all part of into contact with you may be warm,
no system can prevent all such
the airbag module. but not too hot to touch. There may
ejections.
For airbag locations, see Where Are be some smoke and dust coming
But airbags would not help in many
the Airbags? 0 57. from the vents in the deflated
types of collisions, primarily
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
because the occupant's motion is
prevent the driver from seeing out of
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
the windshield or being able to steer inflate. The feature may also Additional windshield breakage may
the vehicle, nor does it prevent activate, without airbag inflation, also occur from the front outboard
people from leaving the vehicle. after an event that exceeds a passenger airbag.
predetermined threshold. You can . Airbags are designed to inflate
{ Warning lock the doors, and turn off the
interior lamps and the hazard
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
When an airbag inflates, there warning flashers by using the parts for the airbag system.
may be dust in the air. This dust controls for those features. If you do not get them, the airbag
could cause breathing problems system will not be there to help
for people with a history of { Warning protect you in another crash.
asthma or other breathing trouble. A new system will include airbag
To avoid this, everyone in the A crash severe enough to inflate modules and possibly other
vehicle should get out as soon as the airbags may have also parts. The service manual for
it is safe to do so. If you have damaged important functions in the vehicle covers the need to
breathing problems but cannot the vehicle, such as the fuel replace other parts.
get out of the vehicle after an system, brake and steering
. The vehicle has a crash sensing
airbag inflates, then get fresh air systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
and diagnostic module which
by opening a window or a door. appears to be drivable after a
records information after a
If you experience breathing moderate crash, there may be crash. See Vehicle Data
problems following an airbag concealed damage that could Recording and Privacy 0 324
deployment, you should seek make it difficult to safely operate and Event Data
medical attention. the vehicle. Recorders 0 324.
Use caution if you should attempt . Let only qualified technicians
The vehicle has a feature that may to restart the engine after a crash work on the airbag systems.
automatically unlock the doors has occurred. Improper service can mean that
(if equipped with power door locks), an airbag system will not work
turn on the interior lamps and In many crashes severe enough to properly. See your dealer for
hazard warning flashers, and shut inflate the airbag, windshields are service.
off the fuel system after the airbags broken by vehicle deformation.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Airbag On-Off Switch . The infant has a medical

condition which, according to the
If the instrument panel has one of infant's physician, makes it
the switches pictured in the necessary for the infant to ride in
following illustrations, the vehicle the front seat so that the driver
has an airbag on-off switch that you can constantly monitor the
can use to manually turn on or off child's condition.
the front outboard passenger airbag.
No other airbag is affected by the Child age 1 to 12. A child
airbag on-off switch. age 1 to 12 must ride in the front
seat because:
. My vehicle has no rear seat;
Canada and Mexico . Although children ages 1 to 12
This switch should only be turned to ride in the rear seat(s) whenever
the off position if the person in the possible, children ages 1 to 12
front outboard passenger position is sometimes must ride in the front
a member of a passenger risk group because no space is available in
identified by the national the rear seat(s) of my vehicle; or
government as follows: . The child has a medical
condition which, according to the
Infant. An infant (less than
child's physician, makes it
1 year old) must ride in the front
necessary for the child to ride in
United States seat because:
the front seat so that the driver
. My vehicle has no rear seat; can constantly monitor the
. My vehicle has a rear seat too child's condition.
small to accommodate a
rear-facing infant seat; or
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Medical Condition. A passenger

has a medical condition which, Warning (Continued)
according to his or her physician:
passenger frontal airbag unless
. Causes the passenger airbag to the person sitting there is in a risk
pose a special risk for the group.
passenger; and
. Makes the potential harm from
the passenger airbag in a crash
greater than the potential harm
from turning off the airbag and
allowing the passenger, even if
belted, to hit the instrument
Canada and Mexico
panel or windshield in a crash.
To turn off the front outboard
{ Warning passenger frontal airbag, insert the
ignition key into the switch, push in,
If the front outboard passenger and move the switch to the off
frontal airbag is turned off for a position.
person who is not in a risk group The airbag off light will come on and
United States
identified by the national stay on to let you know the front
government, that person will not outboard passenger airbag is off.
have the extra protection of an See Airbag On-Off Light 0 100. The
airbag. In a crash, the airbag will front outboard passenger airbag will
not be able to inflate and help remain off until you turn it back on
protect the person sitting there. again.
Do not turn off the front outboard
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. For
example, the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag could
inflate even though the airbag
on-off switch is turned off.
To help avoid injury to yourself or
others, have the vehicle serviced United States Canada and Mexico
right away. See Airbag Readiness To turn the front outboard passenger
Light 0 99 for more information, airbag on again, insert the ignition
including important safety key into the switch, push in, and
information. move the switch to the on position.
The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is now enabled, and
may inflate. See Airbag On-Off
Light 0 100.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Servicing the Adding Equipment to the vehicle's airbag system, or if you

have questions about whether the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle airbag system will be affected if the
Airbags affect how the vehicle Adding accessories that change the vehicle is modified for any other
should be serviced. There are parts vehicle's frame, bumper system, reason, call Customer Assistance.
of the airbag system in several height, front end, or side sheet See Customer Assistance
places around the vehicle. Your metal, may keep the airbag system Offices 0 314.
dealer and the service manual have from working properly. The
information about servicing the operation of the airbag system can Airbag System Check
vehicle and the airbag system. To also be affected by changing any
purchase a service manual, see parts of the front seats, safety belts, The airbag system does not need
Service Publications Ordering the airbag sensing and diagnostic regularly scheduled maintenance or
Information 0 321. module, steering wheel, instrument replacement. Make sure the airbag
panel, any of the airbag modules, readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 99.
{ Warning ceiling or pillar garnish trim, front
sensors, or airbag wiring.
For up to 10 seconds after the Caution
Your dealer and the service manual
vehicle is turned off and the have information about the location If an airbag covering is damaged,
battery is disconnected, an airbag of the airbag sensors, sensing and opened, or broken, the airbag
can still inflate during improper diagnostic module, and airbag may not work properly. Do not
service. You can be injured if you wiring. open or break the airbag
are close to an airbag when it
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail coverings. If there are any
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
airbags, see Different Size Tires opened or broken airbag
They are probably part of the and Wheels 0 269 for additional coverings, have the airbag
airbag system. Be sure to follow important information. covering and/or airbag module
proper service procedures, and
If you have to modify your vehicle replaced. For the location of the
make sure the person performing
because you have a disability and airbags, see Where Are the
work for you is qualified to do so.
you have questions about whether Airbags? 0 57. See your dealer
the modifications will affect the for service.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Replacing Airbag System Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that

come with the booster seat state the
Parts after a Crash weight and height limitations for that
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a
{ Warning lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle. . Sit all the way back on the seat.
A damaged airbag system may Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
not properly protect you and your
return to the booster seat.
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
help make sure the airbag Does the shoulder belt rest on
systems are working properly the shoulder? If yes, continue.
after a crash, have them If no, try using the rear safety
inspected and any necessary belt comfort guide, if available.
replacements made as soon as See Rear Safety Belt Comfort
possible. Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt
Older children who have outgrown
0 48. If a comfort guide is not
booster seats should wear the
available, or if the shoulder belt
If an airbag inflates, you will need to vehicles safety belts.
still does not rest on the
replace airbag system parts. See shoulder, then return to the
your dealer for service. booster seat.
If the airbag readiness light stays on . Does the lap belt fit low and
after the vehicle is started or comes snug on the hips, touching the
on when you are driving, the airbag thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
system may not work properly. Have return to the booster seat.
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 99.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16

. Can proper safety belt fit be In a crash, children who are not
maintained for the length of the buckled up can strike other people
trip? If yes, continue. If no, who are buckled up, or can be
return to the booster seat. thrown out of the vehicle. Older
Q: What is the proper way to children need to use safety belts
wear safety belts? properly.
A: An older child should wear a

lap-shoulder belt and get the
{ Warning
additional restraint a shoulder Never allow more than one child
belt can provide. The shoulder to wear the same safety belt. The
belt should not cross the face or safety belt cannot properly spread
neck. The lap belt should fit the impact forces. In a crash, they
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
can be crushed together and { Warning
seriously injured. A safety belt
This applies belt force to the Never allow a child to wear the
must be used by only one person
child's pelvic bones in a crash. safety belt with the shoulder belt
It should never be worn over the at a time.
behind their back. A child can be
abdomen, which could cause seriously injured by not wearing
severe or even fatal internal the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
injuries in a crash. crash, the child would not be
Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort restrained by the shoulder belt.
Guides under Lap-Shoulder The child could move too far
Belt 0 48. forward increasing the chance of
According to accident statistics, head and neck injury. The child
children are safer when properly might also slide under the lap
restrained in a rear seating position. belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
restraints. In fact, the law in every Every time infants and young
Warning (Continued) state in the United States and in children ride in vehicles, they should
every Canadian province says have the protection provided by
That could cause serious or fatal children up to some age must be appropriate child restraints. Neither
injuries. The shoulder belt should restrained while in a vehicle. the vehicle's safety belt system nor
go over the shoulder and across its airbag system is designed
the chest.
{ Warning for them.
Children who are not restrained
Children can be seriously injured properly can strike other people,
or strangled if a shoulder belt is or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
{ Warning
The shoulder belt locks when it is Never hold an infant or a child
pulled all the way out of the while riding in a vehicle. Due to
retractor. It unlocks when the crash forces, an infant or a child
shoulder belt is allowed to go all will become so heavy it is not
the way back into the retractor, possible to hold it during a crash.
but it cannot do this if it is For example, in a crash at only
wrapped around a childs neck. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
If the shoulder belt is locked and infant will suddenly become a
Infants and Young tightened around a childs neck, 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
Children the only way to loosen the belt is arms. An infant or child should be
to cut it. secured in an appropriate
Everyone in a vehicle needs restraint.
protection! This includes infants and Never leave children unattended
all other children. Neither the in a vehicle and never allow
distance traveled nor the age and children to play with the safety
size of the traveler changes the belts.
need, for everyone, to use safety
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
For each type of child restraint,

there are many different models
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying that
it meets federal motor vehicle safety
standards. The restraint
manufacturer's instructions that
come with the restraint state the
weight and height limitations for a
particular child restraint. In addition,
there are many kinds of restraints
Child restraints are devices used to
{ Warning restrain, seat, or position children in
available for children with special
needs.
Children who are up against, the vehicle and are sometimes
called child seats or car seats.
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
{ Warning
There are three basic types of
or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraints: To reduce the risk of neck and
child restraint in the front . Forward-facing child restraints head injury in a crash, infants and
outboard seat. Secure a toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear . Rearward-facing child restraints rear-facing child restraint until age
seat. It is also better to secure a . Belt-positioning booster seats two, or until they reach the
forward-facing child restraint in a maximum height and weight limits
The proper child restraint for your
rear seat. If you must secure a of their child restraint.
child depends on their size, weight,
forward-facing child restraint in and age, and also on whether the
the front outboard seat, always child restraint is compatible with the
move the front passenger seat as vehicle in which it will be used.
far back as it will go.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Child Restraint Systems

{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal Forward-Facing Child Seat
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child restraint
crash, young children should provides restraint for the child's
A rear-facing child restraint provides body with the harness.
always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
child restraints. against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child

Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
{ Warning booklet, or both, and to this manual.
A child can be seriously injured or The child restraint instructions are
killed in a crash if the child important, so if they are not
restraint is not properly secured in available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured
using the vehicles safety belt or child restraint can move around in a
LATCH system, following the collision or sudden stop and injure
Booster Seats instructions that came with that people in the vehicle. Be sure to
A belt-positioning booster seat is child restraint and the instructions properly secure any child restraint in
used for children who have in this manual. the vehicle even when no child is
outgrown their forward-facing child in it.
restraint. Boosters are designed to To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States
improve the fit of the vehicle's safety the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child
belt system until the child is large in the vehicle. Child restraint Passenger Safety Technicians
enough for the vehicle safety belts systems must be secured in vehicle (CPSTs) are available to inspect
to fit properly without a booster seat. seats by lap belts or the lap belt and demonstrate how to correctly
See the safety belt fit test in Older portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by use and install child restraints. In
Children 0 66. the LATCH system. See Lower the U.S., refer to the National
Anchors and Tethers for Children Highway Traffic Safety
(LATCH System) 0 73 for more Administration (NHTSA) website to
information. Children can be locate the nearest child safety seat
endangered in a crash if the child inspection station. For CPST
restraint is not properly secured in availability in Canada, check with
the vehicle. Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Securing the Child Within the see Airbag On-Off Switch 0 62 and
Child Restraint Securing Child Restraints (With the Warning (Continued)
Safety Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 79 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Even if the airbag switch has
{ Warning Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 81 turned off the front outboard
for more information, including passenger frontal airbag, no
A child can be seriously injured or
important safety information. system is fail-safe. No one can
killed in a crash if the child is not
guarantee that an airbag will not
properly secured in the child Never put a rear-facing child seat in deploy under some unusual
restraint. Secure the child the front. This is because the risk to
circumstance, even though it is
properly following the instructions the rear-facing child is so great,
turned off.
that came with that child restraint. if the airbag deploys.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
Where to Put the { Warning in a rear seat, even if the airbag

is off. If you secure a
Restraint A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in
restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger
According to accident statistics,
or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child passenger airbag inflates. This is back as it will go. It is better to
restraint system or infant restraint because the back of the secure the child restraint in a
system secured in a rear seating rear-facing child restraint would rear seat.
position. be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
Whenever possible, children age When securing a child restraint in a
child restraint can be seriously rear seating position, study the
12 and under should be secured in injured or killed if the front
a rear seating position. instructions that came with your
outboard passenger airbag child restraint to make sure it is
If a child restraint is secured in the inflates and the passenger seat is compatible with this vehicle.
front outboard passenger seat, and in a forward position.
the vehicle has a switch on the
(Continued)
instrument panel to manually turn off
the front outboard passenger airbag,
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Child restraints and booster seats properly secure any child restraint in Booster seats use the vehicles
vary considerably in size, and some your vehicle even when no child safety belts to secure the child in
may fit in certain seating positions is in it. the booster seat. If the manufacturer
better than others. recommends that the booster seat
Depending on where you place the Lower Anchors and be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
child restraint and the size of the Tethers for Children booster seat can be positioned
child restraint, you may not be able (LATCH System)
to access adjacent safety belt properly and there is no interference
assemblies or LATCH anchors for The LATCH system secures a child with the proper positioning of the
additional passengers or child restraint during driving or in a crash. lap-shoulder belt on the child.
restraints. Adjacent seating LATCH attachments on the child Make sure to follow the instructions
positions should not be used if the restraint are used to attach the child that came with the child restraint,
child restraint prevents access to or restraint to the anchors in the and also the instructions in this
interferes with the routing of the vehicle. The LATCH system is manual.
safety belt. designed to make installation of a
child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with
If the vehicle does not have a rear a top tether, you must also use
seat that will accommodate a In order to use the LATCH system in either the lower anchors or the
rear-facing child restraint, a your vehicle, you need a child safety belts to properly secure the
rear-facing child restraint should not restraint that has LATCH child restraint. A child restraint must
be installed in the vehicle, even if attachments. LATCH-compatible never be attached using only the top
the airbag is off. rear-facing and forward-facing child tether.
seats can be properly installed
Wherever a child restraint is using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can
installed, be sure to secure the child the vehicles safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight
restraint properly. use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is
Keep in mind that an unsecured LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
child restraint can move around in a a rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH
collision or sudden stop and injure child seat. anchorage system once the
people in the vehicle. Be sure to combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
See Securing Child Restraints (With Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor
the Safety Belt in the Rear Seat)
0 79 or Securing Child Restraints
(With the Safety Belt in the Front
Seat) 0 81.
Child restraints built after March
2014 will be labeled with the
specific child weight up to which the
LATCH system can be used to
install the restraint.
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
child restraints have lower anchors built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint to the vehicle.
and attachments or top tether lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the
anchors and attachments. In this seating position that will vehicle. The top tether
case, the safety belt must be used accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint
(with top tether where available) to lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in
secure the child restraint. See the vehicle in order to reduce the
Securing Child Restraints (With the forward movement and rotation of
Safety Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 79 or the child restraint during driving or in
Securing Child Restraints (With the a crash.
Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 81.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Some child restraints that have a j : Seating positions with two lower
top tether are designed for use with anchors.
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top See the information following for
tether always to be attached. installing a child restraint with a top
In Canada, the law requires that tether in the second, third, and
forward-facing child restraints have fourth row center positions.
a top tether, and that the tether be Never install two top tethers using
attached. Be sure to read and follow the same top tether anchor.
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations Second, Third, and Fourth Row
with Three-Passenger
Seat Passenger Van
There are two top tether anchors in
the second, third, and fourth row
three-passenger seats. To install a
child restraint in the rear driver-side
seating positions, use anchor
point (1). To install a child restraint
Front Passenger Position in the rear passenger-side seating
i : Seating positions with positions, use anchor point (2).
top tether anchors. To install a child restraint in the rear
center seating positions, use anchor
The second, third, and fourth row point (2). Never install two top
Second, Third, and Fourth Row with three-passenger seats have tethers using the same top tether
with Three-Passenger Seat exposed metal lower anchors in the anchor.
i : Seating positions with crease between the seatback and
top tether anchors. the seat cushion.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
If the vehicle is equipped with a four Do not secure a child restraint in a

passenger fourth or fifth row seat, it position without a top tether anchor Warning (Continued)
does not have upper or lower if a national or local law requires
anchors. If a child restraint is placed that the top tether be attached, or if restraint properly using the
in the four- passenger fourth or fifth the instructions that come with the anchors, or use the vehicle's
row seat, it must be secured using child restraint say that the top tether safety belts to secure the
the vehicle safety belts. See must be attached. restraint, following the instructions
Securing Child Restraints (With the that came with the child restraint
According to accident statistics, and the instructions in this
Safety Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 79 or children and infants are safer when
Securing Child Restraints (With the manual.
properly restrained in a child
Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 81. restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 72 for additional
{ Warning
information. To reduce the risk of serious or
fatal injuries during a crash, do
Securing a Child Restraint
not attach more than one child
Designed for the LATCH restraint to a single anchor.
System Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
{ Warning cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
during a crash. A child or others
Front Passenger Position not attached to anchors, the child
could be injured.
restraint will not be able to protect
There is a top tether anchor for the the child correctly. In a crash, the
front passenger position with a front child could be seriously injured or
passenger seat. The anchor is at
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
the rear of the seat cushion on the
right front passenger seat. (Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
secure the restraints. Some

{ Warning Caution restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.
Children can be seriously injured Do not let the LATCH
or strangled if a shoulder belt is attachments rub against the 1. Attach and tighten the lower
wrapped around their neck. The vehicles safety belts. This may attachments to the lower
shoulder belt can tighten but damage these parts. If necessary, anchors. If the child restraint
cannot be loosened if it is locked. move buckled safety belts to does not have lower
The shoulder belt locks when it is avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
pulled all the way out of the attachments.
lower anchors, secure the child
retractor. It unlocks when the Do not fold the rear seatback restraint with the top tether and
shoulder belt is allowed to go all when the seat is occupied. Do not the safety belts. Refer to your
the way back into the retractor, fold the empty rear seat with a child restraint manufacturer
but it cannot do this if it is safety belt buckled. This could instructions and the
wrapped around a childs neck. damage the safety belt or the instructions in this manual.
If the shoulder belt is locked and seat. Unbuckle and return the
tightened around a childs neck, 1.1. Find the lower anchors
safety belt to its stowed position, for the desired seating
the only way to loosen the belt is before folding the seat. position.
to cut it.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
Buckle any unused safety belts If you need to secure more than one the seat.
behind the child restraint so child restraint in the rear seat, see
children cannot reach them. Pull 1.3. Attach and tighten the
Where to Put the Restraint 0 72.
the shoulder belt all the way out lower attachments on the
of the retractor to set the lock, This system is designed to make child restraint to the lower
and tighten the belt behind the the installation of child restraints anchors.
easier. When using lower anchors,
child restraint after the child 2. If the child restraint
do not use the vehicle's safety belts.
restraint has been installed. manufacturer recommends that
Instead, use the vehicle's anchors
the top tether be attached,
and child restraint attachments to
attach and tighten the top
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
tether to the top tether anchor, and you are using a dual
if equipped. Refer to the child tether, route the tether
restraint instructions and the over the seatback.
following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether
anchor.
2.2. For the second, third, and
fourth row with
three-passenger seats If the position you are
only, in the rear using does not have a
driver-side seating headrest or head restraint
positions, use anchor and you are using a
point (1). For the rear single tether, route the
passenger-side seating tether over the seatback.
positions, use anchor
point (2). For the center
seating positions, use If the position you are
anchor point (2). Never using has an integrated
install two top tethers headrest or head restraint
using the same top tether and you are using a dual
anchor. tether, route the tether
around the headrest or
2.3. Route and tighten the top head restraint.
tether according to your
child restraint instructions
and the following If the position you are
instructions: using does not have a
headrest or head restraint
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints

Parts After a Crash (With the Safety Belt in
the Rear Seat)
{ Warning When securing a child restraint in a
A crash can damage the LATCH rear seating position, study the
system in the vehicle. A damaged instructions that came with the child
LATCH system may not properly restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even If the child restraint has the LATCH
death in a crash. To help make system, see Lower Anchors and
sure the LATCH system is Tethers for Children (LATCH
If the position you are System) 0 73 for how and where to
working properly after a crash,
using has an integrated install the child restraint using
see your dealer to have the
headrest or head restraint LATCH. If a child restraint is secured
and you are using a system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as in the vehicle using a safety belt
single tether, route the and it uses a top tether, see Lower
tether over the headrest soon as possible.
Anchors and Tethers for Children
or head restraint. (LATCH System) 0 73 for top tether
3. Before placing a child in the If the vehicle has the LATCH system anchor locations.
child restraint, make sure it is and it was being used during a
Do not secure a child seat in a
securely held in place. To crash, new LATCH system parts position without a top tether anchor
check, grasp the child restraint may be needed. if a national or local law requires
at the LATCH path and attempt New parts and repairs may be that the top tether be anchored, or if
to move it side to side and necessary even if the LATCH the instructions that come with the
back and forth. There should system was not being used at the child restraint say that the top strap
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) time of the crash. must be anchored.
of movement for proper
installation.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
If the child restraint or vehicle seat

position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint.
Be sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint 0 72.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set
the lap and shoulder portions the lock. When the retractor
of the vehicles safety belt Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child lock is set, the belt can be
through or around the restraint. tightened but not pulled out of
The child restraint instructions restraint system, so that the
safety belt could be quickly the retractor.
will show you how.
unbuckled if necessary.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
(With the Safety Belt in
regarding the use of the top the Front Seat)
tether. See Lower Anchors and This vehicle has airbags. A rear
Tethers for Children (LATCH seat is a safer place to secure a
System) 0 73. forward-facing child restraint. See
7. Before placing a child in the Where to Put the Restraint 0 72.
child restraint, make sure it is There may be an airbag on-off
securely held in place. To switch on the instrument panel that
check, grasp the child restraint you can use to turn off the front
at the safety belt path and outboard passenger frontal airbag.
5. To tighten the belt, push down attempt to move it side to side See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 62 for
on the child restraint, pull the and back and forth. When the more information, including
shoulder portion of the belt to child restraint is properly important safety information.
tighten the lap portion of the installed, there should be no
belt, and feed the shoulder belt more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of Never put a rear-facing child seat in
back into the retractor. When movement. the front. This is because the risk to
installing a forward-facing child the rear-facing child is so great,
To remove the child restraint, if the airbag deploys.
restraint, it may be helpful to unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
use your knee to push down on let it return to the stowed position.
the child restraint as you If the top tether is attached to a top { Warning
tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it.
A child in a rear-facing child
Try to pull the belt out of the restraint can be seriously injured
retractor to make sure the or killed if the front outboard
retractor is locked. If the
passenger airbag inflates. This is
retractor is not locked, repeat
because the back of the
Steps 4 and 5.
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Do not secure a child seat in a

Warning (Continued) { Warning position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
rear-facing child restraint would If the airbag readiness light ever that the top tether be anchored, or if
be very close to the inflating comes on and stays on, it means the instructions that come with the
airbag. A child in a forward-facing that something may be wrong child restraint say that the top strap
child restraint can be seriously with the airbag system. For must be anchored.
injured or killed if the front example, the front outboard
outboard passenger airbag passenger frontal airbag could In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
inflates and the passenger seat is inflate even though the airbag
a top tether, and that the tether be
in a forward position. on-off switch is turned off.
attached.
Even if the airbag switch has To help avoid injury to yourself or When using the lap-shoulder belt to
turned off the front outboard others, have the vehicle serviced secure the child restraint in this
passenger frontal airbag, no right away. See Airbag Readiness position, follow the instructions that
system is fail-safe. No one can Light 0 99 for more information, came with the child restraint and the
guarantee that an airbag will not including important safety following instructions:
deploy under some unusual information.
circumstance, even though it is 1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
turned off. If the vehicle does not have a rear forward-facing child restraint.
Secure rear-facing child restraints seat that will accommodate a Move the seat upward or the
in a rear seat, even if the airbag rear-facing child restraint, a seatback to an upright position,
is off. If you secure a rear-facing child restraint should not if needed, to get a tight
forward-facing child restraint in be installed in the vehicle, even if installation of the child
the front outboard passenger the airbag is off. restraint.
seat, always move the seat as far If the child restraint uses a top When the airbag off switch has
back as it will go. It is better to tether, see Lower Anchors and turned off the front outboard
secure the child restraint in a Tethers for Children (LATCH passenger frontal airbag, the
rear seat. System) 0 73 for top tether anchor off indicator in the airbag off
locations.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
light should light and stay lit Position the release button on
when the vehicle is started. the buckle, away from the child
See Airbag On-Off Light 0 100. restraint system, so that the
2. Put the child restraint on safety belt could be quickly
the seat. unbuckled if necessary.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run

the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the installing a forward-facing child
way out of the retractor to set restraint, it may be helpful to
the lock. When the retractor use your knee to push down on
lock is set, the belt can be the child restraint as you
tightened but not pulled out of tighten the belt.
the retractor. Try to pull the belt out of the
4. Push the latch plate into the retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
buckle until it clicks.
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
7. If the vehicle does not have a the child restraint from the vehicle
rear seat and the child restraint unless the person who will be sitting
manufacturer recommends there is a member of a passenger
using a top tether anchor, airbag risk group. See Airbag
attach the top tether to the top On-Off Switch 0 62 for more
tether anchor. Refer to the information, including important
instructions that came with the safety information.
child restraint and to Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 73.
8. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
If you turned the airbag off with the
switch, turn on the front outboard
passenger airbag when you remove
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Storage 85
Storage Storage Additional Storage

Compartments Features
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 85 { Warning Cargo Tie-Downs
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Do not store heavy or sharp
Additional Storage Features objects in storage compartments.
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.
Front Storage
This vehicle may have a front
storage compartment. It is located at
the center of the instrument panel
extension, by the floor. To open the
compartment, pull up on the latch. If equipped, there are six cargo
The compartment will open tie-downs in the cargo area that can
automatically. be used to secure cargo.
Storage compartments may also be Do not apply a total load of more
included on the inside of each than 5 000 N (1,124 lbs of force) to
front door. a single cargo tie-down when
securing cargo.
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 171.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
86 Storage
{ Warning { Warning
The child restraint top tether strap Never allow anyone to ride in the
may be damaged by contact with cargo area. It is extremely
items in the cargo area. Your child dangerous to ride in the cargo
could be seriously injured or killed area of a vehicle. In a collision,
in a collision if the top tether strap people riding in these areas are
is damaged. Properly secure all more likely to be seriously injured
cargo. or killed.
Do not allow people to ride in any
area of the vehicle that is not
{ Warning equipped with seats and safety
belts. Be sure everyone in the
Properly secure all cargo with vehicle is in a seat and using a
ropes or straps to help prevent it safety belt properly.
from sliding or shifting. Do not
place cargo higher than the
seatbacks. In a sudden stop or
collision, unsecured cargo could
cause personal injury. Use
suitable ropes or straps to secure
cargo.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Instruments and Controls 87
Instruments and Airbag On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 101
Engine Cooling System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Controls Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 102
Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 114
Engine Power Messages . . . . . 114
Brake System Warning Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 115
Controls Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . 115
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 88 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 88 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Object Detection System
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 105 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 89 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . 105 Ride Control System
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Airbag System Messages . . . . . 117
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 106 Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 117
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 107 Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Transmission Messages . . . . . . 118
Warning Lights, Gauges, and High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 107 Vehicle Reminder
Indicators Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 107 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Information Displays Vehicle Personalization
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Driver Information Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 119
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Vehicle Messages
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Battery Voltage and Charging
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . 97 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Engine Coolant Temperature Brake System Messages . . . . . 112
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 113
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 113
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 99
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . 99
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
88 Instruments and Controls
Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel an iPod or USB device. Also press
while driving. to reject an incoming call or end a
current call.
Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls
Adjustment Radio
To select preset or favorite radio
stations:
Press and release w or c / x to
go to the next or previous radio
station stored as a preset or
favorite.
CD
To select tracks on a CD:
Press and release w or c / x to
go to the next or previous track.
If equipped, some audio controls Selecting Tracks on an iPod or
For vehicles with a tilt steering can be adjusted at the steering USB Device
wheel, the lever is located on the wheel.
left side of the steering column. 1. Press and hold w or c / x
w : Press to go to the next favorite while listening to a song until
To adjust the steering wheel: radio station, track on a CD, the contents of the current
1. Pull the lever to move the or folder on an iPod or USB folder display on the radio
steering wheel up or down into device. display.
a comfortable position. c / x (Previous/End) : Press to
2. Release the lever to lock the go to the previous favorite radio
steering wheel in place. station, track on a CD, or folder on
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
2. Press and release w or c / b / g : Press to silence the vehicle + e : Press to increase volume.
x to scroll up or down the list, speakers only. Press again to turn
the sound on. e : Press to decrease volume.
then press and hold w ,
or press to play the For vehicles with Bluetooth or
Horn
highlighted track. OnStar systems, press and hold
for longer than two seconds to Press the horn symbol in the middle
Navigating Folders on an iPod or interact with those systems. See of the steering wheel to sound
USB Device Bluetooth 0 151 and OnStar, the horn.
1. Press and hold w or c / x if equipped.
while listening to a song until SRCE : Press to switch between Windshield Wiper/Washer
the contents of the current the radio and CD, and for equipped
folder display on the radio vehicles, the front auxiliary.
display. : Press to go to the next radio
2. Press and hold c / x to go station while in AM, FM,
back to the previous folder list. or SiriusXM (If Equipped).
For vehicles with a CD player or
3. Press and release w or c / USB port:
x to scroll up or down the list. The lever is on the left side of the
. To select a folder, press Press to go to the next track or steering column.
chapter while sourced to the CD.
and hold w , or press Turn the band with N on it to select
when the folder is Press to select a track or a folder the wiper speed.
highlighted. when navigating folders on an iPod 8 : Use for a single wipe. Hold the
or USB device.
. To go back further in the band on z , then release. For
folder list, press and hold While listening to a CD, press and several wipes, hold the band on z
c / x. hold to quickly move forward longer.
through the tracks. Release to stop
on the desired track.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
6 : Use to adjust the delay time give false readings. The compass
between wipes. Turn the band up { Warning must be set to the variance zone in
for more frequent wipes or down for which the vehicle is traveling.
In freezing weather, do not use
less frequent wipes. the washer until the windshield is To adjust for compass variance, use
d : Slow wipes. warmed. Otherwise the washer the following procedure:
a : Fast wipes. fluid can form ice on the Compass Variance (Zone)
windshield, blocking your vision. Procedure
9 : Use to turn the wipers off.
1. Do not set the compass zone
When driving during the day and the
wipers are activated, the head Compass when the vehicle is moving.
Only set it when the vehicle is
lamps automatically turn on after This vehicle may have a compass in in P (Park).
completing eight wipe cycles. the Driver Information Center (DIC).
Clear ice and snow from the wiper Press T until PRESS V TO
Compass Zone
blades before using them. If frozen CHANGE COMPASS ZONE
to the windshield, carefully loosen or Your dealer will set the correct zone displays.
thaw them. Damaged blades should for your location.
be replaced. Under certain circumstances, such
as during a long distance
Windshield Washer cross-country trip or moving to a
The windshield wiper paddle is on new state or province, it will be
top of the turn signal lever. necessary to compensate for
L : Push the paddle to spray compass variance by resetting the
washer fluid on the windshield. The zone through the DIC if the zone is
wipers will clear the window and not set correctly.
then either stop or return to the Compass variance is the difference
preset speed. between the earth's magnetic north
and true geographic north. If the
compass is not set to the zone
where you live, the compass may
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
2. Find the vehicle's current If CAL should ever appear in the Do not operate any switches
location and variance zone DIC display, the compass should be such as window, climate
number on the map. calibrated. controls, seats, etc. during the
Zones 1 through 15 are If the DIC display does not show a calibration procedure.
available. heading, for example, N for North, 2. Press T until PRESS V TO
or the heading does not change CALIBRATE COMPASS
3. Press V to scroll through and after making turns, there may be a
select the appropriate displays.
strong magnetic field interfering with
variance zone. the compass. Such interference 3. Press V to start the compass
4. Press 3 until the vehicle may be caused by a magnetic CB or calibration.
cell phone antenna mount, a
heading, for example, N for 4. The DIC will display
North, is displayed in the DIC. magnetic emergency light, magnetic CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN
note pad holder, or any other
5. If calibration is necessary, CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in
magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle,
calibrate the compass. See tight circles at less than 8 km/h
move the magnetic item, then turn
Compass Calibration (5 mph) to complete the
on the vehicle and calibrate the calibration. The DIC will display
Procedure following. compass.
CALIBRATION COMPLETE for
Compass Calibration To calibrate the compass, use the a few seconds when the
The compass can be manually following procedure: calibration is complete. The
calibrated. Only calibrate the DIC display will then return to
Compass Calibration Procedure
compass in a magnetically clean PRESS V TO CALIBRATE
1. Before calibrating the compass, COMPASS.
and safe location, such as an open
make sure the compass zone
parking lot, where driving the
is set to the variance zone in
vehicle in circles is not a danger.
It is suggested to calibrate away which the vehicle is located.
See Compass Variance (Zone)
from tall buildings, utility wires,
Procedure earlier in this
manhole covers, or other industrial
section.
structures, if possible.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Clock 3. Press H again until the clock Changing the Time and Date
display stops flashing to set the Default Settings
The clock can be set with either the
radio turned on or off. currently displayed time; To change the time or date default
otherwise, the flashing stops settings:
AM-FM Radio after five seconds and the
current time displayed is 1. Press H and then the softkey
To set the time: under the forward arrow that is
automatically set.
1. Press H until the hour begins currently displayed on the radio
Radio with CD/MP3 screen until the time 12H
flashing on the display. Press
this button a second time and To set the time and date: (hour) and 24H (hour), and the
the minutes begin flashing on date MM/DD (month and day)
1. Press H and the HR, MIN, MM, and DD/MM (day and month)
display.
DD, and YYYY (hour, minute, are displayed.
Press H a third time and the month, day, and year) display. 2. Press the softkey under the
12HR or 24HR time format 2. Press the softkey under any desired option.
begins flashing. one of the tabs to be changed.
Every time the softkey is 3. Press H again to apply the
2. While either the hour or the
pressed again, the time or the selected default, or let the
minutes are flashing, turn the f screen time out.
date if selected, increases
knob, on the upper right side of
by one.
the radio, clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or Another way to increase the
decrease the time. While the time or date is to press
12HR or 24HR time format is
SEEK or \ FWD (forward).
flashing, turn the f knob
clockwise or counterclockwise 3. To decrease, press SEEK or
to select the default time s REV. Turn the f knob, on
settings. the upper right side of the
radio, to adjust the selected
setting.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Power Outlets Caution

Power Outlet 110/120 Volt
Alternating Current
Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct
Current Leaving electrical equipment This power outlet can be used to
plugged in for an extended period plug in electrical equipment that
The accessory power outlets can be of time while the vehicle is off will uses a maximum limit of 150 watts.
used to plug in electrical equipment,
drain the battery. Always unplug The 110/120 volt power outlet is on
such as a cell phone or an MP3
electrical equipment when not in the instrument panel.
player.
use and do not plug in equipment
The vehicle may have two that exceeds the maximum An indicator light on the outlet turns
accessory power outlets on the on to show it is in use. The light
20 amp rating.
instrument panel. comes on when the ignition is in
ON/RUN, equipment requiring less
Remove the cover to access and When adding electrical equipment, than 150 watts is plugged into the
replace when not in use. be sure to follow the proper outlet, and no system fault is
Certain power accessory plugs may installation instructions included with detected.
not be compatible to the accessory the equipment. See Add-On
The indicator light does not come on
power outlet and could overload Electrical Equipment 0 212.
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or
vehicle or adapter fuses. If a if the equipment is not fully seated
problem is experienced, see your Caution into the outlet.
dealer.
Hanging heavy equipment from If equipment is connected using
more than 150 watts or a system
{ Warning the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the fault is detected, a protection circuit
Power is always supplied to the vehicle warranty. The power shuts off the power supply and the
outlets. Do not leave electrical outlets are designed for indicator light turns off. To reset the
equipment plugged in when the circuit, unplug the item and plug it
accessory power plugs only, such
back in or turn the Retained
vehicle is not in use because the as cell phone charge cords.
Accessory Power (RAP) off and
vehicle could catch fire and cause
then back on. See Retained
injury or death. Accessory Power (RAP) 0 180.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
The power outlet is not designed for Warning Lights,

the following, and may not work Caution
properly if they are plugged in:
Holding a cigarette lighter in while
Gauges, and
. Equipment with high initial peak it is heating does not let the Indicators
wattage, such as lighter back away from the
compressor-driven refrigerators Warning lights and gauges can
heating element when it is hot. signal that something is wrong
and electric power tools. Damage from overheating can before it becomes serious enough
. Other equipment requiring an occur to the lighter or heating to cause an expensive repair or
extremely stable power supply, element, or a fuse could be replacement. Paying attention to the
such as blown. Do not hold a cigarette warning lights and gauges could
microcomputer-controlled lighter in while it is heating. prevent injury.
electric blankets and touch
sensor lamps. Some warning lights come on briefly
Ashtrays when the engine is started to
. Medical equipment. indicate they are working. When
If equipped with a removable one of the warning lights comes on
Cigarette Lighter ashtray, it can be placed into the and stays on while driving, or when
front floor console cupholder. Open one of the gauges shows there may
If equipped with a cigarette lighter, the cover to use. be a problem, check the section that
to heat push it in all the way and let
explains what to do. Waiting to do
go. When it is ready for use, it will
Caution repairs can be costly and even
pop back out by itself.
dangerous.
Do not use the lighter to plug in If papers, pins, or other
accessory devices. Use the power flammable items are put in the
outlets provided. ashtray, hot cigarettes or other
smoking materials could ignite
them and possibly damage the
vehicle. Never put flammable
items in the ashtray.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Instrument Cluster
English Shown, Metric Similar

9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, Fuel Gauge

see the Duramax diesel supplement
for more information.
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the vehicle
speed in kilometers per hour (km/h)
and miles per hour (mph).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either English
kilometers or miles.
Metric The fuel gauge, when the ignition is
on, indicates how much fuel is left in
Trip Odometer the vehicle fuel tank.
The trip odometer shows how far An arrow on the fuel gauge
the vehicle has been driven since indicates the side of the vehicle the
the trip odometer was last reset. fuel door is on.
The trip odometer is accessed and The gauge first indicates empty
reset through the Driver Information before the vehicle is out of fuel, and
Center (DIC). See Driver the fuel tank should be
Information Center (DIC) 0 108. refueled soon.
Listed are four situations customers
might experience with the fuel
gauge. None of these indicate a
problem with the fuel gauge:
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16

. At the gas station, the fuel pump Engine Oil Pressure
shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
Gauge
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the fuel gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
English
turning a corner or speeding up.
. The oil pressure gauge shows the
The gauge does not go back to
engine oil pressure in psi (pounds
empty when the ignition is Metric
per square inch) or kPa (kilopascals)
turned off.
when the engine is running.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
Oil pressure may vary with engine
see the Duramax diesel
speed, outside temperature and oil
supplement.
viscosity, but readings above the
low pressure zone indicate the
normal operating range.
A reading in the low pressure zone
may be caused by a dangerously
low oil level or other problem
causing low oil pressure.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Caution
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low, English
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule This gauge shows the engine
for changing engine oil. coolant temperature.
Metric
It also provides an indicator of how
hard the vehicle is working. During a
majority of the operation, the gauge
will read 100 C (210 F) or less.
If the vehicle is pulling a load or
going up hills, it is normal for the
temperature to fluctuate and
approach the 122 C (250 F) mark.
If the gauge reaches the 125 C
(260 F) mark, it indicates that the
cooling system is working beyond
its capacity.
See Engine Overheating 0 230.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Voltmeter Gauge charging system is not able to When the vehicle is started, this
provide full power at engine idle. As light flashes and a chime may come
engine speeds are increased, this on to remind the driver to fasten
condition should correct itself as their safety belt. Then the light stays
higher engine speeds allow the on solid until the belt is buckled.
charging system to create maximum This cycle may continue several
power. times if the driver remains or
The vehicle can be only driven for a becomes unbuckled while the
short time with the reading in either vehicle is moving.
warning zone. If it must be driven, If the driver safety belt is buckled,
turn off all unnecessary neither the light nor the chime
accessories. comes on.
Readings in either warning zone
indicate a possible problem in the Airbag Readiness Light
When the engine is not running, but electrical system. Have the vehicle This light shows if there is an
the ignition is on, this gauge shows serviced as soon as possible. electrical problem with the airbag
the battery's state of charge in system. The system check includes
DC volts. Safety Belt Reminders the airbag sensor(s), the
When the engine is running, the pretensioners (if equipped), the
Safety Belt Reminder Light airbag modules, the wiring, and the
gauge shows the condition of the
charging system. Readings between There is a safety belt reminder light crash sensing and diagnostic
the low and high warning zones on the instrument cluster. module. For more information on the
indicate the normal operating range. airbag system, see Airbag
System 0 55.
Readings in the low warning zone
may occur when a large number of
electrical accessories are operating
in the vehicle and the engine is left
at an idle for an extended period.
This condition is normal since the
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
If there is a problem with the airbag

system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message can also come on.
See Airbag System
Messages 0 117.
The airbag readiness light comes on Airbag On-Off Light

for several seconds when the When the front outboard passenger
vehicle is started. If the light does airbag is manually turned off using
not come on then, have it fixed the airbag on-off switch on the
immediately. instrument panel, if equipped, the
indicator light OFF or the off symbol
{ Warning will come on and stay on as a United States
reminder that the airbag has been
If the airbag readiness light stays turned off. This light will go off when
on after the vehicle is started or the airbag has been turned on. See
comes on while driving, it means Airbag On-Off Switch 0 62 for more
the airbag system might not be information, including important
working properly. The airbags in safety information.
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
If the word ON or the on symbol is

Warning (Continued) lit, it means that the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag is enabled,
group identified by the national and may inflate. See Airbag On-Off
government. See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 62 for more information,
Switch 0 62 for more information, including important safety
including important safety information.
information.
Charging System Light
{ Warning
Canada and Mexico If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
{ Warning that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. For
If the front outboard passenger example, the front outboard This light comes on briefly when the
frontal airbag is turned off for a passenger frontal airbag could ignition key is turned to START, but
person who is not in a risk group inflate even though the airbag the engine is not running, as a
identified by the national on-off switch is turned off. check to show it is working.
government, that person will not If it does not, have the vehicle
To help avoid injury to yourself or
have the extra protection of an serviced by your dealer.
others, have the vehicle serviced
airbag. In a crash, the airbag will
right away. See Airbag Readiness The light should go out once the
not be able to inflate and help
Light 0 99 for more information, engine starts. If it stays on,
protect the person sitting there.
including important safety or comes on while driving, there
Do not turn off the front outboard
information. could be a problem with the
passenger frontal airbag unless
charging system. A charging system
the person sitting there is in a risk message in the Driver Information
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Center (DIC) can also appear. See

Battery Voltage and Charging Caution
Messages 0 112 for more
information. This light could indicate Modifications to the engine,
that there are problems with a transmission, exhaust, intake,
generator drive belt, or that there is or fuel system, or the use of
an electrical problem. Have it replacement tires that do not
Malfunctions are often indicated by
checked right away. If the vehicle meet the original tire
the system before any problem is
must be driven a short distance with specifications, can cause this light
noticeable. Being aware of the light
the light on, turn off accessories, and seeking service promptly when to come on. This could lead to
such as the radio and air it comes on may prevent damage. costly repairs not covered by the
conditioner. vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicles ability to pass
Caution
Malfunction Indicator an Emissions Inspection/
Lamp (Check Engine If the vehicle is driven continually Maintenance test. See
with this light on, the emission Accessories and
Light) Modifications 0 216.
control system may not work as
This light is part of the vehicles well, the fuel economy may be
emission control on-board lower, and the vehicle may not If the light is flashing : A
diagnostic system. If this light is on run smoothly. This could lead to malfunction has been detected that
while the engine is running, a costly repairs that might not be could damage the emission control
malfunction has been detected and
covered by the vehicle warranty. system and increase vehicle
the vehicle may require service. The
emissions. Diagnosis and service
light should come on to show that it
may be required.
is working when the ignition is in
ON/RUN and the engine is not To help prevent damage, reduce
running. See Ignition vehicle speed and avoid hard
Positions 0 176. accelerations and uphill grades.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
If towing a trailer, reduce the least one full tank of the proper The vehicle may not pass
amount of cargo being hauled as fuel to turn the light off. See inspection if:
soon as possible. Fuel 0 198. . The light is on when the engine
If the light continues to flash, find a If the light remains on, see your is running.
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle dealer. . The light does not come on
off and wait at least 10 seconds when the ignition is in ON/RUN
before restarting the engine. If the Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs while the engine is off.
light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your If the vehicle requires an Emissions . Critical emission control systems
dealer for service as soon as Inspection/Maintenance test, the have not been completely
possible. test equipment will likely connect to diagnosed. If this happens, the
the vehicle's Data Link vehicle would not be ready for
If the light is on steady : A inspection and might require
malfunction has been detected. Connector (DLC).
several days of routine driving
Diagnosis and service may be before the system is ready for
required. inspection. This can happen if
Check the following: the 12-volt battery has recently
. A loose or missing fuel cap may been replaced or run down, or if
cause the light to come on. See the vehicle has been recently
Filling the Tank 0 200. A few serviced.
driving trips with the cap See your dealer if the vehicle will
properly installed may turn the The DLC is under the instrument not pass or cannot be made ready
light off. panel to the left of the steering for the test.
wheel. Connecting devices that are
. Poor fuel quality can cause not used to perform an Emissions
inefficient engine operation and Inspection/Maintenance test or to
poor driveability, which may go service the vehicle may affect
away once the engine is warmed vehicle operation. See Add-On
up. If this occurs, change the Electrical Equipment 0 212. See
fuel brand. It may require at your dealer if assistance is needed.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Brake System Warning information. The light stays on if the Antilock Brake System
parking brake does not fully release.
Light If it stays on after the parking brake
(ABS) Warning Light
The vehicle brake system consists is fully released, it means the
of two hydraulic circuits. If one vehicle has a brake problem.
circuit is not working, the remaining If the light comes on while driving,
circuit can still work to stop the pull off the road and stop carefully.
vehicle. For normal braking The pedal might be harder to push,
performance, both circuits need to or the pedal might go closer to the
be working. floor. It could take longer to stop.
If the light is still on, have the For vehicles with the Antilock Brake
If the warning light comes on, there
vehicle towed for service. See System (ABS), this light comes on
could be a brake problem. Have the
Towing the Vehicle 0 286. briefly when the engine is started.
brake system inspected right away.
If it does not, have the vehicle
{ Warning serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally the
The brake system might not be indicator light then goes off.
working properly if the brake If the ABS light stays on, turn the
system warning light is on. ignition off. If the light comes on
Metric English Driving with the brake system while driving, stop as soon as it is
warning light on can lead to a safely possible and turn the ignition
This light should come on briefly crash. If the light is still on after off. Then start the engine again to
when the engine is started. If it does
the vehicle has been pulled off reset the system. If the ABS light
not come on then, have it fixed so it
the road and carefully stopped, stays on, or comes on again while
will be ready to warn you if there is
have the vehicle towed for driving, the vehicle needs service.
a problem.
service. If the regular brake system warning
When the ignition is on, the brake light is not on, the vehicle still has
system warning light also comes on brakes, but not antilock brakes.
when the parking brake is set. See If the regular brake system warning
Parking Brake 0 189 for more light is also on, the vehicle does not
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
have antilock brakes and there is a StabiliTrak OFF Light Traction Control System
problem with the regular brakes.
See Brake System Warning
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light
Light 0 104.
Tow/Haul Mode Light
This light comes on briefly while

starting the engine. If it does not, This light comes on briefly when the
have the vehicle serviced by your engine is started.
dealer.
If the light does not come on, have
This light comes on when the the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
StabiliTrak system is turned off. If the system is working normally,
Mode feature, this light comes on
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction the indicator light turns off.
when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
Control System (TCS) is also off.
activated. If the light is on and not flashing, the
If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off, TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 187.
the system does not assist in system have been disabled.
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the A Driver Information Center (DIC)
TCS and the StabiliTrak systems message may display. Check the
and the warning light turns off. DIC messages to determine which
See Traction Control/Electronic feature(s) is no longer functioning
Stability Control 0 190. and whether the vehicle requires
service. See Ride Control System
Messages 0 116.
If the light is on and flashing, the
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system
is actively working.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
See Traction Control/Electronic When the Light Flashes First and

Stability Control 0 190. Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
Tire Pressure Light and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle. This light should come on briefly as
See Tire Pressure Monitor the engine is started. If it does not
Operation 0 262. come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure means that oil is not flowing through
Monitor System (TPMS), this light Caution the engine properly. The vehicle
comes on briefly when the engine is could be low on oil and might have
started. It provides information Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See
about tire pressures and the TPMS. maintenance can damage the your dealer.
When the Light Is On Steady engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
This indicates that one or more of The repairs would not be covered
the tires are significantly by the vehicle warranty. Check
underinflated.
the oil level as soon as possible.
A Driver Information Center (DIC) Add oil if required, but if the oil
tire pressure message may also level is within the operating range
display. See Tire Messages 0 118. and the oil pressure is still low,
Stop as soon as possible, and have the vehicle serviced. Always
inflate the tires to the pressure value follow the maintenance schedule
shown on the Tire and Loading for changing engine oil.
Information label. See Tire
Pressure 0 260.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Low Fuel Warning Light Security Light This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 126.
Cruise Control Light
The security light should come on

briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
English Shown, Metric Similar indicator light turns off. This light comes on when the cruise
If the light stays on and the engine control is set.
This light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition is turned does not start, there could be a This light goes out when the cruise
on as a check to indicate it is problem with the theft-deterrent control is canceled. See Cruise
working. If it does not come on, system. See Immobilizer Control 0 192.
have it fixed. Operation 0 33.
The low fuel warning light comes on High-Beam On Light
and a chime sounds when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns
off when fuel is added to the
fuel tank.
See Driver Information Center
(DIC) 0 108.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Information Displays If there is a problem with the system

that controls the temperature
The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle
information, customization, and set/
display, the numbers will be reset buttons. The button functions
Driver Information replaced with dashes. If this occurs, are detailed in the following pages.
Center (DIC) have the vehicle serviced by your 3 : Press this button to display
dealer. the odometer, trip odometers, fuel
This vehicle has a DIC.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, range, average economy, fuel used,
All messages will appear in the DIC
see the Duramax diesel timer, average speed, and digital
display at the bottom of the
supplement. tachometer.
instrument cluster.
The DIC comes on when the ignition DIC Operation and Displays T : Press this button to display the
oil life, rear park assist, units, tire
is on. After a short delay, the DIC The DIC has different displays pressure readings for vehicles with
will display the information that was which can be accessed by pressing the Tire Pressure Monitor
last displayed before the engine the DIC buttons on the instrument System (TPMS), engine hours, Tire
was turned off. panel, next to the instrument cluster. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)
The DIC displays trip, fuel, and DIC Buttons programming for vehicles with the
vehicle system information, and TPMS and without a Remote
warning messages if a system Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, and
problem is detected. compass zone and compass
If the vehicle has these features, the calibration on vehicles with this
DIC also displays the compass feature.
direction and the outside air U : Press this button to customize
temperature when viewing the trip the feature settings on the vehicle.
and fuel information. The compass See Vehicle Personalization 0 119
direction appears on the top right for more information.
corner of the DIC display. The
outside air temperature
V : Press this button to set or reset
certain functions and to turn off or
automatically appears in the bottom
acknowledge messages on the DIC.
right corner of the DIC display.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Trip/Fuel Menu Items turned on. This can be used if the Fuel Range
trip odometer is not reset at the
3 : Press this button to scroll beginning of the trip. Press 3 until FUEL RANGE
through the following menu items: displays. This display shows the
To use the retro-active reset feature, approximate number of remaining
Odometer
press and hold V for at least kilometers (km) or miles (mi) the
Press 3 until XX km (mi) four seconds. The trip odometer will vehicle can be driven without
displays. This display shows the display the number of refueling. The display will show
distance the vehicle has been kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven LOW if the fuel level is low.
driven in either kilometers (km) or since the ignition was last turned on The fuel range estimate is based on
miles (mi). and the vehicle was moving. Once an average of the fuel economy
the vehicle begins moving, the trip over recent driving history and the
Trip Odometers odometer will accumulate mileage. amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
Press 3 until A or B displays. For example, if the vehicle was tank. This estimate will change if
This display shows the current driven 8 km (5 miles) before it is driving conditions change. For
distance traveled in either started again, and then the example, if driving in traffic and
kilometers (km) or miles (mi) since retro-active reset feature is making frequent stops, this display
the last reset for each trip odometer. activated, the display will show 8 km may read one number, but if the
Both trip odometers can be used at (5 miles). As the vehicle begins vehicle is driven on a freeway, the
the same time. moving, the display will then number may change even though
increase to 8.1 km (5.1 miles), the same amount of fuel is in the
Each trip odometer can be reset to 8.2 km (5.2 miles), etc. fuel tank. This is because different
zero separately by pressing V while If the retro-active reset feature is driving conditions produce different
the desired trip odometer is activated after the vehicle is started, fuel economies. Generally, freeway
displayed. but before it begins moving, the driving produces better fuel
The trip odometer has a feature display will show the number of economy than city driving.
called the retro-active reset. This kilometers (km) or miles (mi) that If the vehicle is low on fuel, the
can be used to set the trip odometer were driven during the last ignition FUEL LEVEL LOW message will be
to the number of kilometers (miles) cycle. displayed. See Fuel System
driven since the ignition was last Messages 0 115.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Average Economy passed since the timer was last Digital Tachometer
reset, not including time the ignition
Press 3 until AVG ECONOMY is off. Time will continue to be Press 3 until
displays. This display shows the counted as long as the ignition is Tachometer ##00 RPM displays.
approximate average liters per on, even if another display is being This display shows the engine
100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles shown on the DIC. The timer will speed in revolutions per
per gallon (mpg). This number is record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes minute (RPM).
calculated based on the number of and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the Blank Display
which the display will return to zero.
last time this menu item was reset. This display shows no information.
To reset AVG ECONOMY, press and To stop the timer, press V briefly
Vehicle Information Menu
hold V. The display will return while TIMER is displayed.
Items
to zero. To reset the timer to zero, press and
hold V while TIMER is displayed.
T : Press this button to scroll
Fuel Used through the following menu items:
Press 3 until FUEL USED Average Speed
Oil Life
displays. This display shows the Press 3 until AVERAGE SPEED
number of liters (L) or gallons (gal) Press T until OIL LIFE
displays. This display shows the REMAINING displays. This display
of fuel used since the last reset of average speed of the vehicle in
this menu item. To reset the fuel shows an estimate of the oil's
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
used information, press and hold V remaining useful life. If you see
per hour (mph). This average is
while FUEL USED is displayed. 99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the
calculated based on the various display, that means 99% of the
Timer vehicle speeds recorded since the current oil life remains. The engine
last reset of this value. To reset the
oil life system will alert you to
Press 3 until TIMER displays. value, press and hold V. The change the oil on a schedule
This display can be used as a timer. display will return to zero. consistent with your driving
To start the timer, press V while conditions.
TIMER is displayed. The display will
show the amount of time that has
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
When the remaining oil life is low, or OFF. The RPA system RIGHT ##. Press T again until the
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON automatically turns back on after DIC displays REAR TIRES
message will appear on the display. each vehicle start. When the RPA PSI (kPa) LEFT ## RIGHT ##.
See Engine Oil Messages 0 114. system is turned off and the vehicle
You should change the oil as soon is shifted out of P (Park), the DIC If a low tire pressure condition is
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 219. will display the PARK ASSIST OFF detected by the system while
In addition to the engine oil life message as a reminder that the driving, a message advising you to
system monitoring the oil life, system has been turned off. See check the pressure in a specific tire
additional maintenance is Object Detection System Messages will appear in the display. See Tire
recommended in the Maintenance 0 115 and Parking Assist 0 197. Pressure 0 118 and Tire
Schedule in this manual. See Messages 0 118.
Maintenance Schedule 0 297. Units
If the tire pressure display shows
Remember, you must reset the OIL Press T until UNITS displays. This dashes instead of a value, there
LIFE yourself after each oil change. display allows you to select between may be a problem with the vehicle.
It will not reset itself. Also, be metric or English units of If this consistently occurs, see your
careful not to reset the OIL LIFE measurement. Once in this display, dealer for service.
accidentally at any time other than press V to select between METRIC Engine Hours
when the oil has just been changed. or ENGLISH units.
It cannot be reset accurately until Press T until ENGINE HOURS
the next oil change. To reset the Tire Pressure displays. This display shows the
engine oil life system, see Engine If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure total number of hours the engine
Oil Life System 0 221. Monitor System (TPMS), the has run.
Park Assist pressure for each tire can be viewed Relearn Tire Positions
in the DIC. The tire pressure will be
If the vehicle has the Rear Parking shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or The vehicle may have this display.
Assist (RPA) system, press T until pounds per square inch (psi). To access this display, the vehicle
PARK ASSIST displays. This Press T until the DIC displays must be in P (Park). If the vehicle
display allows the system to be FRONT TIRES PSI (kPa) LEFT ## has the Tire Pressure Monitor
turned on or off. Once in this System (TPMS), after rotating the
display, press to select between ON tires or after replacing a tire or
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
sensor, the system must re-learn the Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and
tire positions. To re-learn the tire
positions, see Tire Pressure Monitor Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages
System 0 261. See Tire Inspection indicate the status of the vehicle or SERVICE BATTERY
0 265, Tire Rotation 0 265 and Tire some action may be needed to CHARGING SYSTEM
Messages 0 118. correct a condition. Multiple
messages may appear one after On some vehicles, this message
Change Compass Zone another. displays if there is a problem with
The vehicle may have this feature. the battery charging system. Under
The messages that do not require
To change the compass zone certain conditions, the charging
immediate action can be
through the DIC, see system light may also turn on in the
acknowledged and cleared by
Compass 0 90. instrument cluster. See Charging
pressing V (Set/Reset). System Light 0 101. Driving with this
Calibrate Compass problem could drain the battery.
The messages that require
The vehicle may have this feature. immediate action cannot be cleared Turn off all unnecessary
The compass can be manually until that action is performed. accessories. Have the electrical
calibrated. To calibrate the compass system checked as soon as
All messages should be taken possible. See your dealer.
through the DIC, see
seriously and clearing the message
Compass 0 90.
does not correct the problem. Brake System Messages
Blank Display The following are the possible
This display shows no information. messages and some information SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM
about them. This message displays along with
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, the brake system warning light if
see the Duramax diesel there is a problem with the brake
supplement. system. See Brake System Warning
Light 0 104. If this message
appears, stop as soon as possible
and turn off the vehicle. Restart the
vehicle and check for the message
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
on the DIC display. If the message cargo door. Restart the vehicle and vehicle, check the door for
is still displayed or appears again check for the message on the DIC obstructions, and close the door
when you begin driving, the brake display. again. Check to see if the message
system needs service as soon as still appears on the DIC.
possible. See your dealer. DRIVER DOOR OPEN
This message displays and a chime RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN
Compass Messages sounds if the driver door is not fully On some vehicles, this message
closed and the vehicle is in a drive displays and a chime sounds if the
CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle, passenger side rear door is not fully
CIRCLES check the door for obstructions, and closed and the vehicle is in a drive
This message displays when close the door again. Check to see gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle,
calibrating the compass. Drive the if the message still appears on check the door for obstructions, and
vehicle in circles at less than 8 km/h the DIC. close the door again. Check to see
(5 mph) to complete the calibration. if the message still appears on
LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN the DIC.
See Compass 0 90 for more
information. On some vehicles, this message
displays and a chime sounds if the Engine Cooling System
CALIBRATION COMPLETE driver side rear door is not fully Messages
This message displays when the closed and the vehicle is in a drive
compass calibration is complete. gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle, ENGINE HOT A/C (Air
See Compass 0 90 for more check the door for obstructions, and Conditioning) OFF
information. close the door again. Check to see
if the message still appears on This message displays when the
the DIC. engine coolant becomes hotter than
Door Ajar Messages the normal operating temperature.
PASSENGER DOOR OPEN See Engine Coolant Temperature
CARGO DOOR OPEN Gauge 0 98. To avoid added strain
This message displays and a chime
This message displays and a chime on a hot engine, the air conditioning
sounds if the passenger door is not
sounds if the cargo door is open compressor automatically turns off.
fully closed and the vehicle is in a
while the ignition is in ON/RUN. When the coolant temperature
drive gear. Stop and turn off the
Turn off the vehicle and check the returns to normal, the air
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
conditioning compressor turns back Engine Oil Messages corrected. Check the oil as soon as
on. You can continue to drive the possible and have the vehicle
vehicle. CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON serviced by your dealer. See Engine
If this message continues to appear, This message displays when the Oil 0 219.
have the system repaired by your engine oil needs to be changed.
dealer as soon as possible to avoid When you change the engine oil, be Engine Power Messages
damage to the engine. sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
OIL SOON message. See Engine
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE Oil Life System 0 221 for This message displays and a chime
ENGINE information on how to reset the sounds when the cooling system
This message displays when the message. See Engine Oil 0 219 and temperature gets too hot and the
engine coolant temperature is too Maintenance Schedule 0 297. engine further enters the engine
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to coolant protection mode. See
ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL Engine Overheating 0 230 for
idle until it cools down. See Engine
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 98. If the vehicle has an oil level sensor, further information.
this message displays if the oil level This message also displays when
ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP in the vehicle is low. Check the oil the engine power is reduced.
ENGINE level and correct it as necessary. Reduced engine power can affect
This message displays and a chime You may need to let the vehicle cool the vehicle's ability to accelerate.
sounds if the engine cooling system or warm up and cycle the ignition to If this message is on, but there is no
reaches unsafe temperatures for be sure this message clears. See reduction in performance, proceed
operation. Stop and turn off the Engine Oil 0 219. to your destination. The
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP performance may be reduced the
to avoid severe damage. This next time the vehicle is driven. The
ENGINE
message clears when the engine vehicle may be driven at a reduced
has cooled to a safe operating This message displays if low oil speed while this message is on, but
temperature. pressure levels occur. Stop the acceleration and speed may be
vehicle as soon as safely possible reduced. Anytime this message
and do not operate it until the cause
of the low oil pressure has been
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
stays on, the vehicle should be Key and Lock Messages TURN SIGNAL ON
taken to your dealer for service as
REPLACE BATTERY IN This message displays and a chime
soon as possible.
sounds if a turn signal is left on for
REMOTE KEY 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn
Fuel System Messages This message displays if a Remote signal lever to the off position.
FUEL LEVEL LOW Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
battery is low. The battery needs to Object Detection System
This message displays and a chime be replaced in the transmitter. See
sounds if the fuel level is low. Refuel Battery Replacement under
Messages
as soon as possible. See Fuel Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE
Gauge 0 96 and Fuel 0 198 for System Operation 0 25. OWNERS MANUAL
more information.
Lamp Messages This message displays if there is
TIGHTEN GAS CAP something interfering with the Rear
This message may display along AUTOMATIC LIGHT Parking Assist (RPA) system. See
with the check engine light on the CONTROL OFF Parking Assist 0 197.
instrument cluster if the fuel cap is
This message displays when the PARK ASSIST OFF
not tightened properly. See
automatic headlamps are turned off. After the vehicle has been started,
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 125. this message displays to remind the
Engine Light) 0 102. Reinstall the
fuel cap fully. See Filling the Tank AUTOMATIC LIGHT driver that the Rear Parking Assist
0 200. The diagnostic system can CONTROL ON (RPA) system has been turned off.
determine if the fuel cap has been Press the set/reset button or the trip
left off or improperly installed. This message displays when the odometer reset stem to
A loose or missing fuel cap allows automatic headlamps are turned on. acknowledge this message and
fuel to evaporate into the See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 125. clear it from the DIC display. To turn
atmosphere. A few driving trips with the RPA system back on, see
the cap properly installed should Parking Assist 0 197.
turn this light and message off.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
SERVICE PARK ASSIST SERVICE TRACTION benefits of the stability

CONTROL enhancement system, you should
This message displays if there is a
normally leave StabiliTrak on.
problem with the Rear Parking If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this However, you should turn
Assist (RPA) system. Do not use message displays when there is a StabiliTrak off if the vehicle gets
this system to help you park. See problem with the Traction Control stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow
Parking Assist 0 197. See your System (TCS). When this message and you want to rock the vehicle to
dealer for service. displays, the system will not limit attempt to free it, or if you are
wheel spin. Adjust your driving driving in extreme off-road
Ride Control System accordingly. See your dealer for conditions and require more wheel
Messages service. See Traction Control/ spin. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Electronic Stability Control 0 190. 0 171. To turn the StabiliTrak
SERVICE STABILITRAK system on or off, see Traction
STABILITRAK INITIALIZING
If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and Control/Electronic Stability
this message displays, it means If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this Control 0 190.
there may be a problem with the message may display until first
driving the vehicle and exceeding STABILITRAK OFF may also
StabiliTrak system. If you see this display when the stability control
message, try to reset the system. 40 km/h (25 mph) for two minutes.
The StabiliTrak system is not has been automatically disabled.
Stop; turn off the engine for at least There are several conditions that
15 seconds; then start the engine functional until this message has
turned off. See Traction Control/ can cause this message to appear.
again. If this message still comes
on, it means there is a problem. You Electronic Stability Control 0 190. . One condition is overheating,
should see your dealer for service. which could occur if StabiliTrak
TRACTION XX activates continuously for an
The vehicle is safe to drive, STABILITRAK XX
however, you do not have the extended period of time.
benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this . The message also displays if the
your speed and drive accordingly. message displays when the traction brake system warning light is on.
control and/or StabiliTrak systems See Brake System Warning
have been turned on or off. Adjust Light 0 104.
your driving accordingly. To limit
wheel spin and realize the full
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16

. The message could display if the Security Messages Have the climate control system
stability system takes longer serviced by your dealer if you notice
than usual to complete its SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT a drop in heating and air
diagnostic checks due to driving SYSTEM conditioning efficiency.
conditions.
This message displays when there SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
. The message displays if an is a problem with the theft-deterrent
engine or vehicle related system. The vehicle may or may not This message displays when a
problem has been detected and restart so you may want to take the non-emissions related malfunction
the vehicle needs service. See vehicle to your dealer before turning occurs. Have the vehicle serviced
your dealer. off the engine. See Immobilizer by your dealer as soon as possible.
The message turns off as soon as Operation 0 33 for more information. STARTING DISABLED
the conditions that caused the WAIT TO START SERVICE THROTTLE
message to be displayed are no This message displays if the starting
longer present. This message displays briefly when
the theft-deterrent system has of the engine is disabled due to the
initially found incorrect conditions electronic throttle control system.
Airbag System Messages Have the vehicle serviced by your
within the vehicle and is making a
SERVICE AIRBAG double check. If your vehicle does dealer immediately.
not start soon after, try to start it This message only appears while
This message displays if there is a again. If it still does not start, have
problem with the airbag system. the ignition is in ON/RUN, and will
your vehicle serviced by your not disappear until the problem is
Take the vehicle to your dealer for dealer.
service. resolved.
This message cannot be
Service Vehicle Messages acknowledged.
SERVICE A/C SYSTEM
This message displays when the
electronic sensors that control the
air conditioning and heating
systems are no longer working.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Tire Messages SERVICE TIRE MONITOR See Tire Inspection 0 265, Tire
SYSTEM Rotation 0 265, Tire Pressure
CHECK TIRE PRESSURE or Monitor Operation 0 262, and Tire
TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure Pressure 0 260 for more
Monitor System (TPMS), this information.
If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure message displays if a part on the
Monitor System (TPMS), this system is not working properly. The
message displays when the tire pressure light also flashes and
Transmission Messages
pressure in one or more of the tires then remains on during the same GRADE BRAKING DISABLED
is low. The low tire pressure warning ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure
light will also come on. See Tire Light 0 106. Several conditions may This message displays when the
Pressure Light 0 106. This message cause this message to appear. See grade braking has been disabled
will also indicate which tire needs to Tire Pressure Monitor Operation with the Tow/Haul Mode button. See
be checked. You can receive more 0 262 for more information. If the Tow/Haul Mode 0 187, Automatic
than one tire pressure message at a warning comes on and stays on, Transmission 0 183, and Cruise
time. To read the other messages there may be a problem with the Control 0 192.
that may have been sent at the TPMS. See your dealer. GRADE BRAKING ENABLED
same time, press the set/reset
button. If a tire pressure message TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE This message displays when the
appears on the DIC, stop as soon If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure grade braking has been enabled
as you can. Have the tire pressures Monitor System (TPMS), this with the Tow/Haul Mode button. See
checked and set to those shown on message displays when the system Tow/Haul Mode 0 187, Automatic
the Tire Loading Information label. is re-learning the tire positions on Transmission 0 183, and Cruise
See Tires 0 252, Vehicle Load the vehicle. See Driver Information Control 0 192.
Limits 0 171, and Tire Pressure Center (DIC) 0 108 for more
0 260. The DIC also shows the tire information. The tire positions must
pressure values. See Driver be re-learned after rotating the tires
Information Center (DIC) 0 108. or after replacing a tire or sensor.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
GRADE BRAKING ON This message displays along with a Vehicle

chime if the transmission fluid in the
This message displays when the Personalization
vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
grade braking has been activated
transmission fluid temperature high
while driving on downhill grades. This vehicle may have
can cause damage to the vehicle.
This message will only appear the customization capabilities that allow
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
first time the feature is activated in you to program certain features to
allow the transmission to cool. This
an ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul one preferred setting. Customization
message clears and the chime
Mode 0 187, Automatic features can only be programmed to
stops when the fluid temperature
Transmission 0 183, and Cruise one setting on the vehicle and
reaches a safe level.
Control 0 192. cannot be programmed to a
preferred setting for two different
SERVICE TRANSMISSION Vehicle Reminder drivers.
This message displays when there Messages All of the customization options may
is a problem with the transmission. not be available on your vehicle.
See your dealer for service. ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
WITH CARE Only the options available will be
TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE displayed on the DIC.
This message displays when the
ENGINE outside air temperature is cold The default settings for the
enough to create icy road customization features were set
Caution conditions. Adjust your driving when the vehicle left the factory, but
accordingly. may have been changed from their
Do not drive the vehicle while the default state since then.
transmission fluid is overheating, The customization preferences are
or the transmission can be automatically recalled.
damaged. This could lead to
To change customization
costly repairs that would not be
preferences, use the following
covered by the warranty. procedure.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Entering the Feature Press U until the PRESS V TO To select a setting, press V while
Settings Menu DISPLAY IN ENGLISH screen the desired setting is displayed on
1. Turn the ignition on and place appears on the DIC display. Press the DIC. A beep will sound once a
the vehicle in P (Park). the set/reset button once to display language has been selected.
all DIC messages in English.
To avoid excessive drain on AUTO DOOR LOCK
the battery, it is recommended LANGUAGE This feature allows you to select
that the headlamps are This feature allows you to select the when the doors will
turned off. language in which the DIC automatically lock.
2. Press U to enter the feature messages will appear.
Press U until AUTO DOOR LOCK
settings menu. Press U until the LANGUAGE appears on the DIC display.
If the menu is not available, screen appears on the DIC display. Press V once to access the settings
FEATURE SETTINGS Press V once to access the settings for this feature. Then press U to
AVAILABLE IN PARK will for this feature. Then press U to scroll through the following settings:
display. Before entering the scroll through the following settings:
menu, make sure the vehicle is SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default) :
in P (Park). ENGLISH (default) : All messages The doors will automatically lock
will appear in English. when the vehicle is shifted out of
Feature Settings Menu Items P (Park).
FRANCAIS : All messages will
The following are customization appear in French. AT VEHICLE SPEED : The doors
features that allow you to program will automatically lock when the
settings to the vehicle: ESPANOL : All messages will
appear in Spanish. vehicle speed is above 13 km/h
DISPLAY IN ENGLISH (8 mph) for three seconds.
ARABIC : All messages will appear
This feature will only display if a in Arabic. NO CHANGE : No change will be
language other than English has made to this feature. The current
NO CHANGE : No change will be setting will remain.
been set. This feature allows you to
made to this feature. The current
change the language in which the
setting will remain.
DIC messages appear to English.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
To select a setting, press V while ALL AT KEY OUT : All of the doors OFF : There will be no feedback
the desired setting is displayed on will unlock when the key is taken when you press Q on the RKE
the DIC. out of the ignition. transmitter.
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK ALL IN PARK (default) : All of the LIGHTS ONLY : The exterior lamps
doors will unlock when the vehicle is
This feature allows you to select will flash when you press Q on the
shifted into P (Park).
whether or not to turn off the RKE transmitter.
automatic door unlocking feature. NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current HORN ONLY : The horn will sound
It also allows you to select which on the second press of Q on the
doors and when the doors will setting will remain.
RKE transmitter.
automatically unlock. To select a setting, press V while
the desired setting is displayed on HORN & LIGHTS (default) : The
Press U until AUTO DOOR exterior lamps will flash when you
UNLOCK appears on the DIC the DIC.
press Q on the RKE transmitter, and
display. Press V once to access the REMOTE DOOR LOCK
the horn will sound when Q is
settings for this feature. Then This feature allows you to select the pressed again within five seconds of
press U to scroll through the type of feedback you will receive the previous command.
following settings: when locking the vehicle with the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) NO CHANGE : No change will be
OFF : None of the doors will made to this feature. The current
transmitter. You will not receive
automatically unlock. setting will remain.
feedback when locking the vehicle
DRIVER AT KEY OUT : Only the with the RKE transmitter if the doors To select a setting, press V while
driver door will unlock when the key are open. See Remote Keyless the desired setting is displayed on
is taken out of the ignition. Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 25. the DIC.
DRIVER IN PARK : Only the driver Press U until REMOTE DOOR
door will unlock when the vehicle is REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK
LOCK appears on the DIC display.
shifted into P (Park). This feature allows you to select the
Press V once to access the settings type of feedback you will receive
for this feature. Then press U to when unlocking the vehicle with the
scroll through the following settings: Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
transmitter. You will not receive DELAY DOOR LOCK NO CHANGE : No change will be
feedback when unlocking the This feature allows you to select made to this feature. The current
vehicle with the RKE transmitter if whether or not the locking of the setting will remain.
the doors are open. See Remote doors will be delayed. When locking
Keyless Entry (RKE) System To select a setting, press V while
the doors with the power door lock the desired setting is displayed on
Operation 0 25. switch and a door is open, this the DIC.
Press U until REMOTE DOOR feature will delay locking the doors
UNLOCK appears on the DIC until five seconds after the last door EXIT LIGHTING
is closed. You will hear three chimes This feature allows you to select the
display. Press V once to access the
to signal that the delayed locking amount of time you want the
settings for this feature. Then feature is in use. The key must be exterior lamps to remain on when it
press U to scroll through the out of the ignition for this feature to is dark enough outside. This
following settings: work. You can temporarily override happens after the key is turned from
LIGHTS OFF : The exterior lamps delayed locking by pressing the ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF.
will not flash when you press K on power door lock switch twice or Q
on the RKE transmitter twice. See Press U until EXIT LIGHTING
the RKE transmitter. appears on the DIC display.
Delayed Locking 0 29.
LIGHTS ON (default) : The exterior Press V once to access the settings
lamps will flash when you press K Press U until DELAY DOOR LOCK
for this feature. Then press U to
on the RKE transmitter. appears on the DIC display.
scroll through the following settings:
Press V once to access the settings
NO CHANGE : No change will be OFF : The exterior lamps will not
made to this feature. The current for this feature. Then press U to
turn on.
setting will remain. scroll through the following settings:
10 SECONDS (default) : The
To select a setting, press V while OFF : There will be no delayed exterior lamps will stay on for
locking of the vehicle's doors. 10 seconds.
the desired setting is displayed on
the DIC. ON (default) : The doors will not 1 MINUTE : The exterior lamps will
lock until five seconds after the last stay on for one minute.
door is closed.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
2 MINUTES : The exterior lamps will ON (default) : If it is dark enough LOUD : The chime volume will be
stay on for two minutes. outside, the exterior lamps will turn set to a loud level.
NO CHANGE : No change will be on briefly when you unlock the NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current vehicle with the RKE transmitter. made to this feature. The current
setting will remain. The lamps will remain on for setting will remain.
20 seconds or until Q on the RKE
To select a setting, press V while transmitter is pressed, or the vehicle There is no default for chime
the desired setting is displayed on is no longer off. See Remote volume. The volume will stay at the
the DIC. Keyless Entry (RKE) System last known setting.
APPROACH LIGHTING Operation 0 25. To select a setting, press V while

NO CHANGE : No change will be the desired setting is displayed on
This feature allows you to select the DIC.
whether or not to have the exterior made to this feature. The current
lamps turn on briefly during low light setting will remain. FACTORY SETTINGS
periods after unlocking the vehicle To select a setting, press V while This feature allows you to set all of
using the Remote Keyless the desired setting is displayed on the customization features back to
Entry (RKE) transmitter. the DIC. their factory default settings.
Press U until APPROACH CHIME VOLUME Press U until FACTORY SETTINGS
LIGHTING appears on the DIC appears on the DIC display.
This feature allows you to select the
display. Press V once to access the volume level of the chime. Press V once to access the settings
settings for this feature. Then
Press U until CHIME VOLUME for this feature. Then press U to
press U to scroll through the
appears on the DIC display. scroll through the following settings:
following settings:
Press V once to access the settings RESTORE ALL (default) : The
OFF : The exterior lamps will not customization features will be set to
turn on when you unlock the vehicle for this feature. Then press U to
scroll through the following settings: their factory default settings.
with the RKE transmitter.
NORMAL : The chime volume will DO NOT RESTORE : The
be set to a normal level. customization features will not be
set to their factory default settings.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
To select a setting, press V while Exiting the Feature

the desired setting is displayed on Settings Menu
the DIC. The feature settings menu will be
EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS exited when any of the following
occurs:
This feature allows you to exit the
feature settings menu. . The vehicle is no longer in
ON/RUN.
Press U until FEATURE SETTINGS
. The 3 or T DIC buttons are
PRESS V TO EXIT appears in the
pressed.
DIC display. Press V once to exit
. The end of the feature settings
the menu.
menu is reached and exited.
If you do not exit, pressing U will . A 40 second time period has
return you to the beginning of the elapsed with no selection made.
feature settings menu.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Lighting 125
Lighting Exterior Lighting ; : Turns on the parking lamps

including all lamps, except the
Exterior Lamp Controls headlamps.
Exterior Lighting 2 : Turns on the headlamps
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 125 together with the parking lamps and
Exterior Lamps Off instrument panel lights.
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Headlamp High/Low-Beam If the headlamps are turned on
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 while the vehicle is on, the
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 headlamps turn off automatically
Daytime Running 10 minutes after the ignition is
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 turned off. If the headlamps are
Automatic Headlamp turned on while the vehicle is off,
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 the headlamps will continue to stay
The exterior lamp control is on the on. To prevent the battery from
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 128
instrument panel to the left of the being drained, turn the control to the
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
steering wheel. O position.
There are four positions: A warning chime sounds if the driver
Interior Lighting door is opened while the ignition
Instrument Panel Illumination O : Briefly turn the control to this
position to turn the automatic switch is off and the headlamps
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
headlamps and Daytime Running are on.
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Lamps (DRL) off or back on. To change the headlamps from low
For vehicles first sold in Canada, beam to high beam, pull the turn
Lighting Features signal lever all the way toward you.
the off position only works for
Entry/Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Then release it.
vehicles that are shifted into the
Battery Load Management . . . 130
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 131 P (Park) position.
AUTO : Automatically turns the
exterior lamps on and off,
depending on outside lighting.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
126 Lighting
Exterior Lamps Off The DRL system comes on in

daylight when the following
Reminder conditions are met:
If a door is open, a reminder chime . The ignition is on.
sounds when the headlamps or
parking lamps are manually turned . The exterior lamp control is in
on and the key is out of the ignition. the AUTO position.
This instrument cluster light comes
To turn off the chime, turn the on when the high-beam headlamps . The shift lever is not in P (Park).
headlamp switch to O or AUTO and are on. . The light sensor determines it is
then back on, or close and reopen daytime.
the door. In the auto mode, the Flash-to-Pass
headlamps turn off once the ignition When the DRL are on, the taillamps,
is in LOCK/OFF or may remain on This feature is used to signal to the sidemarker, instrument panel lights,
until the headlamp delay ends, vehicle ahead that you want and other lamps will not be on.
if enabled in the Driver Information to pass.
The automatic headlamp system
Center (DIC). See Exit Lighting If the headlamps are off or in the automatically switches from DRL to
under Vehicle lowbeam position, pull the turn the headlamps depending on the
Personalization 0 119. signal lever toward you to darkness of the surroundings.
momentarily switch to high beams.
To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior
Headlamp High/ Release the lever to turn the lamp control to O and then release
Low-Beam Changer high-beam headlamps off.
it. For vehicles first sold in Canada,
2 3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam the transmission must be in the
Changer) : Pull the turn signal lever Daytime Running P (Park) position, before the DRL
all the way toward you to change Lamps (DRL) can be turned off.
the headlamps from low to high
DRL can make it easier for others to
beam. Then release it.
see the front of the vehicle during
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold in
Canada.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Lighting 127
Automatic Headlamp The vehicle has a light sensor on bright as usual. Make sure the
the top of the instrument panel. Do instrument panel brightness control
System not cover the sensor; otherwise the is in the full bright position. See
When it is dark enough outside and system will come on whenever the Instrument Panel Illumination
the headlamp switch is in AUTO, ignition is on. Control 0 129.
the automatic headlamp system The system may also turn on the
turns on the headlamps, along with Lights On with Wipers
headlamps when driving through a
the taillamps, sidemarker lamps, parking garage or tunnel. If the windshield wipers are
parking lamps, and the instrument activated in daylight with the engine
panel lights. The radio lights will There is a delay in the transition on, and the exterior lamp control is
also be dim. between the daytime and nighttime in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
operation of the Daytime Running lamps, and other exterior lamps
To turn off the automatic headlamp Lamps (DRL) and the automatic
system, turn the exterior lamp come on. The transition time for the
headlamp system so that driving lamps coming on varies based on
control to the off position and then under bridges or bright overhead
release. For vehicles first sold in wiper speed. When the wipers are
street lights does not affect the not operating, these lamps turn off.
Canada, the transmission must be system. The DRL and automatic
in the P (Park) position, before the Move the exterior lamp control to P
headlamp system are only affected
automatic headlamp system can be when the light sensor sees a or ; to disable this feature.
turned off. change in lighting lasting longer
than the delay.
If the vehicle is started in a dark
garage, the automatic headlamp
system comes on immediately.
Once the vehicle leaves the garage,
it takes approximately 30 seconds
for the automatic headlamp system
to change to DRL if it is light
outside. During that delay, the
instrument cluster may not be as
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
128 Lighting
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly or
Signals does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out.
Have any burned out bulbs
replaced. If a bulb is not burned out,
check the fuse. See Fuses and
Circuit Breakers 0 246.
Turn Signal On Chime
If the turn signal is left on for more
G : An arrow on the instrument than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
cluster flashes in the direction of the
sounds at each flash of the turn
turn or lane change.
signal and the message TURN
To signal a turn, move the lever all SIGNAL ON also appears in the
| : Press this button to make the the way up or down. Driver Information Center (DIC). See
front and rear turn signal lamps To signal a lane change, raise or Lamp Messages 0 115. To turn off
flash on and off. This warns others lower the lever until the arrow starts the chime and message, move the
that you are having trouble. Press to flash. The turn signal turn signal lever to the off position.
again to turn the flashers off. automatically flashes three times
When the hazard warning flashers and if the Tow/Haul Mode is active it
are on, the vehicle's turn signals will flashes six times. Holding the turn
not work. signal lever for more than
one second causes the turn signals
to flash continually until the lever is
released.
The lever returns to its starting
position when released.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Lighting 129
Interior Lighting Dome Lamps

The dome lamps come on when any
Instrument Panel door is opened. They turn off after
Illumination Control all the doors are closed.
The knob for this feature is to the The instrument panel brightness
left of the steering column. knob extends when D is pressed.
To manually turn on the dome
lamps, press D then turn the knob
clockwise to the farthest position. In
this position, the dome lamps
remain on whether a door is opened
or closed. The dome lamp override sets the
dome lamps to remain off or come
Dome Lamp Override on automatically when a door is
opened.
The E DOME OFF button is above
the instrument panel E DOME OFF : Press this button
brightness knob. in and the dome lamps remain off
when a door is opened. Press the
button again to return it to the
extended position so that the dome
D : Push the knob to extend and lamps come on when a door is
then turn clockwise or opened.
counterclockwise to brighten or dim
the instrument panel lights and the
radio display. This only works if the
headlamps or parking lamps are on.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
130 Lighting
Reading Lamps Lighting Features Center (DIC), you may see the
voltage move up or down. This is
If equipped with reading lamps, normal. If there is a problem, an
press the button next to each lamp Entry/Exit Lighting alert will be displayed.
to turn it on or off. The vehicle has an illuminated The battery can be discharged at
The vehicle may also have reading entry/exit feature. idle if the electrical loads are very
lamps in other locations. The lamps high. This is true for all vehicles.
cannot be adjusted. The dome lamps come on if the E
This is because the generator
DOME OFF button is in the
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
extended position, when a door is
enough at idle to produce all the
opened, or the key is removed from
power that is needed for very high
the ignition.
electrical loads.
Battery Load A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
Management as: headlamps, high beams, fog
The vehicle may have Electric lamps, rear window defogger,
Power Management (EPM) that climate control fan at high speed,
estimates the battery's temperature heated seats, engine cooling fans,
and state of charge. It then adjusts trailer loads, and loads plugged into
the voltage for best performance accessory power outlets.
and extended life of the battery. EPM works to prevent excessive
When the battery's state of charge discharge of the battery. It does this
is low, the voltage is raised slightly by balancing the generator's output
to quickly bring the charge back up. and the vehicle's electrical needs.
When the state of charge is high, It can increase engine idle speed to
the voltage is lowered slightly to generate more power, whenever
prevent overcharging. If the vehicle needed. It can temporarily reduce
has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage the power demands of some
display on the Driver Information accessories.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Lighting 131
Normally, these actions occur in Battery Power Protection

steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the This feature shuts off the dome
highest levels of corrective action, lamps if they are left on for more
this action may be noticeable to the than 10 minutes when the ignition is
driver. If so, a Driver Information in LOCK/OFF. This helps to prevent
Center (DIC) message might be the battery from running down.
displayed, such as SERVICE
BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM.
If this messages displays, it is
recommended that the driver reduce
the electrical loads as much as
possible. See Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages 0 112.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
132 Infotainment System
Infotainment Introduction functions when driving. These

functions may gray out when they
System Infotainment
are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through
Base radio information is included in the instrument cluster and steering
Introduction this manual. See the infotainment wheel controls.
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 manual for information on other Before driving:
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 133 available infotainment systems.
. Become familiar with the
Overview (AM-FM Radio) . . . . . 133 Read the following pages to
Overview (Radio with operation, faceplate buttons, and
become familiar with the Base screen buttons.
CD/MP3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Radio features.
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 . Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
Radio { Warning tone, and adjusting the
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 speakers.
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Taking your eyes off the road for
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 too long or too often while using . Set up phone numbers in
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 141 any infotainment feature can advance so they can be called
cause a crash. You or others easily by pressing a single
Audio Players could be injured or killed. Do not button or by using a single voice
Avoiding Untrusted Media give extended attention to command if equipped with
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Bluetooth phone capability.
infotainment tasks while driving.
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Limit your glances at the vehicle See Defensive Driving 0 165.
displays and focus your attention
To play the infotainment system with
OnStar System on driving. Use voice commands the ignition off, see Retained
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 whenever possible. Accessory Power (RAP) 0 180.
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 The infotainment system has built-in
features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Infotainment System 133
Theft-Deterrent Feature Overview (AM-FM Radio)

The theft-deterrent feature works by
learning a portion of the Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) to the
infotainment system. The
infotainment system does not
operate if it is stolen or moved to a
different vehicle.
Overview (AM-FM Radio)
1. 4 3. MENU
. Press to show information . Press to set the number of
on the current station or favorite pages.
track. . Press to select the Speed
2. FAV Compensation Volume
setting.
. Press to scroll through the
favorite pages. . Press to turn Auto Page
Text Information on or off.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
4. Buttons 1 - 6 10. \ FWD

. Press to save and select . Press and hold to fast
favorite stations. forward through a track.
5. EQ
11. s REV
. Press to adjust the
. Press and hold to go
equalizer.
backward fast through a
6. f track.
. Press to set the bass, 12. P
midrange, treble, fade, and
. Press to turn the
balance.
infotainment system on
. Turn to manually select or off.
radio stations.
. Turn to adjust the volume.
7. CAT
. Press to display a list of
13. SEEK
SXM categories, . Seeks or scans to the next
if equipped. station.
8. Auxiliary Input Jack (If 14. SEEK
Equipped)
. Seeks or scans to the
. Use to connect external previous station.
audio devices.
9. SRCE
15. H
. Press to set the clock
. Press to scroll through
and date.
auxiliary devices, AM, FM,
or SXM if equipped.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Overview (Radio with CD/MP3) 4. Buttons 1 - 6

. Saves and selects favorite
stations.
5. EQ
. Press to adjust the
equalizer.
6. f
. Press to set the bass,
midrange, treble, fade, and
balance.
. Turn to manually select
radio stations.
7. CAT
. Press to display a list of
SXM categories,
if equipped.
Overview (Radio with CD/MP3)
8. Z EJECT
1. 4 3. MENU . Press to eject the
. . Press to set the number of loaded CD.
Press to show information
on the current station or favorite pages. 9. Auxiliary Input Jack (If
track. . Press to select the Speed Equipped)
2. FAV Compensation Volume . Use to connect external
setting. audio devices.
. Press to scroll through the
favorite pages. . Press to turn Auto Page
Text Information on or off.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
10. CD/AUX 16. BAND desired tab, or press the softkey

. Press to scroll through . Press to scroll through the under any one of the tabs and the
selecting the CD or an available bands FM1, FM2, information about that tab displays.
auxiliary device. AM, or SXM if equipped. Speed Compensated Volume
(SCV) : SCV automatically adjust
11. \ FWD 17. H the radio volume to compensate for
. Press and hold to fast . Press to set the clock road and wind noise as the vehicle
forward through a track. and date. speed changes while driving, so that
the volume level stays consistent.
12. s REV Operation To activate SCV:
. Press and hold to go
Using the Radio 1. Set the radio volume to the
backward fast through a
desired level.
track. O : Press to turn the system on
and off. 2. Press the MENU button to
13. P display the radio setup menu.
Turn clockwise or counterclockwise
. Press to turn the 3. Press the softkey under the
to increase or decrease the volume.
infotainment system on AUTO VOLUM (automatic
or off. 4 : Press to switch the display volume) tab on the radio
between the radio station frequency display.
. Turn to adjust the volume. and the time. While the ignition is
14. SEEK off, press this button to display the 4. Press the softkey under the
time. Press to display additional text desired SCV setting (OFF, Low,
. Seeks or scans to the next information related to the current Med, or High) to select the
station. FM-RDS station or MP3 song. level of radio volume
A choice of additional information compensation. The display
15. SEEK times out after approximately
such as Channel, Song, Artist, and
. Seeks or scans to the CAT (category) can display. 10 seconds. Each higher
previous station. Continue pressing to highlight the setting allows for more radio
volume compensation at faster
vehicle speeds.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble) Adjusting the Speakers If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is
(Balance/Fade) turned on, the radio disables FADE
To adjust the bass or treble:
and mutes the rear speakers.
BAL/FADE : To adjust the balance
1. Press the f knob until Bass or or fade: Radio Messages
Treble displays.
2. To adjust the setting, do one of 1. Press the f knob until the Calibration Error : The audio
speaker control tabs display. system has been calibrated for the
the following: vehicle from the factory.
2. Highlight the desired speaker If Calibration Error displays, it
. Turn the f knob. control tab by doing one of the means that the radio has not been
. Press either SEEK, following: configured properly for the vehicle
or SEEK. . Press the f knob. and it must be returned to your
dealer for service.
EQ : Press this button to choose . Press the softkey under the
bass and treble equalization desired tab. VIN or NO VIN : One of these
settings designed for different types messages will display when the
3. Adjust the setting by doing one TheftLock system has locked up the
of music. Selecting MANUAL,
of the following: radio. Take the vehicle to your
or changing bass or treble, returns
dealer for service.
the EQ to the manual bass and . Turn the f knob clockwise
treble settings. or counterclockwise. If any error occurs repeatedly or if
Unique EQ settings can be saved an error cannot be corrected,
for each source.
. Press SEEK or SEEK. contact your dealer.
. Press \ FWD or s REV.
To quickly adjust all speaker and
tone controls to the middle position,
press the f knob for more than
two seconds.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Radio SEEK or SEEK : Press Storing a Radio Station as a

SEEK to go to the previous or Favorite
AM-FM Radio SEEK to go to the next station and You are encouraged to set up radio
stay there. station favorites while the vehicle is
Radio Data System (RDS) parked. Tune to favorite stations
To scan stations, press and hold
The radio may have an RDS. The either button for two seconds until a using the presets, favorites button,
RDS feature is available for use beep sounds. The radio goes to a and steering wheel controls,
only on FM stations that broadcast station, plays for a few seconds, if equipped. See Defensive
RDS information. This system relies then goes to the next station. For Driving 0 165.
upon receiving specific information AM-FM Radio and Radio with CD, FAV : If the vehicle has a FAV
from these stations and only works the station frequency flashes while button, a maximum of 36 stations
when the information is available. the radio is in the scan mode. Press can be programmed as favorites
While the radio is tuned to an either button again to stop scanning. using the six softkeys below the
FM-RDS station, the station name radio station frequency tabs and by
or call letters display. In rare cases, The radio seeks and scans stations
only with a strong signal that are in using the radio favorites page
a radio station could broadcast button (FAV button). Press FAV to
incorrect information that causes the the selected band.
go through up to six pages of
radio features to work improperly. Scan presets within the current favorites, each having six favorite
If this happens, contact the radio selected band by pressing and stations available per page. Each
station. holding either SEEK button for page of favorites can contain any
four seconds until a double beep combination of AM and FM stations.
Finding a Station sounds. The radio goes to a stored
BAND or SRCE : Press to switch preset, plays for a few seconds if a The balance/fade and tone settings
between FM1, FM2, AM, and SXM if strong signal is present, then goes that were previously adjusted, are
equipped. The selection displays. to the next stored preset. The stored with the favorite stations.
station frequency flashes while the To store a station as a favorite:
f : Turn clockwise or radio is in the scan mode.
counterclockwise to increase or 1. Tune to the desired radio
decrease the station frequency. station.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
2. Press FAV to display the page the process of programming To scan stations, press and hold
where the station is to be favorites for the chosen either button for two seconds until a
stored. number of numbered pages. beep sounds. The radio goes to a
3. Press and hold one of the station, plays for a few seconds,
six softkeys until a beep Satellite Radio then goes to the next station. The
sounds. When that softkey is station frequency flashes while the
SiriusXM, if equipped, is a satellite radio is in the scan mode. Press
pressed and released, the radio service based in the United
station that was set, returns. either button again to stop scanning.
States and Canada only.
4. Repeat the steps for each The radio seeks and scans stations
Finding a Category (CAT) only with a strong signal that are in
softkey radio station to be
stored as a favorite.
Station the selected band.
The number of favorites pages can CAT : The CAT button is used to To scan presets within the current
be set up using the MENU button. find SXM channels (if equipped) selected band by pressing and
To set up the number of favorites while the radio is in the SXM mode. holding either SEEK button for
pages: four seconds until a double beep
Finding a Channel sounds. The radio goes to a stored
1. Press MENU to display the BAND or SRCE : Press to switch preset, plays for a few seconds if a
radio setup menu. between FM1, FM2, AM, and SXM if strong signal is present, then goes
2. Press the softkey below the equipped. The selection displays. to the next stored preset. The
FAV 1-6 tab. station frequency flashes while the
f : Turn clockwise or radio is in the scan mode.
3. Select the desired number of counterclockwise to increase or
favorites pages by pressing the decrease the station frequency. Storing a Radio Station as a
softkey below the displayed SEEK or SEEK : Press Favorite
page numbers. SEEK to go to the previous or Drivers are encouraged to set up
4. Press FAV , or let the menu SEEK to go to the next station and radio station favorites while the
time out, to return to the stay there. vehicle is parked. Tune to favorite
original main radio screen stations using the presets, favorites
showing the radio station
frequency tabs and to begin
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
button, and steering wheel controls, 3. Press and hold one of the Radio Reception
if the vehicle has this feature. See six softkeys until a beep
Defensive Driving 0 165. sounds. When that softkey is Frequency interference and static
pressed and released, the can occur during normal radio
FAV : If the vehicle has a FAV reception if items such as cell phone
button, a maximum of 36 stations station that was set, returns.
chargers, vehicle convenience
can be programmed as favorites 4. Repeat the steps for each accessories, and external electronic
using the six softkeys below the softkey radio station to be devices are plugged into the
radio station frequency tabs and by stored as a favorite. accessory power outlet. If there is
using the radio favorites page The number of favorites pages can interference or static, unplug the
button (FAV button). Press FAV to be set up using the MENU button. item from the accessory power
go through up to six pages of To set up the number of favorites outlet.
favorites, each having six favorite pages:
stations available per page. Each AM
page of favorites can contain any 1. Press MENU to display the
The range for most AM stations is
combination of AM, FM, or SXM radio setup menu.
greater than for FM, especially at
stations. 2. Press the softkey below the night. The longer range can cause
The balance/fade and tone settings FAV 1-6 tab. station frequencies to interfere with
that were previously adjusted, are 3. Select the desired number of each other. For better radio
stored with the favorite stations. favorites pages by pressing the reception, most AM radio stations
softkey below the displayed boost the power levels during the
To store a station as a favorite:
page numbers. day, and then reduce these levels
1. Tune to the desired radio during the night. Static can also
station. 4. Press FAV , or let the menu occur when things like storms and
time out, to return to the power lines interfere with radio
2. Press FAV to display the page original main radio screen
where the station is to be reception. When this happens, try
showing the radio station reducing the treble on the radio.
stored. frequency tabs and to begin
the process of programming
favorites for the chosen
number of numbered pages.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
FM Stereo Multi-Band Antenna Audio Players

FM stereo gives the best sound, but The multi-band antenna is on the
FM signals reach only about 16 to roof of the vehicle. The antenna is Avoiding Untrusted Media
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Tall buildings or used for the Navigation System, Devices
hills can interfere with FM signals, OnStar and the SiriusXM Satellite
causing the sound to fade in Radio Service System if the vehicle When using media devices such as
and out. has these features. Tall buildings, CDs, DVDs, Blu-Ray Discs, SD
hills, trees, heavy foliage, tunnels, cards, USB drives, and mobile
Cellular Phone Usage devices, consider the source.
bridges, and garages will affect
Cellular phone usage may cause reception. Keep the antenna clear of Untrusted media devices could
interference with the radio. This obstructions for clear reception. contain files that affect system
interference may occur when Make sure there is sufficient operation or performance. Avoid use
making or receiving phone calls, clearance when entering garages or if the content or origin cannot be
charging the phone's battery, parking structures. trusted.
or simply having the phone on. This
interference causes an increased CD Player
level of static while listening to the
radio. If static is received while Care of the CD Player
listening to the radio, unplug the Do not add any label to a CD.
cellular phone and turn it off. It could get caught in the CD player.
If a CD is recorded on a personal
computer and a description label is
needed, try labeling the top of the
recorded CD with a marking pen.
The use of CD lens cleaners is not
advised, due to the risk of
contaminating the lens of the CD
optics with lubricants internal to the
CD player mechanism.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
and dust. The CD player scans the Playing a CD

Caution bottom surface of the disc. If the
If the ignition or radio is turned off
surface of a CD is damaged, such
If a label is added to a CD, more with a CD in the player, it stays in
as cracked, broken, or scratched,
than one CD is inserted into the the player. When the ignition or
the CD does not play properly or not
slot at a time, or an attempt is radio is turned on, the CD starts
at all. Do not touch the bottom side
made to play scratched or playing where it stopped, if it was
of a CD while handling it; this could
damaged CDs, the CD player the last selected audio source.
damage the surface. Pick up CDs
could be damaged. While using by the outer edges or the edge of When a CD is inserted, the CD
the CD player, use only CDs in the hole and the outer edge. symbol displays on the left side of
good condition without any label, the radio display. As each new track
If the surface of a CD is soiled,
load one CD at a time, and keep starts to play, the track number
clean it with a soft, lint-free cloth or
the CD player and the loading slot displays.
dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild,
free of foreign materials, liquids, neutral detergent solution mixed The CD player can play the smaller
and debris. with water. Make sure the wiping 8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an
process starts from the center to adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the
If an error displays, see CD Player the edge. smaller CDs are loaded in the same
Messages later in this section. manner.
Inserting a CD
CD/AUX : Press to cycle between
Care of CDs Insert a CD partway into the slot, CD or Auxiliary when listening to the
If playing a CD-R, the sound quality label side up. The player pulls it in radio. The CD icon and a message
can be reduced due to CD-R or and the CD should begin playing. showing the disc and/or track
CD-RW quality, the method of Ejecting a CD number will display when a CD is in
recording, the quality of the music the player. Press again and the
that has been recorded, and the Z EJECT : Press and release to system automatically searches for
way the CD-R or CD-RW has been eject the disc. Remove the CD an auxiliary input device; see
handled. Handle them carefully. when Remove Disc displays. If the Auxiliary Devices 0 146. If a
Store CD-Rs or CD-RWs in their disc is not removed, after several portable audio player is not
original cases or other protective seconds the disc is automatically connected, No Input Device Found
cases and away from direct sunlight pulled back into the player. displays.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
4 : Press to display additional text \ FWD : Press and hold to Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode
information related to the current advance playback quickly within a Discs
song. If information is available, the track. The radio can play discs that
song title information displays on RDM : For Radios with CD/MP3. contain both uncompressed CD
the top line of the display and artist Press to listen to tracks in random, audio and MP3 files. If both formats
information displays on the bottom rather than sequential order. are on the disc, the radio reads all
line. When information is not MP3 files first, then the
available, NO INFO displays. To use random: uncompressed CD audio files.
f : Turn to select tracks on the CD 1. Press the softkey under the
CD-R- or CD-RW-Supported File
that is currently playing. RDM tab until Random Current
and Folder Structure
Disc displays.
SEEK : Press to go to the start of The radio supports:
the current track if more than 2. Press the softkey again to turn
10 seconds on the CD have played. off random play. . Up to 50 folders.
Press to go to the previous track if MP3-Supported Files . Up to eight folders in depth.
less than 10 seconds on the CD . Up to 50 playlists.
Radios with CD/MP3 have the
have played.
capability of playing an MP3 CD-R . Up to 255 files.
Press and hold, or press multiple or CD-RW disc. . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl
times, to continue moving backward
through the tracks on the CD. Format extension.
Radios that have the capability of . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda
SEEK : Press to go to the next file extension.
track. playing MP3s can play .mp3 or .wma
files that were recorded onto a
Press and hold, or press multiple Root Directory
CD-R or CD-RW disc. The files can
times, to continue moving forward be recorded with the following fixed The root directory is treated as a
through the tracks on the CD. bit rates: 32 kbps, 40 kbps, 56 kbps, folder. Files are stored in the root
s REV : Press and hold to reverse 64 kbps, 80 kbps, 96 kbps, 112 kbps, directory when the disc or storage
playback quickly within a track. 128 kbps, 160 kbps, 192 kbps, device does not contain folders.
224 kbps, 256 kbps, and 320 kbps or
a variable bit rate.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Files accessed from the root each folder. When the last track Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls
directory of a CD display as of the last folder has played, file extension and are stored on a
F1 ROOT. play continues from the first USB device may be supported by
track of the first folder. the radio with a USB port.
Empty Folder
File System and Naming Playlists can be changed by using
Folders that do not contain files are
skipped, and the player advances to The song name that displays is the the softkeys below the S c and
the next folder that contains files. song name contained in the ID3 tag. c T tabs, the f knob, the SEEK
If the song name is not present in button, or the SEEK button. An
Order of Play the ID3 tag, then the radio displays MP3 CD-R or CD-RW that has been
Compressed audio files are the file name without the extension recorded without using file folders
accessed in the following order: (such as .mp3) as the track name. can be played. If a CD-R or CD-RW
. Playlists (Px). Track names longer than 32 contains more than the maximum of
characters or four pages are 50 folders, 15 playlists, and
. Files stored in the root directory. 512 folders and files, the player
shortened. The display does not
. Files stored in folders in the root show parts of words on the last allows access and navigates up to
directory. page of text, and the extension of the maximum, but all items over the
the file name is not displayed. maximum are not accessible.
Tracks are played in the following
order: Preprogrammed Playlists Playing an MP3
. Play begins from the first track in CDs that have preprogrammed 4 : Press to display additional text
the first playlist and continues playlists created using WinAmp, information related to the current
sequentially through all tracks in MusicMatch, or RealPlayer song. If information is available, the
each playlist. When the last software can be accessed; however, song title information displays on
track of the last playlist has there is no playlist-editing capability the top line of the display and artist
played, play continues from the using the radio. These playlists are information displays on the bottom
first track of the first playlist. treated as special folders containing line. When information is not
. Play begins from the first track in compressed audio song files. available, NO INFO displays.
the first folder and continues f : Turn to select MP3s on the CD
sequentially through all tracks in currently playing.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
SEEK : Press to go to the start of RDM : For Radios with CD/MP3. To listen to files by another artist,
the track, if more than 10 seconds Press to listen to tracks in random, press the softkey below either arrow
have played. Press and hold or rather than sequential order. tab. The disc goes to the next or
press multiple times to continue To use random: previous artist in alphabetical order.
moving backward through tracks. Continue pressing either softkey
1. Press the softkey under the below the arrow tab until the desired
SEEK : Press to go to the next RDM tab until Random Current artist displays.
track. Press and hold or press Disc displays.
multiple times to continue moving To change from playback by artist to
forward through tracks. 2. Press the softkey again to turn playback by album:
off random play.
s REV : Press and hold to reverse 1. Press the softkey below the
playback quickly. Sound is heard at h : Press the softkey below the Sort By tab.
a reduced volume and the elapsed h tab to play the files in order by 2. Press one of the softkeys
artist or album.
time of the file displays. Release s below the Album tab from the
REV to resume playing. The player scans the disc to sort the sort screen.
files by artist and album ID3 tag
\ FWD : Press and hold to information. It can take several 3. Press the softkey below the
advance playback quickly. Sound is minutes to scan the disc depending Back tab to return to the main
heard at a reduced volume and the on the number of files on the disc. music navigator screen.
elapsed time of the file displays. The radio may begin playing while it The album name displays on the
Release \ FWD to resume is scanning in the background. second line between the arrows,
playing. The elapsed time of the file and songs from the current album
When the scan is finished, the disc
displays. begin to play. Once all songs from
begins playing files in order by
S c : Press the softkey below the artist. The current artist playing is that album have played, the player
S c tab to go to the first track in shown on the second line of the moves to the next album in
the previous folder. display. Once all songs by that artist alphabetical order on the CD and
are played, the player moves to the begins playing MP3s from that
c T : Press the softkey below the album.
c T tab to go to the first track in next artist in alphabetical order and
the next folder. begins playing files by that artist.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
To exit music navigator mode, press If any error occurs repeatedly or if the radio CD/AUX button to begin
the softkey below the Back tab to an error cannot be corrected, playing audio from the device over
return to normal MP3 playback. contact your dealer. If the radio the vehicle speakers.
displays an error message, write it For optimal sound quality, increase
CD Player Messages down and provide it to your dealer the portable audio device's volume
CHECK DISC : If this message when reporting the problem. to the loudest level.
displays and/or the CD ejects, it
could be for one of the following Auxiliary Devices It is always best to power the
reasons: portable audio device through its
Using the Auxiliary Input Jack own battery while playing.
. It is very hot. When the
temperature returns to normal, Radios with an auxiliary input jack O : Turn clockwise or
the CD should play. on the lower right side of the counterclockwise to increase or
faceplate can connect to an external decrease the volume of the portable
. The road is very rough. When
audio device such as an iPod, player. Additional volume
the road becomes smoother, the MP3 player, or CD player, for use as adjustments might have to be made
CD should play. another source for audio listening. from the portable device if the
. The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, This input jack is not an audio volume is not loud or soft enough.
or upside down. output; do not plug headphones into BAND : If equipped, press to listen
. The air is very humid. If so, wait the front auxiliary input jack. to the radio when a portable audio
about an hour and try again. Drivers are encouraged to set up device is playing. The portable
. There was a problem while any auxiliary device while the audio device continues playing.
vehicle is in P (Park). See CD/AUX : If equipped, press to play
burning the CD.
Defensive Driving 0 165 for more a CD when a portable audio device
. The label is caught in the CD information on driver distraction. is playing. Press again and the
player.
To use a portable audio player, system begins playing audio from
If the CD is not playing correctly, for connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to the connected portable audio player.
any other reason, try a known the radio's front auxiliary input jack. If a portable audio player is not
good CD. When a device is connected, press connected, No Input Device Found
displays.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
SRCE : If equipped, press to listen USB Support Make sure the iPod has the latest
to the radio when a portable audio firmware from Apple for proper
device is playing. The portable operation. iPod firmware can be
audio device continues playing. updated using the latest iTunes
Press to play a CD when a portable application. See www.apple.com/
audio device is playing. Press again itunes.
and the system begins playing For help with identifying the iPod, go
audio from the connected portable to www.apple.com/support.
audio player. If a portable audio Radios that have a USB port can
player is not connected, No Input play .mp3 and .wma files that are
Device Found displays. stored on a USB storage device as
Using the USB Port well as AAC files that are stored on
an iPod.
Radios with a USB port can control
a USB storage device or an iPod If equipped, the USB port is on the USB-Supported File and Folder
using the radio buttons and knobs. instrument panel and uses the Structure
See Playing an MP3 in CD Player USB 2.0 standard.
The radio supports:
0 141 for information about how to USB-Supported Devices
connect and control a USB storage . Up to 700 folders.
device or an iPod. . USB flash drive . Up to eight folders in depth.
. Portable USB hard drive . Up to 65,535 files.
. Fifth generation or later iPod . Folder and file names up to
. iPod nano 64 bytes.
. iPod touch . Files with an .mp3 or .wma file
. extension.
iPod classic
. AAC files stored on an iPod.
Not all iPods and USB drives are
compatible with the USB port. . FAT16.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16

. FAT32. automatically powers off and will not s REV : Press and hold to reverse
charge or draw power from the playback quickly. Sound is heard at
Connecting a USB Storage vehicle's battery.
Device or iPod a reduced volume. Release s REV
If you have an older iPod model that to resume playing. The elapsed time
The USB port can be used to is not supported, it can still be used of the file displays.
control an iPod or a USB storage by connecting it to the auxiliary
device. input jack using a standard 3.5 mm
\ FWD : Press and hold to
advance playback quickly. Sound is
To connect a USB storage device, (1/8 in) stereo cable. See Using the
heard at a reduced volume. Release
connect the device to the USB port Auxiliary Input Jack previously in
this section.
\ FWD to resume playing. The
on the instrument panel. elapsed time of the file displays.
To connect an iPod, connect one Using the Radio to Control a 4 : Press to display additional
end of the USB cable that came USB Storage Device or iPod information about the selected track.
with the iPod to the iPods dock
connector and connect the other The radio can control a USB Using Softkeys to Control a
storage device or an iPod using the
end to the USB port on the USB Storage Device or iPod
instrument panel. If the vehicle is on radio buttons and knobs, and
display song information on the The five softkeys below the radio
and the USB connection works, OK
radio display. display are used to control the
to disconnect and a GM logo may
functions listed below.
appear on the iPod, and iPod f : Turn to select files.
appears on the radio display. The To use the softkeys:
iPod music appears on the radio
SEEK : Press to go to the start of
the track, if more than 10 seconds 1. Press the first or fifth softkey
display and begins playing. have played. Press and hold or below the radio display to
The iPod charges while it is press multiple times to continue display the functions listed
connected to the vehicle if the moving backward through tracks. below, or press the softkey
vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY below the function if it is
or ON/RUN position. When the
SEEK : Press to go to the next currently displayed.
track. Press and hold or press
vehicle is turned off, the iPod multiple times to continue moving 2. Press the softkey below the tab
forward through tracks. with the function on it to use
that function.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
j : Press the softkey below j to To skip through large lists, the five 1. Press the softkey below h.
pause the track. The tab appears softkeys can be used to navigate in
raised when pause is being used. the following order: 2. Turn f to scroll through the list
Press the softkey below j again to . First softkey, first item in the list. of menus.
resume playback. . Second softkey, 1% through the 3. Press f to select the
Back : Press the softkey below the list each time the softkey is desired menu.
Back tab to go back to the main pressed.
4. Turn f to scroll through the
display screen on an iPod, or the . Third softkey, 5% through the list folders or files in the
root directory on a USB storage each time the softkey is pressed. selected menu.
device.
. Fourth softkey, 10% through the
c : Press the softkey below c to 5. Press f to select the desired
list each time the softkey is
view the contents of the current file to be played.
pressed.
folder on the USB drive. To browse To skip through large lists, the five
and select files: . Fifth softkey, end of the list.
softkeys can be used to navigate in
1. Press the softkey below c. h : Press the softkey below h the following order:
to view and select a file on an iPod, . First softkey, first item in the list.
2. Turn f to scroll through the list using the iPod's menu system. Files
of folders. are sorted by: . Second softkey, 1% through the
. Playlists list each time the softkey is
3. Press f to select the desired pressed.
folder. If there is more then one . Artists . Third softkey, 5% through the list
folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2 . Albums each time the softkey is pressed.
until the desired folder is
reached. . Genres . Fourth softkey, 10% through the
. Songs list each time the softkey is
4. Turn f to scroll through the pressed.
files in the selected folder. . Composers
. Fifth softkey, end of the list.
5. Press f to select the desired To select files:
file to be played.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Repeat Functionality Shuffle Functionality OnStar System

To use Repeat: To use Shuffle:
OnStar with 4G LTE
Press the softkey below " or ' Press the softkey below >, 2,
to select between Repeat All and C , or = to select between
Repeat Track. Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/
" : Press the softkey below " to Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album,
repeat all tracks. The tab appears or Shuffle Folder.
lowered when Repeat All is being > : Press the softkey below 2
used. This is the default mode when to turn shuffle off. This is the default
a USB storage device or iPod is first mode when a USB storage device If equipped with OnStar 4G LTE, up
connected. or iPod is first connected. to seven devices, such as
' : Press the softkey below ' 2 : Press the softkey below smartphones, tablets, and laptops,
to repeat one track. The tab = or C to shuffle all songs on can be connected to high-speed
appears raised when Repeat Track the USB storage device or iPod. Internet through the vehicles built-in
is being used. Wi-Fi hotspot.
C : Press the softkey below >
to shuffle all songs in the current
album on an iPod.
= : Press the softkey below >
to shuffle all songs in the current
folder on a USB storage device.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR .
(1-888-466-7827) to connect to an
Phone Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
OnStar Advisor for assistance. See all cell phones. See Pairing in
www.onstar.com for a detailed Bluetooth this section for more information.
instruction guide, vehicle availability, For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice
details, and system limitations. Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use
Services and apps vary by make, interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the
model, year, carrier, availability, and allowing: address book or contact list. See
conditions. 4G LTE service is Voice Pass-Thru in this section
. Placement and receipt of calls in
available in select markets. 4G LTE for more information.
performance is based on industry a hands-free mode.
averages and vehicle systems . Sharing of the cell phones . See Storing and Deleting Phone
design. Some services require a address book or contact list with Numbers in this section for
data plan. the vehicle. more information.
To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle { Warning
parked:
When using a cell phone, it can
. Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long or
features of the cell phone. too often at the screen of the
Organize the phone book and phone or the infotainment system.
contact lists clearly and delete Taking your eyes off the road too
duplicate or rarely used entries. long or too often could cause a
If possible, program speed dial crash resulting in injury or death.
or other shortcuts. Focus your attention on driving.
. Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
A Bluetooth system can use a
system.
Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a
Hands-Free Profile to make and
receive phone calls. The system
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
can be used while the key is in the How to Speak : Speak clearly in a Pairing
ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY calm and natural voice.
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
position. The range of the Bluetooth
Audio System must be paired to the Bluetooth
system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
system and then connected to the
Not all phones support all functions, When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth vehicle before it can be used. See
and not all phones work with the system, sound comes through the the cell phone manufacturer's user
in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See vehicle's front audio system guide for Bluetooth functions before
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more speakers and overrides the audio pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
information on compatible phones in system. Use the audio system phone is not connected, calls will be
U.S. and Canada only. volume knob, during a call, to made using OnStar Hands-Free
change the volume level. The Calling, if equipped. See OnStar,
Voice Recognition adjusted volume level remains in if equipped.
The Bluetooth system uses voice memory for later calls. To prevent
recognition to interpret voice missed calls, a minimum volume Pairing Information
commands to dial phone numbers level is used if the volume is turned . A Bluetooth phone with MP3
and name tags. down too low. capability cannot be paired to
For additional information, say Bluetooth Controls the vehicle as a phone and an
Help while you are in a voice MP3 player at the same time.
recognition menu. Use the buttons on the steering
wheel to operate the in-vehicle . Up to five cell phones can be
Noise : Keep interior noise levels to Bluetooth system. See Steering paired to the Bluetooth system.
a minimum. The system may not Wheel Controls 0 88. . The pairing process is disabled
recognize voice commands if there when the vehicle is moving.
is too much background noise. b / g : Press to answer incoming
calls, confirm system information, . Pairing only needs to be
When to Speak : A short tone and start speech recognition. completed once, unless the
sounds after the system responds pairing information on the cell
indicating when it is waiting for a c / x : Press to end a call, reject
a call, or cancel an operation. phone changes or the cell phone
voice command. Wait until the tone is deleted from the system.
and then speak.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16

. Only one paired cell phone can 5. Locate the device named Your 3. Say List.
be connected to the Bluetooth Vehicle in the list on the cell
system at a time. phone. Follow the instructions Deleting a Paired Phone
. If multiple paired cell phones are on the cell phone to enter the If the phone name you want to
within range of the system, the PIN provided in Step 3. After delete is unknown, see Listing All
system connects to the first the PIN is successfully entered, Paired and Connected Phones.
the system prompts you to
available paired cell phone in the
provide a name for the paired 1. Press and hold b / g for
order that they were first paired two seconds.
to the system. To connect to a cell phone. This name will be
different paired phone, see used to indicate which phones 2. Say Bluetooth.
Connecting to a Different are paired and connected to
the vehicle. The system 3. Say Delete. The system asks
Phone later in this section. which phone to delete.
responds with <phone name>
Pairing a Phone has been successfully paired 4. Say the name of the phone you
after the pairing process is want to delete.
1. Press and hold b / g for complete.
two seconds. Connecting to a Different Phone
6. Repeat Steps 15 to pair
2. Say Bluetooth. This command additional phones. To connect to a different cell phone,
can be skipped. the Bluetooth system looks for the
Listing All Paired and Connected next available cell phone in the
3. Say Pair. The system Phones order in which all the available cell
responds with instructions and phones were paired. Depending on
a four-digit Personal The system can list all cell phones
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is which cell phone you want to
Identification Number (PIN). connect to, you may have to use
The PIN is used in Step 5. also connected to the vehicle, the
system responds with is connected this command several times.
4. Start the pairing process on the after that phone name.
cell phone that you want to 1. Press and hold b / g for
pair. For help with this process, 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds.
see the cell phone two seconds. 2. Say Bluetooth.
manufacturer's user guide.
2. Say Bluetooth.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
3. Say Change phone. Delete All Name Tags : This 1. Press and hold b / g for
. If another cell phone is command deletes all stored name two seconds.
found, the response will be tags in the Hands-Free Calling
Directory and the OnStar 2. Say Digit Store.
<Phone name> is now
connected. Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory, 3. Say each digit, one at a time,
if equipped. that you want to store. After
. If another cell phone is not each digit is entered, the
found, the original phone Using the Store Command
system repeats back the digit it
remains connected. 1. Press and hold b / g for heard followed by a tone. After
Storing and Deleting Phone two seconds. the last digit has been entered,
Numbers say Store, and then follow the
2. Say Store. directions given by the system
The system can store up to 30 3. Say the phone number or to save a name tag for this
phone numbers as name tags in the group of numbers you want to number.
Hands-Free Directory that is shared store all at once with no
between the Bluetooth and OnStar pauses, then follow the Using the Delete Command
systems, if equipped. directions given by the system 1. Press and hold b / g for
The following commands are used to save a name tag for this two seconds.
to delete and store phone numbers. number.
2. Say Delete.
Store : This command will store a Using the Digit Store Command
3. Say the name tag you want to
phone number, or a group of If an unwanted number is delete.
numbers as a name tag. recognized by the system, say
Clear at any time to clear the last Using the Delete All Name Tags
Digit Store : This command allows
number. Command
a phone number to be stored as a
name tag by entering the digits one To hear all of the numbers This command deletes all stored
at a time. recognized by the system, say name tags in the Hands-Free
Verify at any time. Calling Directory and the OnStar
Delete : This command is used to
Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory,
delete individual name tags.
if equipped.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
To delete all name tags: Re-dial : This command is used to Using the Digit Dial Command
dial the last number used on the cell The digit dial command allows a
1. Press and hold b / g for phone.
two seconds. phone number to be dialed by
Using the Dial or Call entering the digits one at a time.
2. Say Delete all name tags. Command After each digit is entered, the
Listing Stored Numbers system repeats back the digit it
1. Press and hold b / g for heard followed by a tone.
The list command will list all stored two seconds.
numbers and name tags. If an unwanted number is
2. Say Dial or Call. recognized by the system, say
Using the List Command 3. Say the entire number without Clear at any time to clear the last
pausing, or say the name tag. number.
1. Press and hold b / g for
two seconds. Once connected, the person called To hear all of the numbers
will be heard through the audio recognized by the system, say
2. Say Directory. Verify at any time.
speakers.
3. Say Hands-Free Calling.
Calling Emergency 1. Press and hold b / g for
4. Say List. two seconds.
1. Press and hold b / g for
Making a Call two seconds. The system 2. Say Digit Dial.
Calls can be made using the responds Ready, followed by 3. Say each digit, one at a time,
following commands. a tone. that you want to dial. After
2. Say Dial or Call. each digit is entered, the
Dial or Call : The dial or call
system repeats back the digit it
command can be used 3. Say [emergency number]. heard followed by a tone. After
interchangeably to dial a phone
4. Say Dial or Call. the last digit has been entered,
number or a stored name tag.
say Dial.
Digit Dial : This command allows a Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio Once connected, the person called
phone number to be dialed by
speakers. will be heard through the audio
entering the digits one at a time.
speakers.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Using the Re-dial Command . To ignore the incoming call, no Muting a Call
action is required.
1. Press and hold b / g for During a call, all sounds from inside
two seconds. . Press c / x to disconnect the the vehicle can be muted so that the
current call and switch to the call person on the other end of the call
2. After the tone, say Re-dial. cannot hear them.
on hold.
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio Three-Way Calling . To mute a call, press b / g , and
speakers. then say Mute call.
Three-way calling must be
Receiving a Call supported on the cell phone and . To cancel mute, press b / g ,
enabled by the wireless service and then say Un-mute call.
When an incoming call is received, carrier.
the audio system mutes and a ring Transferring a Call
tone is heard in the vehicle. 1. While on a call, press b / g.
Audio can be transferred between
. Press b / g to answer the call. 2. Say Three-way call. the Bluetooth system and the cell
3. Use the dial or call command phone.
. Press c / x to ignore a call. to dial the number of the third The cell phone must be paired and
Call Waiting party to be called. connected with the Bluetooth
4. Once the call is connected, system before a call can be
Call waiting must be supported on transferred. The connection process
the cell phone and enabled by the press b / g to link all callers can take up to two minutes after the
wireless service carrier. together. ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
. Press b / g to answer an Ending a Call Transferring Audio from the
incoming call when another call Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
is active. The original call is
Press c / x to end a call.
During a call with the audio in the
placed on hold.
vehicle:
. Press b / g again to return to
the original call.
1. Press b / g.
2. Say Transfer Call.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Transferring Audio to the The cell phone's normal prompt phone book and phone pairing
Bluetooth System from a Cell messages will go through their cycle information. For information on how
Phone according to the phone's operating to delete this information, see the
During a call with the audio on the instructions. previous section Deleting a Paired
Phone and the previous sections
cell phone, press b / g. The audio Dual Tone Multi-Frequency on deleting name tags.
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio (DTMF) Tones
does not transfer to the vehicle, use Other Information
The Bluetooth system can send
the audio transfer feature on the cell The Bluetooth word mark and
numbers and the numbers stored as
phone. See your cell phone logos are owned by the Bluetooth
name tags during a call. You can
manufacturer's user guide for more SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
use this feature when calling a
information. by General Motors is under license.
menu-driven phone system.
Voice Pass-Thru Account numbers can also be Other trademarks and trade names
stored for use. are those of their respective owners.
Voice pass-thru allows access to the
voice recognition commands on the Sending a Number or Name Tag See Radio Frequency
cell phone. See your cell phone During a Call Statement 0 322.
manufacturer's user guide to see if
the cell phone supports this feature. 1. Press b / g. The system
responds Ready, followed by
To access contacts stored in the cell a tone.
phone:
2. Say Dial.
1. Press and hold b / g for 3. Say the number or name tag
two seconds. to send.
2. Say Bluetooth. This command
can be skipped. Clearing the System
3. Say Voice. The system Unless information is deleted out of
responds OK, accessing the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
<phone name>. will be retained indefinitely. This
includes all saved name tags in the
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
158 Climate Controls
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with
Climate Control Systems this system.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . 158
Rear Heating System . . . . . . . . . 160
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Maintenance
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Vehicles without Air Conditioning
1. Fan Control Temperature Control : Turn the

2. Temperature Control knob clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease the
3. Air Delivery Mode Control temperature inside the vehicle.
9 : Turn the knob clockwise or Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn
counterclockwise to increase or the knob clockwise or
decrease the fan speed. counterclockwise to change the
9 : Turns the system off. current airflow mode.
H : Air is directed to the instrument
panel outlets.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Climate Controls 159
) : Air is divided between the

instrument panel and floor outlets,
with some air directed toward the
windshield.
6 : Air is directed to the floor
outlets with some air directed to the
windshield and side windows.
- : This mode clears the windows
of fog or moisture. Outside air is
directed to the floor and defroster
outlets. Adjust the temperature knob
for warmer or cooler air. The air Vehicles with Air Conditioning
conditioning compressor might turn
on in this setting to dehumidify
the air.
1. Fan Control V : Cools the air inside the vehicle
2. Temperature Control faster, by recirculating the inside air.
1 : This mode clears the
windshield of fog or frost more 3. Air Delivery Mode Control Rear Window Defogger
quickly. Air is directed to the 4. Rear Window Defogger If equipped with a rear window
windshield, with some to the floor defogger, a warming grid is used to
outlets and front side windows. The On hot days, open the windows to remove fog or frost from the rear
air conditioning compressor might let hot inside air escape; then close window.
turn on in this setting to dehumidify them. This helps to reduce the time
the air. needed for the vehicle to cool down 1 : Press to turn the rear window
and the system operates more defogger on or off. An indicator light
Do not drive the vehicle until all the efficiently. on the button comes on to show that
windows are clear. the rear window defogger is on.
# : Cools and dehumidifies the air
inside of the vehicle.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
The defogger only works when the Q : This position supplies the most
ignition is in ON/RUN. The defogger amount of heat to the rear
turns off if the ignition is in the ACC/ seating area.
ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF
position. c : This position supplies half the
amount of heat to the rear
Do not drive the vehicle until all the seating area.
windows are clear.
R : This position supplies the least
amount of heat to the rear
Caution seating area.
Do not use a razor blade or sharp 9 : This turns the rear heating
object to clear the inside rear system off.
window. Do not adhere anything
to the defogger grid lines in the AUX : The thumbwheel for this
rear glass. These actions may system is on the instrument panel
below the audio system.
damage the rear defogger.
Repairs would not be covered by 9 : Turn the thumbwheel up or
the vehicle warranty. down to increase or decrease the
amount of heated air sent to the
rear seating area.
Rear Heating System
If equipped, the rear heating system
lets you adjust the amount of air
flowing into the rear of the vehicle,
from the front seating area. This
feature works with the main climate
control system in the vehicle.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Rear Climate Control System

If equipped with a rear heating and air conditioning system, it controls the
temperature, fan speed, and air delivery for the rear seat passengers only.
The front climate control panel is in the overhead console between the driver
and front passenger.
Front Climate Control Panel
1. Fan Control When the fan knob is in the AUX

2. Air Delivery Mode Control position, the rear climate control
panel can be used to adjust the
3. Temperature Control climate settings in the rear
Use this control panel to maintain a seating area.
separate temperature setting. Adjust
the direction of the airflow or adjust
the fan speed for the rear seat
passenger(s).
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Temperature Control : Turn

clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the
temperature in the rear
seating area.
The air conditioning system on the
main climate control panel must be
turned on to direct cooled air to the
rear of the vehicle. If it is not on,
then the temperature in the rear of
the vehicle remains at cabin
temperature.
Rear Climate Control Panel Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise to
1. Fan Control AUX : Turn the fan knob on the change the direction of the airflow in
2. Air Delivery Mode Control front climate control panel to AUX to the rear seating area.
let rear seat passengers use the
3. Temperature Control control panel in the rear seating To change the current mode, select
area. This disables the front control one of the following:
For vehicles with a rear climate
control panel, it is located overhead panel. To return control to the front H : Air is directed to the upper
behind the driver and front panel, move the fan knob out outlets, with some directed to the
passenger, centered in front of the of AUX. floor outlets.
second row. To adjust the rear 9 : Turns the system off.
climate control panel settings by a
rear seat passenger, the front 9 : Turn clockwise or
climate control panel fan knob must counterclockwise to increase or
be in the AUX position. The fan decrease the fan speed in the rear
speed, air delivery mode, and seating area.
temperature can then be adjusted.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
2 : Air is directed to the floor Air Vents Maintenance

outlets.
Use the outlets located near the
Be sure to keep the area under the center and on the sides of the Service
front seats clear of any objects so instrument panel to change the All vehicles have a label underhood
that the air inside of the vehicle can direction of airflow. that identifies the refrigerant used in
circulate effectively.
Operation Tips the vehicle. The refrigerant system
For information on how to use the should only be serviced by trained
main climate control system, see . Clear away any ice, snow or and certified technicians. The air
Climate Control Systems 0 158. For leaves from the air inlets at the conditioning evaporator should
information on ventilation, see Air base of the windshield that may never be repaired or replaced by
Vents 0 163. block the flow of air into the one from a salvage vehicle.
vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new
. Use of non-GM approved hood evaporator to ensure proper and
deflectors may adversely affect safe operation.
the performance of the system. During service, all refrigerants
. Keep the path under the front should be reclaimed with proper
seats clear of objects to help equipment. Venting refrigerants
circulate the air inside of the directly to the atmosphere is harmful
vehicle more effectively. to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
164 Driving and Operating
Driving and Parking over Things

That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Operating Engine Exhaust
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . .
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
199
199
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Running the Vehicle While Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Driving Information Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Filling a Portable Fuel
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Automatic Transmission Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 183 Trailer Towing
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 General Towing
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Driving Characteristics and
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Brakes
Antilock Brake Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 168 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 169
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Ride Control Systems Conversions and Add-Ons
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 171 Traction Control/Electronic Add-On Electrical
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Starting and Operating Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 175 Cruise Control
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Fast Idle System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Driver Assistance Systems
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 194
Retained Accessory Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Fuel
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Driving and Operating 165

. Designate a front seat
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
distractions. system and the navigation system,
Distracted Driving if equipped, including pairing and
. Become familiar with vehicle
Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as using a cell phone.
and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Defensive Driving
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. Defensive driving means always
activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into expect the unexpected. The first
from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to step in driving defensively is to wear
governments have enacted laws driving. the safety belt. See Safety
regarding driver distraction. Become
. Wait until the vehicle is parked Belts 0 46.
familiar with the local laws in
your area. to retrieve items that have fallen . Assume that other road users
to the floor. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and
To avoid distracted driving, keep
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend other drivers) are going to be
your eyes on the road, keep your
to children. careless and make mistakes.
hands on the steering wheel, and
Anticipate what they might do
focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate and be ready.
. Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint.
. Allow enough following distance
demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations between you and the driver in
Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a front of you.
place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone.
phone calls. . Focus on the task of driving.
. Watch the road. Do not read, { Warning
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other Taking your eyes off the road too
electronic devices. long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Drunk Driving Braking Once the power assist is used up, it

can take longer to stop and the
Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push.
drinking and driving is a global time and reaction time. Deciding to
tragedy. push the brake pedal is perception Steering
time. Actually doing it is
{ Warning reaction time. Hydraulic Power Steering
Average driver reaction time is Your vehicle has hydraulic power
Drinking and then driving is very about three-quarters of a second. In steering. It may require
dangerous. Your reflexes, that time, a vehicle moving at maintenance. See Power Steering
perceptions, attentiveness, and 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m Fluid 0 232.
judgment can be affected by even (66 ft), which could be a lot of
a small amount of alcohol. You distance in an emergency. If power steering assist is lost
can have a serious or even because the engine stops or
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind because of a system malfunction,
fatal collision if you drive after
include: the vehicle can be steered but may
drinking.
. Keep enough distance between required increased effort. See your
Do not drink and drive or ride with you and the vehicle in front dealer if there is a problem.
a driver who has been drinking. of you.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are Caution
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic. If the steering wheel is turned
If the engine ever stops while the until it reaches the end of its
vehicle is being driven, brake travel, and is held in that position
Control of a Vehicle for more than 15 seconds,
normally but do not pump the
Braking, steering, and accelerating brakes. Doing so could make the damage may occur to the power
are important factors in helping to pedal harder to push down. If the steering system and there may be
control a vehicle while driving. engine stops, there will be some loss of power steering assist.
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go

. straight down the roadway.
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
Loss of Control
. Reduce speed before entering a
curve. Skidding
. Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that
speed through the curve correspond to the vehicle's three
. control systems:
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid wheels are not
gently into the straightaway. rolling.
Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid
too much speed or steering in a
. There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and
steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force.
be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid too much
. Holding both sides of the throttle causes the driving
steering wheel allows you to turn these tips:
wheels to spin.
180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and
a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to
. Antilock Brake System (ABS) existing conditions, and by not
allows steering while braking. straddles the edge of the
pavement. overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
right front tire contacts the these suggestions:
pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
The vehicle may straighten out. Driving on Wet Roads Warning (Continued)
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs. Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your occupants could drown. Do not
. Slow down and adjust your ability to stop and accelerate. ignore police warnings and be
driving according to weather Always drive slower in these types very cautious about trying to drive
conditions. Stopping distance of driving conditions and avoid through flowing water.
can be longer and vehicle driving through large puddles and
control can be affected when deep-standing or flowing water.
traction is reduced by water, Hydroplaning
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to { Warning Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
recognize warning clues such Wet brakes can cause crashes. tires so they actually ride on the
as enough water, ice, or packed water. This can happen if the road is
They might not work as well in a
snow on the road to make a wet enough and you are going fast
quick stop and could cause
mirrored surface and slow enough. When the vehicle is
down when you have any doubt. pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle. hydroplaning, it has little or no
. Try to avoid sudden steering, contact with the road.
acceleration, or braking, After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle There is no hard and fast rule about
including reducing vehicle speed hydroplaning. The best advice is to
by shifting to a lower gear. Any wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work slow down when the road is wet.
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide. normally. Other Rainy Weather Tips
Remember: Antilock brakes help Flowing or rushing water creates Besides slowing down, other wet
avoid only the braking skid. strong forces. Driving through weather driving tips include:
flowing water could cause the . Allow extra following distance.
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle . Pass with caution.
(Continued) . Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16

. Keep the windshield washer fluid . Pay attention to special road
reservoir filled. Warning (Continued) signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
. Have good tires with proper winding roads, long grades,
Shift the transmission to a lower passing or no-passing zones)
tread depth. See Tires 0 252. gear to let the engine assist the and take appropriate action.
. Turn off cruise control. brakes on a steep downhill slope.
Winter Driving
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on Snow or Ice
Driving on steep hills or through { Warning Snow or ice between the tires and
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) the road creates less traction or
or with the ignition off is grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
dangerous. This can cause occur at about 0 C (32 F) when
good shape. freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
overheating of the brakes and
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, loss of steering. Always have the driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
tires, cooling system, and engine running and the vehicle until roads can be treated.
transmission. in gear. For slippery road driving:
. Shift to a lower gear when going
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating
down steep or long hills. . Drive at speeds that keep the too quickly causes the wheels to
vehicle in its own lane. Do not spin and makes the surface
{ Warning swing wide or cross the under the tires slick.
center line.
Using the brakes to slow the . Turn on Traction Control. See
. Be alert on top of hills; Traction Control/Electronic
vehicle on a long downhill slope
something could be in your lane Stability Control 0 190.
can cause brake overheating, can
(e.g., stalled car, accident).
reduce brake performance, and . Antilock Brake System (ABS)
could result in a loss of braking. improves vehicle stability during
(Continued) hard stops, but the brakes
should be applied sooner than
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
when on dry pavement. See

Antilock Brake System { Warning Warning (Continued)
(ABS) 0 188.
Snow can trap engine exhaust the fan speed to the highest
. Allow greater following distance under the vehicle. This may setting. See Climate
and watch for slippery spots. Icy cause exhaust gases to get Control Systems.
patches can occur on otherwise inside. Engine exhaust contains
clear roads in shaded areas. For more information about CO,
carbon monoxide (CO), which see Engine Exhaust 0 182.
The surface of a curve or an cannot be seen or smelled. It can
overpass can remain icy when
cause unconsciousness and even
the surrounding roads are clear. To save fuel, run the engine for
death.
Avoid sudden steering short periods to warm the vehicle
maneuvers and braking while If the vehicle is stuck in snow: and then shut the engine off and
on ice. . Clear snow from the base of partially close the window. Moving
. Turn off cruise control. the vehicle, especially any about to keep warm also helps.
blocking the exhaust pipe. If it takes time for help to arrive,
Blizzard Conditions
. Open a window about 5 cm when running the engine, push the
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and (2 in) on the vehicle side accelerator pedal slightly so the
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle that is away from the wind, engine runs faster than the idle
unless there is help nearby. to bring in fresh air. speed. This keeps the battery
If possible, use Roadside charged to restart the vehicle and to
Assistance. See Roadside . Fully open the air outlets on signal for help with the headlamps.
Assistance Program 0 316. To get or under the instrument Do this as little as possible, to
help and keep everyone in the panel. save fuel.
vehicle safe: . Adjust the climate control
. Turn on the hazard warning system to circulate the air
flashers. inside the vehicle and set
. Tie a red cloth to an outside (Continued)
mirror.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
If the Vehicle Is Stuck between R (Reverse) and a low designed to carry, the Tire and
forward gear, spinning the wheels Loading Information label and
Slowly and cautiously spin the as little as possible. To prevent
wheels to free the vehicle when
the Certification/Tire label.
transmission wear, wait until the
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. wheels stop spinning before shifting
If stuck too severely for the traction gears. Release the accelerator { Warning
system to free the vehicle, turn the pedal while shifting, and press Do not load the vehicle any
traction system off and use the lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
heavier than the Gross
rocking method. See Traction
Slowly spinning the wheels in the Vehicle Weight Rating
Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 190. forward and reverse directions (GVWR), or either the
causes a rocking motion that could maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
{ Warning free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it This can cause systems to
If the vehicle's tires spin at high might need to be towed out. If the break and change the way the
speed, they can explode, and you vehicle does need to be towed out, vehicle handles. This could
or others could be injured. The see Towing the Vehicle 0 286. cause loss of control and a
vehicle can overheat, causing an crash. Overloading can also
engine compartment fire or other Vehicle Load Limits reduce stopping distance,
damage. Spin the wheels as little It is very important to know how damage the tires, and shorten
as possible and avoid going much weight the vehicle can the life of the vehicle.
above 56 km/h (35 mph). carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
Rocking the Vehicle to Get includes the weight of all
it Out occupants, cargo, and all
Turn the steering wheel left and nonfactory-installed options.
right to clear the area around the Two labels on the vehicle may
front wheels. Turn off any traction show how much weight it was
system. Shift back and forth
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Tire and Loading Information cold tire inflation pressures (4). 3. Subtract the combined
Label For more information on tires weight of the driver and
and inflation see Tires 0 252 passengers from XXX kg or
and Tire Pressure 0 260. XXX lbs.
There is also important loading 4. The resulting figure equals
information on the vehicle the available amount of
Certification/Tire label. It may cargo and luggage load
show the Gross Vehicle Weight capacity. For example, if the
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross "XXX" amount equals
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for 1400 lbs. and there will be
the front and rear axle. See five 150 lb passengers in
Certification/Tire Label later in your vehicle, the amount of
this section. available cargo and luggage
Label Example load capacity is 650 lbs.
Steps for Determining Correct
A vehicle specific Tire and Load Limit (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
Loading Information label is 650 lbs.)
1. Locate the statement "The
attached to the center pillar combined weight of 5. Determine the combined
(B-pillar). The tire and loading occupants and cargo should weight of luggage and cargo
information label shows the never exceed XXX kg or being loaded on the vehicle.
number of occupant seating XXX lbs." on your vehicles That weight may not safely
positions (1), and the maximum placard. exceed the available cargo
vehicle capacity weight (2) in and luggage load capacity
kilograms and pounds. 2. Determine the combined calculated in Step 4.
weight of the driver and
The Tire and Loading
passengers that will be
Information label also shows the
riding in your vehicle.
size of the original equipment
tires (3) and the recommended
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
6. If your vehicle will be towing

a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.
See Trailer Towing 0 205 for
important information on towing a
trailer, towing safety rules and
trailering tips. Example 1 Example 2
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for

Example 1 = 453 kg Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs)
(1,000 lbs) B. Subtract Occupant Weight @
2. Subtract Occupant Weight 68 kg (150 lbs) 5 = 136 kg
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) 2 = (750 lbs)
136 kg (300 lbs) C. Available Cargo Weight =
3. Available Occupant and 113 kg (250 lbs)
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
weight of the driver, passengers, (GVWR). The GVWR includes

and cargo should never exceed the weight of the vehicle, all
the vehicle capacity weight. occupants, fuel, and cargo.
Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label also
may show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR). To find out the actual
loads on the front and rear
axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh the vehicle.
Example 3 Your dealer can help you with
this. Be sure to spread out the
1. Maximum Vehicle Capacity
Weight for Example 3 = load equally on both sides of the
453 kg (1,000 lbs) centerline.
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 91 kg (200 lbs) 5 = A vehicle specific Certification/ { Warning
453 kg (1,000 lbs) Tire label is attached to the
3. Available Cargo Weight = center pillar (B-pillar). The label Things you put inside the
0 kg (0 lbs) may show the size of the vehicle can strike and injure
vehicle's original tires and the people in a sudden stop or
Refer to the vehicle tire and turn, or in a crash.
loading information label for inflation pressures needed to
specific information about the obtain the gross weight capacity . Put things in the cargo
vehicle's capacity weight and of the vehicle. This is called area of the vehicle. Try to
seating positions. The combined Gross Vehicle Weight Rating spread the weight evenly.
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Warning (Continued) Starting and Caution (Continued)

.
Operating
Never stack heavier premature wear and earlier
things, like suitcases, replacement. Follow this
New Vehicle Break-In breaking-in guideline every
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above time you get new brake
Caution linings.
the tops of the seats.
. Do not tow a trailer during
. Do not leave an The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will break-in. See Trailer Towing
unsecured child restraint 0 205 for the trailer towing
in the vehicle. perform better in the long run if
capabilities of the vehicle
you follow these guidelines:
. When you carry and more information.
. Keep the vehicle speed at
something inside the 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for
Following break-in, engine speed
vehicle, secure it the first 805 km (500 mi). and load can be gradually
whenever you can. increased.
. Do not drive at any one
. Do not leave a seat constant speed, fast or slow,
folded down unless you for the first 805 km (500 mi).
need to. Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
Add-On Equipment
. Avoid making hard stops for
When carrying removable items, the first 322 km (200 mi) or
a limit on how many people so. During this time the new
carried inside the vehicle may brake linings are not yet
be necessary. Be sure to weigh broken in. Hard stops with
the vehicle before buying and new linings can mean
installing the new equipment. (Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Ignition Positions This position locks the ignition and 4. Set the parking brake. See
transmission. Parking Brake 0 189.
Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a { Warning
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable Turning off the vehicle while
the airbags. moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
If the vehicle must be shut off in an systems and disable the airbags.
emergency:
While driving, only shut the
1. Brake using a firm and steady vehicle off in an emergency.
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
increased brake pedal force. and must be shut off while driving,
The ignition switch has four different turn the ignition to ACC/
positions. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). ACCESSORY.
This can be done while the
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition vehicle is moving. After shifting
must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ Caution
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
ACCESSORY and the regular brake brakes and steer the vehicle to
pedal applied. Using a tool to force the key to
a safe location. turn in the ignition could cause
0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ 3. Come to a complete stop, shift damage to the switch or break the
OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, to P (Park), and turn the key. Use the correct key, make
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ ignition to LOCK/OFF. On sure it is all the way in, and turn it
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained vehicles with an automatic only with your hand. If the key
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain transmission, the shift lever cannot be turned by hand, see
active. See Retained Accessory must be in P (Park) to turn the your dealer.
Power (RAP) 0 180. ignition switch to the LOCK/
OFF position.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This is the A warning tone will sound when the

position in which you can operate driver door is opened, the ignition is Caution
things like the radio and the in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF
windshield wipers when the engine and the key is in the ignition. Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
is off. vehicle is moving. If you do, you
Starting the Engine could damage the transmission.
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be Shift to P (Park) only when the
used to operate the electrical If the vehicle has a diesel engine, vehicle is stopped.
accessories and to display some see the Duramax diesel
instrument cluster warning and supplement.
indicator lights. This position can
also be used for service and To place the transmission in the
proper gear:
Caution
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction Move the shift lever to P (Park) or If the steering wheel is turned
indicator lamp as may be required N (Neutral). The engine will not start until it reaches the end of its
for emission inspection purposes. in any other position. To restart the travel, and is held in that position
The switch stays in this position engine when the vehicle is already while starting the vehicle, damage
when the engine is running. moving, use N (Neutral) only. may occur to the hydraulic power
If you leave the key in the ACC/ steering system and there may be
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position Caution loss of power steering assist.
with the engine off, the battery could
be drained. You may not be able to If you add electrical parts or
Starting Procedure
start the vehicle if the battery is accessories, you could change
allowed to drain for an extended the way the engine operates. Any 1. With your foot off the
period of time. resulting damage would not be accelerator pedal, turn the
covered by the vehicle warranty. ignition key to START. When
3 (START) : This is the position that the engine starts, let go of the
starts the engine. When the engine See Add-On Electrical
Equipment 0 212. key. The idle speed will go
starts, release the key. The ignition down as your engine gets
switch returns to ON/RUN for warm. Do not race the engine
driving. immediately after starting it.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Operate the engine and 2. If the engine does not start Fast Idle System
transmission gently to allow the after 5-10 seconds, especially
oil to warm up and lubricate all in very cold weather (below If equipped, this feature is available
moving parts. 18 C or 0 F), it could be only with cruise control. The manual
flooded with too much fast idle switch is operated using the
When the Low Fuel warning cruise control buttons on the left
lamp is on and the FUEL gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to side of the steering wheel.
LEVEL LOW message is
displayed in the Driver the floor and holding it there as This system can be used to
Information Center (DIC), the you hold the key in START for increase engine idle speed
Computer-Controlled Cranking up to 15 seconds. Wait at least whenever the following conditions
System is disabled to prevent 15 seconds between each try, are met:
possible vehicle component to allow the cranking motor to
. The parking brake is set.
damage. When this happens, cool down. When the engine
starts, let go of the key and . The brake pedal is not pressed.
hold the ignition switch in the
START position to continue accelerator. If the vehicle starts . The vehicle must not be moving
engine cranking. briefly but then stops again, do and the accelerator must not be
the same thing. This clears the pressed.
extra gasoline from the engine.
Caution Do not race the engine To control the fast idle:
immediately after starting it. . To enable the Fast Idle System,
Cranking the engine for long
Operate the engine and press and release the cruise
periods of time, by returning the transmission gently until the oil
ignition to the START position control on/off button and ensure
warms up and lubricates all that the switch indicator light
immediately after cranking has moving parts.
ended, can overheat and damage is lit.
the cranking motor, and drain the . Press and release the cruise
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds control SET- button. Engine
between each try, to let the speed will be held at
cranking motor cool down. approximately 1200 rpm.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
When the fast idle is active, the Engine Heater Check the heater cord for
Driver Information Center (DIC) will damage. If it is damaged, do
display FAST IDLE ON. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, not use it. See your dealer for
see the Duramax diesel a replacement. Inspect the
One of the following actions will turn supplement.
off the fast idle: cord for damage yearly.
The engine coolant heater can 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
. Pressing the brake. provide easier starting and better 110-volt AC outlet.
. Selecting the cruise control fuel economy during engine
warm-up in cold weather conditions
cancel button.
at or below 18 C (0 F). Vehicles { Warning
. Releasing the parking brake.
with an engine coolant heater Improper use of the heater cord
. Moving the transmission shift should be plugged in at least four or an extension cord can damage
lever out of P (Park) or hours before starting. An internal
the cord and may result in
N (Neutral). thermostat in the plug end of the
overheating and fire.
. Selecting the cruise control on/ cord may exist which will prevent
engine coolant heater operation at . Plug the cord into a
off button when it was
temperatures above 18 C (0 F). three-prong electrical utility
previously on.
receptacle that is protected
. Pressing the cruise control SET- To Use the Engine Coolant by a ground fault detection
button a second time. Heater function. An ungrounded
. Pressing the accelerator more 1. Turn off the engine. outlet could cause an
than one-quarter of the electric shock.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
way down. electrical cord. . Use a weatherproof,
. Turning the ignition switch to the heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
The cord for the engine coolant extension cord if needed.
LOCK/OFF position. heater is on the driver side of Failure to use the
the engine compartment and is recommended extension
attached to the hose for the cord in good operating
power steering reservoir.
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Warning (Continued)
4. Before starting the engine, be Shifting Into Park
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it 1. Hold the brake pedal down,
condition, or using a away from moving engine parts then set the parking brake.
damaged heater or and prevent damage.
extension cord, could make 2. Move the shift lever into the
it overheat and cause a fire, The length of time the heater should P (Park) position by pulling the
property damage, electric remain plugged in depends on shift lever toward you and
shock, and injury. several factors. Ask a dealer in the moving it up as far as it will go.
area where you will be parking the 3. Turn the ignition key to
. Do not operate the vehicle vehicle for the best advice on this. LOCK/OFF.
with the heater cord
permanently attached to the 4. Remove the key and take it
vehicle. Possible heater Retained Accessory with you. If you can leave the
cord and thermostat Power (RAP) vehicle with the ignition key in
damage could occur. These vehicle accessories can be your hand, the vehicle is
. While in use, do not let the used for up to 10 minutes after the in P (Park).
heater cord touch vehicle engine is turned off: Leaving the Vehicle with the
parts or sharp edges. Never . Audio System Engine Running
close the hood on the
heater cord. . Power Windows (if equipped)
. Before starting the vehicle, These features will work when the
{ Warning
unplug the cord, reattach ignition key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ It can be dangerous to leave the
the cover to the plug, and ACCESSORY. Once the key is vehicle with the engine running.
securely fasten the cord. turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, It could overheat and catch fire.
Keep the cord away from power to the radio and power
windows will continue to work (Continued)
any moving parts.
10 minutes or until the driver door is
opened.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Warning (Continued)
first pulling it toward you. If you can, Shifting out of Park
it means that the shift lever was not
fully locked into P (Park). The vehicle has an automatic
It is dangerous to get out of the transmission shift lock control
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully Torque Lock system. You have to fully apply the
in P (Park) with the parking brake If you are parking on a hill and you brakes before you can shift from
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. do not shift the transmission into P (Park) when the ignition is in ON/
P (Park) properly, the weight of the RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. See
Do not leave the vehicle when the
vehicle can put too much force on Automatic Transmission 0 183.
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle the parking pawl in the The shift lock control system is
can move suddenly. You or others transmission. It might be difficult to designed to:
could be injured. To be sure the pull the shift lever out of P (Park). . Prevent the ignition key from
vehicle will not move, even when This is called torque lock. To
being removed unless the shift
you are on fairly level ground, prevent torque lock, set the parking
lever is in P (Park).
brake and then shift into P (Park)
always set the parking brake and . Prevent movement of the shift
properly before you leave the driver
move the shift lever to P (Park). lever out of P (Park), unless the
seat. To find out how, see Shifting
See Shifting Into Park 0 180. Into Park 0 180. ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
If you are towing a trailer, see ACCESSORY and the regular
Driving Characteristics and When you are ready to drive, move
brake pedal is applied.
Towing Tips 0 202. the shift lever out of P (Park) before
releasing the parking brake. The shift lock control system is
always functional except in the case
If you have to leave the vehicle with If torque lock does occur, you might
of a dead battery or low voltage
the engine running, be sure the need to have another vehicle push
(less than 9 V) battery.
vehicle is in P (Park) and the yours a little uphill to take some of
the pressure from the parking pawl If the vehicle has an uncharged
parking brake is firmly set. After the
in the transmission. Then you battery or a battery with low voltage,
shift lever is moved into P (Park),
should be able to pull the shift lever try charging or jump starting the
hold the regular brake pedal down.
out of P (Park). battery. See Jump Starting - North
Then, see if you can move the shift
America 0 282.
lever away from P (Park) without
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
To shift out of P (Park): Parking over Things Engine Exhaust

1. Apply the brake pedal. That Burn
2. Turn the ignition to ACC/ { Warning
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. { Warning Engine exhaust contains carbon
3. Move the shift lever to the Things that can burn could touch monoxide (CO), which cannot be
desired position. seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
hot exhaust parts under the
If you still are unable to shift out of vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and
P (Park): over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death.
1. Ease the pressure on the shift or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
lever.
. The vehicle idles in areas
2. While holding down the brake with poor ventilation
pedal, push the shift lever all (parking garages, tunnels,
the way into P (Park). deep snow that may block
3. Move the shift lever to the underbody airflow or tail
desired position. pipes).
If you are still having a problem . The exhaust smells or
shifting, have the vehicle serviced. sounds strange or different.
. The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Warning (Continued)
Running the Vehicle Automatic
While Parked Transmission
. There are holes or openings
It is better not to park with the A shift position indicator is in the
in the vehicle body from
engine running. instrument cluster.
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine There are several different positions
completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to for the shift lever.
be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
See Shifting Into Park 0 180 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 182.
coming into the vehicle:
If parking on a hill and pulling a
. Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics
windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 202.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately. See Range Selection Mode under
Never park the vehicle with the Manual Mode 0 186.
engine running in an enclosed P : This position locks the rear
area such as a garage or a wheels. It is the best position to use
building that has no fresh air when starting the engine because
ventilation. the vehicle cannot move easily.
When parked on a hill, especially
when the vehicle has a heavy load,
you might notice an increase in the
effort to shift out of P (Park). See
Torque Lock under Shifting Into
Park 0 180.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
{ Warning Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued)

It is dangerous to get out of the repairs would not be covered by people or objects. Do not shift
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully the vehicle warranty. Shift to into a drive gear while the engine
in P (Park) with the parking brake R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is running at high speed.
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. is stopped.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left To rock the vehicle back and forth to Caution
the engine running, the vehicle get out of snow, ice, or sand without
can move suddenly. You or others damaging the transmission, see If Shifting out of P (Park) or
could be injured. To be sure the the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 171. N (Neutral) with the engine
vehicle will not move, even when N : In this position, the engine does running at high speed may
you are on fairly level ground, not connect with the wheels. damage the transmission. The
always set the parking brake and To restart when you are already repairs would not be covered by
move the shift lever to P (Park). moving, use N (Neutral) only. Also, the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
See Shifting Into Park 0 180 and use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is engine is not running at high
Driving Characteristics and being towed. speed when shifting the vehicle.
Towing Tips 0 202.
{ Warning D : This position is for normal
R : Use this gear to back up. driving. It provides the best fuel
Shifting into a drive gear while the economy. If you need more power
engine is running at high speed is for passing, and you are:
Caution dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the . Going less than about 55 km/h
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the (35 mph), push the accelerator
vehicle is moving forward could vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit pedal about halfway down.
damage the transmission. The . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or
(Continued) (Continued)
more, push the accelerator all
the way down.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
By doing this, the vehicle shifts In some cases, this could appear to stable shifts until the engine warms
down to the next gear and has be a delayed shift, however the up. Shifts could be more noticeable
more power. transmission is operating normally. with a cold transmission. This
D (Drive) can be used when towing The transmission uses adaptive difference in shifting is normal.
a trailer, carrying a heavy load, shift controls. Adaptive shift controls M : This position lets drivers select
or driving on steep hills. You might continually compare key shift the range of gears appropriate for
want to shift the transmission to a parameters to pre-programmed current driving conditions. If the
lower gear selection if the ideal shifts stored in the vehicle has this feature, see Range
transmission shifts too often. transmissions computer. The Selection Mode under Manual
Downshifting the transmission in transmission constantly makes Mode 0 186.
slippery road conditions could result adjustments to improve vehicle 3 : This position is also used for
in skidding. See Skidding under performance according to how the normal driving. It reduces vehicle
Loss of Control 0 167. vehicle is being used, such as with speed more than D (Drive) without
a heavy load or when the using the brakes. You might choose
The vehicle has a shift stabilization temperature changes. During this
feature that adjusts the transmission 3 (Third) instead of D (Drive) when
adaptive shift control process, driving on hilly, winding roads; when
shifting to the current driving shifting might feel different as the
conditions in order to reduce rapid towing a trailer, so there is less
transmission determines the best shifting between gears; and when
upshifts and downshifts. This shift settings.
stabilization feature is designed to going down a steep hill. See Range
determine, before making an The shift quality of a new vehicle Selection Mode under Manual
upshift, if the engine is able to may not be ideal because the Mode 0 186.
maintain vehicle speed by analyzing adaptive shift control process may 2 : This position reduces vehicle
things such as vehicle speed, not have determined the best speed even more than 3 (Third)
throttle position, and vehicle load. settings for a particular shift or without using the brakes. You can
If the shift stabilization feature condition. Shift quality will improve use 2 (Second) on hills. It can help
determines that a current vehicle with continued driving. control vehicle speed as you go
speed cannot be maintained, the When temperatures are very cold, down steep mountain roads, but
transmission does not upshift and the transmission's gear shifting then you would also want to use the
instead holds the current gear. could be delayed, providing more
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
brakes off and on. See Range three seconds. A DIC message
Selection Mode under Manual Caution displays. See Transmission
Mode 0 186. Messages 0 118.
Spinning the tires or holding the
If you manually select 2 (Second) in vehicle in one place on a hill For other forms of grade braking,
an automatic transmission, the using only the accelerator pedal see Tow/Haul Mode 0 187 and
transmission will start in may damage the transmission. Cruise Control 0 192.
second gear. You can use this The repair will not be covered by
feature for reducing the speed of the the vehicle warranty. If you are Manual Mode
rear wheels when trying to start the
stuck, do not spin the tires. When Range Selection Mode
vehicle from a stop on slippery road
stopping on a hill, use the brakes
surfaces.
to hold the vehicle in place.
1 : This position reduces vehicle
speed without using the brakes.
You can use it for major/severe Normal Mode Grade Braking
downgrades where the vehicle This mode is enabled when the
would otherwise accelerate due to vehicle is started, but is not enabled
steepness of grade. When you shift in Range Selection Mode. It assists
to 1 (First) it provides the lowest in maintaining desired vehicle If equipped, Range Selection Mode
gear appropriate to current road speeds when driving on downhill helps control the vehicle's
speed and continues to downshift grades by using the engine and transmission and vehicle speed
as the vehicle slows, eventually transmission to slow the vehicle. while driving downhill or towing a
downshifting to 1 (First) gear. The The first time the system activates trailer by letting you select a desired
transmission can be held in 1 (First) for each ignition key cycle, a DIC range of gears.
gear using Range Selection Mode message will be displayed. See To use this feature:
or the shift lever. See Range Transmission Messages 0 118.
Selection Mode under Manual 1. Move the shift lever to
Mode 0 186. To disable or enable Normal Mode M (Manual Mode).
Grade Braking within the current
ignition key cycle, press and hold
the Tow/Haul button for
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
2. Press the +/ buttons on the

Caution
Tow/Haul Mode
shift lever, to select the desired
range of gears for current
driving conditions. Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
When M (Manual Mode) is selected using only the accelerator pedal
a number displays in the DIC next to may damage the transmission.
the M indicating the current gear. The repair will not be covered by
This number is the highest gear that the vehicle warranty. If you are
can be used. However, the vehicle stuck, do not spin the tires. When
can automatically shift to lower stopping on a hill, use the brakes
gears as it adjusts to driving to hold the vehicle in place.
conditions. This means that all
gears below that number are
available. When 5 (Fifth) is selected, Low Traction Mode
1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are Low Traction Mode can assist in If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts
automatically shifted by the vehicle, vehicle acceleration when road the transmission shift pattern to
but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until conditions are slippery. While the reduce shift cycling, providing
the +/ button on the steering vehicle is at a stop, select the increased performance, vehicle
column lever is used to change to second gear range using Range control, and transmission cooling
the gear. Selection Mode. This will limit when towing or hauling heavy loads.
Grade Braking is not available when torque to the wheels after it detects Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off
Range Selection Mode is active. wheel slip, preventing the tires from by pressing the button on the
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 187. spinning. instrument panel. When Tow/Haul is
While using Range Selection Mode, on, a light on the instrument cluster
cruise control and the Tow/Haul will come on.
Mode can be used. See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 105.
Also see Tow/Haul Mode under
Towing Equipment 0 210.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is
brakes and continue braking to
only enabled while the Tow/Haul Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
Mode is selected and the vehicle is System (ABS) computer senses the wheels are
not in the Range Selection Mode.
slowing down. If one of the wheels
See Tow/Haul Mode listed This vehicle has an Antilock Brake
is about to stop rolling, the computer
previously and Manual Mode 0 186. System (ABS), an advanced
will separately work the brakes at
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking electronic braking system that helps
each wheel.
assists in maintaining desired prevent a braking skid.
vehicle speeds when driving on ABS can change the brake pressure
When the vehicle begins to drive
downhill grades by using the engine to each wheel, as required, faster
away, ABS checks itself.
and transmission to slow the than any driver could. This can help
A momentary motor or clicking noise
vehicle. you steer around the obstacle while
may be heard while this test is going
braking hard.
To disable or enable Tow/Haul Mode on, and it may even be noticed that
Grade Braking within the current the brake pedal moves a little. This As the brakes are applied, the
ignition key cycle, press and hold is normal. computer keeps receiving updates
the Tow/Haul button for on wheel speed and controls
three seconds. A DIC message will braking pressure accordingly.
be displayed. See Transmission Remember: ABS does not change
Messages 0 118. the time needed to get a foot up to
See Towing Equipment 0 210. the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
For other forms of grade braking,
close to the vehicle in front of you,
see Automatic Transmission 0 183
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
and Cruise Control 0 192.
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning suddenly slows or stops. Always
Light 0 104. leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Using ABS Parking Brake If the ignition is on when the parking

brake is released, the brake system
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
warning light will go off.
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel Caution
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
normal. Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system
Braking in Emergencies and cause premature wear or
ABS allows you to steer and brake damage to brake system parts.
at the same time. In many Make sure that the parking brake
emergencies, steering can help is fully released and the brake
more than even the very best warning light is off before driving.
braking.
To set the parking brake, hold the If you are towing a trailer and are
regular brake pedal, then push parking on a hill, see Driving
down the parking brake pedal. Characteristics and Towing
Tips 0 202.
If the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light will come on.
To release the parking brake, hold
the regular brake pedal down. Pull
the handle, located just above the
parking brake pedal, with the
parking brake symbol, to release the
parking brake.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Ride Control Systems problem with the vehicle. The

system should initialize before the
vehicle reaches 40 km/h (25 mph).
Traction Control/ In some cases, it may take
Electronic Stability approximately 3.2 km (2 mi) of
Control driving before the system initializes.
The vehicle may have a vehicle
stability enhancement system called
StabiliTrak. It is an advanced
computer controlled system that
assists the driver with directional
control of the vehicle in difficult
driving conditions. Press g on the instrument panel
The Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak activates when the once to turn off the TCS. The
StabiliTrak indicator light comes on
computer senses a discrepancy appropriate message is displayed in
in the instrument cluster when the
between the intended path and the the DIC. See Ride Control System
system requires service.
direction the vehicle is actually Messages 0 116.
traveling. StabiliTrak selectively When StabiliTrak activates, the
applies braking pressure at any one TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light
of the vehicle's brakes to assist the flashes in the instrument cluster.
driver with keeping the vehicle on This also occurs when TCS is
the intended path. activated.
When the vehicle is started and See Traction Control System (TCS)/
begins to move, the system StabiliTrak Light 0 105.
performs several diagnostic checks For your safety, the system can only Press and hold g to turn off
to ensure there are no problems. be disabled when the vehicle speed StabiliTrak and TCS. The StabiliTrak
The system may be heard or felt is less than 40 km/h (25 mph). OFF light illuminates and the
while it is working. This is normal
and does not mean there is a
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
appropriate messages will be control in most driving conditions. will be automatically disabled. The
displayed in the DIC. See Ride When activated, the StabiliTrak system will come back on after the
Control System Messages 0 116. system may reduce engine power to brakes have cooled. This can take
To turn StabiliTrak and TCS back the wheels and apply braking to up to two minutes or longer
individual wheels as necessary to depending on brake usage.
on, press g again. StabiliTrak will assist the driver with vehicle
automatically turn back on when the TCS may activate on dry or rough
directional control. If cruise control roads or under conditions such as
vehicle speed exceeds 40 km/h is being used when StabiliTrak
(25 mph). heavy acceleration while turning or
activates, the cruise control abrupt upshifts/downshifts of the
When the StabiliTrak system has automatically disengages. The transmission. When this reduction in
been turned off, system noises may cruise control can be re-engaged acceleration occurs, it may be
still be heard as a result of the when road conditions allow. See noticed, or a noise or vibration may
brake-traction control coming on. Cruise Control 0 192. be heard. This is normal.
It is recommended to leave the The StabiliTrak system may also Adding non-dealer accessories can
system on for normal driving turn off automatically if it determines affect the vehicle's performance.
conditions, but it may be necessary that a problem exists with the See Accessories and
to turn the system off if the vehicle system. If the problem does not Modifications 0 216.
is stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow, clear itself after restarting the
and you want to rock the vehicle to vehicle, see your dealer for service.
attempt to free it. See If the Vehicle
Locking Rear Axle
Traction Control Operation Vehicles with a locking rear axle can
Is Stuck 0 171.
TCS is part of the StabiliTrak give more traction on snow, mud,
StabiliTrak System Operation system. TCS limits wheel spin by ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a
The StabiliTrak system is normally reducing engine power to the standard axle most of the time, but
on, except when the system is wheels and by applying brakes to when traction is low, this feature will
initializing or has been disabled with each individual wheel as necessary. allow the rear wheel with the most
the StabiliTrak button. The If the brake-traction control system traction to move the vehicle.
StabiliTrak system will automatically activates constantly or if the brakes
activate to assist the driver in have heated up due to high speed
maintaining vehicle directional braking, the brake-traction control
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Cruise Control When road conditions allow cruise hold to accelerate. If cruise control
control to be safely used again, is already active, use to increase
cruise control can be turned vehicle speed.
{ Warning back on. SET : Press briefly to set the
Cruise control can be dangerous If the brakes are applied, cruise speed and activate cruise control,
where you cannot drive safely at control disengages. or press and hold to decelerate.
a steady speed. Do not use If cruise control is already active,
cruise control on winding roads or use to decrease vehicle speed.
in heavy traffic. [ : Press to disengage cruise
Cruise control can be dangerous control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can Setting Cruise Control
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use If I is on when not in use, the
cruise control on slippery roads. SET or +RES button could get
pressed and go into cruise when not
desired. Keep I off when cruise is
If equipped with cruise control, a not being used.
speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or
more can be maintained without 1. Press I to turn the cruise
keeping your foot on the I : Press to turn cruise control on system on.
accelerator. Cruise control does not or off. The white indicator comes on
work at speeds below about 40 km/h in the instrument cluster when 2. Get up to the desired speed.
(25 mph). cruise control is turned on. 3. Press and release SET. The
If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the +RES : If there is a set speed in desired set speed briefly
system begins to limit wheel spin, memory, press briefly to resume to a appears in the instrument
cruise control will automatically previously set speed, or press and cluster.
disengage. See Traction Control/ 4. Remove your foot from the
Electronic Stability Control 0 190. accelerator.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
The cruise control indicator on the The speedometer reading can be Passing Another Vehicle While
instrument cluster turns green after displayed in either English or metric Using Cruise Control
cruise control has been set to the units. See Driver Information Center Use the accelerator pedal to
desired speed. See Instrument (DIC) 0 108. The increment value increase the vehicle speed. When
Cluster 0 95. used depends on the units you take your foot off the pedal, the
displayed. vehicle will slow down to the
Resuming a Set Speed
Reducing Speed While Using previous set cruise speed. While
If the cruise control is set at a pressing the accelerator pedal or
desired speed and then the brakes Cruise Control
shortly following the release to
are applied, the cruise control is If the cruise control system is override cruise control, briefly
disengaged without erasing the set already activated: pressing SET will result in cruise
speed from memory. . Press and hold SET until the set to the current vehicle speed.
Once the vehicle speed reaches desired lower speed is reached,
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, then release it. Using Cruise Control on Hills
briefly press +RES. The vehicle . To decrease the vehicle speed in How well cruise control works on
returns to the previous set speed. small increments, briefly press hills depends on the vehicle speed,
SET. For each press, the load, and the steepness of the hills.
Increasing Speed While Using When going up steep hills, you
Cruise Control vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) slower. might have to step on the
If the cruise control system is accelerator pedal to maintain your
already activated: The speedometer reading can be speed.
displayed in either English or metric
. Press and hold +RES until the While going downhill:
units. See Driver Information Center
desired speed is reached, then (DIC) 0 108. The increment value . Vehicles with a 4-speed
release it. used depends on the units automatic transmission may
. To increase vehicle speed in displayed. need to have the brakes applied
small increments, briefly press or the transmission shifted to a
+RES. For each press, the lower gear to help maintain
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h driver selected speed.
(1 mph) faster.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16

. Vehicles with a 6-speed Ending Cruise Control
automatic transmission have
Driver Assistance
There are four ways to end cruise
Cruise Grade Braking to help control:
Systems
maintain driver selected speed.
. Step lightly on the brake pedal. Rear Vision
Cruise Grade Braking is enabled
when the vehicle is started and . Press [. Camera (RVC)
cruise control is active. It is not
. Shift the transmission to If equipped, the RVC system is
enabled in Range Selection Mode.
It assists in maintaining driver N (Neutral). designed to help the driver when
selected speed when driving on . To turn off cruise control, backing up by displaying a view of
downhill grades by using the engine the area behind the vehicle.
press I.
and transmission to slow the
vehicle. Erasing Speed Memory { Warning
To disable and enable Cruise Grade The cruise control set speed is The camera(s) do not display
Braking for the current ignition key erased from memory if I is children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul pressed or if the vehicle is crossing traffic, animals, or any
button for three seconds. A DIC turned off. other object outside of the
message displays. See
cameras field of view, below the
Transmission Messages 0 118.
bumper, or under the vehicle.
When the brakes are applied the Shown distances may be different
cruise control is disengaged. from actual distances. Do not
drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always
check behind and around the
vehicle before driving. Failure to
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Vehicles without Navigation Symbols and Guidelines and press the Multifunction
System The navigation system may have a knob; or press the Display
feature that allows for viewing screen button.
When the vehicle is on and shifted
into R (Reverse), the video image parking assist symbols and/or 3. Select the Rear Camera
appears on the inside rearview guidelines on the navigation screen Options screen button. The
mirror. The video image disappears while using the RVC. The Rear Rear Camera Options screen
after the vehicle is shifted out of Parking Assist (RPA) system must displays.
R (Reverse). not be disabled to use the caution 4. Touch the Symbols or
symbols. If RPA has been disabled Guidelines screen button. The
Vehicles with Navigation and the symbols have been turned screen button will be
System on, the Rear Parking Assist highlighted when the feature
When the vehicle is shifted into Symbols Unavailable error message is on.
R (Reverse), the video image may display. See Parking
appears on the navigation screen. Assist 0 197. RVC Location
After a delay, the navigation screen The symbols appear near objects
displays the previous screen after detected by the RPA system. The
the vehicle is shifted out of symbol may cover the object when
R (Reverse). viewing the navigation screen. The
The delay that is received after guideline overlay can help the driver
shifting out of R (Reverse) is align the vehicle when backing into
approximately 10 seconds. Return to a parking spot.
the previous screen sooner by To turn the symbols or guidelines on
performing one of the following: or off:
. Press a hard key on the 1. Shift into P (Park).
navigation system.
2. Press MENU to enter the
. Shift into P (Park). configure menu options. Turn
. Reach a vehicle speed of the Multifunction knob until the The camera is next to the license
8 km/h (5 mph). Display feature is highlighted plate.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
This following shows the field of 2. Corners of the rear bumper camera and its position and
view that the camera provides. Displayed images may be further or mounting angle checked at your
closer than they appear. The area dealer.
displayed is limited and objects that The RVC system display in the
are close to either corner of the rearview mirror may turn off or not
bumper or under the bumper do not appear as expected due to one of
display. the following conditions. If this
occurs, the left indicator light on the
When the System Does Not mirror will flash.
Seem To Work Properly
. A slow flash may indicate a loss
The RVC system might not work of video signal, or no video
properly or display a clear image if: signal present during the reverse
. It is dark. cycle.
. The sun or the beam of . A fast flash may indicate that the
headlamps is shining directly display has been on for the
1. View displayed by the
into the camera lens. maximum allowable time during
camera
a reverse cycle, or the display
. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else has reached an Over
builds up on the camera lens. Temperature limit.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
water, and wipe it with a soft The fast flash conditions are
cloth. used to protect the video device
from high temperature
. The back of the vehicle is in an conditions. Once conditions
accident. The position and return to normal, the device will
mounting angle of the camera reset and the indicator will stop
can change or the camera can flashing.
be affected. Be sure to have the
1. View displayed by the
camera
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
During any of these fault conditions, How the System Works RPA defaults to the on setting each
the display will be blank and the time the vehicle is started.
RPA comes on automatically when
indicator will flash while the vehicle Turn RPA off when towing a trailer.
the shift lever is moved into
is in R (Reverse) or until the
R (Reverse). A single beep sounds
conditions return to normal.
to indicate the system is working.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
Parking Assist RPA operates only at speeds less
The following messages may be
than 8 km/h (5 mph).
If equipped, the Rear Parking Assist displayed on the DIC:
(RPA) system uses sensors on the An obstacle detection is indicated
by beeps. The time between beeps SERVICE PARK ASSIST : If this
rear bumper to assist with parking message occurs, take the vehicle to
and avoiding objects while in gets shorter as the vehicle
approaches the obstacle. Repeated your dealer for repair.
R (Reverse).
beeps are heard when the distance PARK ASSIST OFF : This message
is less than 30 cm (12 in).
{ Warning occurs if the driver disables the
system or if the vehicle is driven
To be detected, objects must be at
The parking assist system does least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground above 8 km/h (5 mph) in
not detect children, pedestrians, and below rear door level. Objects R (Reverse).
bicyclists, animals, or objects must also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE
below the bumper or that are too the rear bumper. This distance may OWNERS MANUAL : This
close or too far from the vehicle. be less during warmer or humid message can occur under the
It is not available at speeds weather. following conditions:
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To Turning the System On and Off . The sensors are not clean. Keep
prevent injury, death, or vehicle the rear bumper free of mud,
damage, even with parking assist, The system can be disabled through dirt, snow, ice, slush, and frost.
always check the area around the the Driver Information Center (DIC). The message may not clear until
vehicle and check all mirrors See Park Assist under Driver frost or ice has melted all around
before backing. Information Center (DIC) 0 108. and inside the sensor.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16

. A trailer is attached to the
vehicle, or a bicycle or an object
Fuel Use regular unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
hanging out of the rear door For diesel engine vehicles, see with a posted octane rating of 87 or
during the current or last drive Fuel for Diesel Engines in the higher. Do not use gasoline with a
cycle. RPA will return to normal Duramax diesel supplement. posted octane rating of less than 87,
operation after it is determined GM recommends the use of TOP as this may cause engine knock and
the object is removed. This TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep will lower fuel economy.
could take a few drive cycles. the engine cleaner and reduce Prohibited Fuels
. A tow bar is attached to the engine deposits. See
vehicle. www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
Caution
TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers
Other conditions may affect system
and applicable countries. Do not use fuels with any of the
performance, such as vibrations
from a jackhammer or the following conditions; doing so
compression of air brakes on a very may damage the vehicle and void
large truck. its warranty:
. For vehicles which are not
FlexFuel, fuel labeled
greater than 15% ethanol by
volume, such as mid-level
ethanol blends (16 50%
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
. Fuel with any amount of
methanol, methylal, and
aniline. These fuels can
If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap corrode metal fuel system
or a yellow sticker on the fuel door, parts or damage plastic and
E85 or FlexFuel can be used. See rubber parts.
E85 or FlexFuel 0 199. (Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
control system performance may be change, can help. GM Fuel System

Caution (Continued) affected. The malfunction indicator Treatment Cleaner is the only
lamp could turn on and the vehicle gasoline additive recommended by
. Fuel containing metals such may not pass a smog-check test. General Motors. It is available at
as methylcyclopentadienyl See Malfunction Indicator Lamp your dealer.
manganese tricarbonyl (Check Engine Light) 0 102. If this
(MMT), which can damage If your vehicle is able to use E85 or
occurs, return to your authorized FlexFuel, GM Fuel System
the emissions control dealer for diagnosis. If it is
system and spark plugs. Treatment Cleaner - FlexFuel is the
determined that the condition is only recommended additive for use.
. Fuel with a posted octane caused by the type of fuel used, Do not use any other additives with
rating of less than the repairs may not be covered by the an E85 or FlexFuel vehicle. See
recommended fuel. Using vehicle warranty. E85 or FlexFuel 0 199.
this fuel will lower fuel
economy and performance, Fuels in Foreign E85 or FlexFuel
and may decrease the life of
the emissions catalyst.
Countries
Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post use either unleaded gasoline or fuel
fuel octane ratings in anti-knock containing up to 85% ethanol (E85).
California Fuel index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a All other vehicles should use only
Requirements foreign country, see Prohibited the unleaded gasoline as described
Fuels in Fuel 0 198. in Fuel 0 198.
If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is The use of E85 or FlexFuel is
designed to operate on fuels that Fuel Additives encouraged when the vehicle is
meet California specifications. See To keep fuel systems clean, TOP designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel
the underhood emission control TIER Detergent Gasoline is is made from renewable sources.
label. If this fuel is not available in recommended. See Fuel 0 198. To help locate fuel stations that
states adopting California Emissions carry E85 or FlexFuel, the U.S.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
Standards, the vehicle will operate Department of Energy has an
not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
System Treatment Cleaner added to
federal specifications, but emission
the fuel tank at every engine oil
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
alternative fuels website. See

Caution
Filling the Tank
www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/
stations.
E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM
Some additives are not { Warning
compatible with E85 or FlexFuel
Specification D 5798 or CAN/ and can harm the vehicle's fuel Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
CGSB3.512 in Canada. Do not use system. Do not add anything to violently and can cause injury or
the fuel if the ethanol content is E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused death.
greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures that by additives would not be covered . To help avoid injuries to you
do not meet ASTM or CGSB
by the vehicle warranty. and others, read and follow
specifications can affect driveability
all the instructions on the
and could cause the malfunction
fuel pump island.
indicator lamp to come on.
Caution . Turn off the engine when
After refueling, the vehicle
refueling.
calculates the composition of the
fuel. It is not recommended to Do not use fuel containing . Keep sparks, flames, and
repeatedly switch between fuels. methanol. It can corrode metal smoking materials away
If fuels are switched frequently, add parts in the fuel system and also from fuel.
as much fuel as possible and do not damage plastic and rubber parts.
. Do not leave the fuel pump
add less than 11 L (3 gal) when That damage would not be
unattended.
refueling. Drive at least 11 km (7 mi) covered under the vehicle
immediately after refueling to allow warranty. . Do not use a cell phone
the vehicle to adapt to the change in while refueling.
ethanol concentration. . Do not re-enter the vehicle
Because E85 or FlexFuel has less while pumping fuel.
energy per liter (gallon) than . Keep children away from
gasoline, the vehicle will need to be the fuel pump and never let
refilled more often. See Filling the children pump fuel.
Tank 0 200.
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
If the vehicle has E85 fuel capability, When replacing the fuel cap, turn it
Warning (Continued) the fuel cap will be yellow and state clockwise until it clicks. Make sure
that E85 or gasoline can be used. the cap is fully installed. The
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel See E85 or FlexFuel 0 199. diagnostic system can determine if
cap is opened too quickly. the fuel cap has been left off or
This spray can happen if the To remove the fuel cap, turn it
slowly counterclockwise. improperly installed. This would
tank is nearly full, and is allow fuel to evaporate into the
more likely in hot weather. While refueling, hang the tethered atmosphere. See Malfunction
Open the fuel cap slowly fuel cap from the hook on the Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
and wait for any hiss noise fuel door. Light) 0 102.
to stop, then unscrew the
cap all the way.
{ Warning { Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more If a fire starts while you are
than three clicks of a standard fill refueling, do not remove the
nozzle may cause: nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
. Vehicle performance issues, shutting off the pump or by
including engine stalling and notifying the station attendant.
damage to the fuel system. Leave the area immediately.
. Fuel spills.
. Potential fuel fires.
Caution
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a If a new fuel cap is needed, be
few seconds after you have finished sure to get the right type of cap
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel pumping before removing the from your dealer. The wrong type
door on the driver side of the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted of fuel cap may not fit properly,
vehicle. surfaces as soon as possible. See may cause the malfunction
Exterior Care 0 288.
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing

indicator lamp to light, and could . Place the container on the General Towing
damage the fuel tank and ground. Information
emissions system. See . Place the nozzle inside the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp Only use towing equipment that has
fill opening of the container
(Check Engine Light) 0 102. been designed for the vehicle.
before dispensing fuel, and
Contact your dealer or trailering
keep it in contact with the fill
dealer for assistance with preparing
opening until filling is
Filling a Portable Fuel complete.
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
Container the entire section before towing a
. Fill the container no more trailer.
than 95% full to allow for
{ Warning expansion.
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
Towing the Vehicle 0 286. For
Filling a portable fuel container . Do not smoke, light towing the vehicle behind another
while it is in the vehicle can cause matches, or use lighters vehicle such as a motor home, see
fuel vapors that can ignite either while pumping fuel. Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 286.
by static electricity or other . Avoid using cell phones or
means. You or others could be other electronic devices. Driving Characteristics
badly burned and the vehicle and Towing Tips
could be damaged. Always:
Driving with a Trailer
. Use approved fuel
containers. When towing a trailer:
. Remove the container from . Become familiar with the state
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup and local laws that apply to
bed before filling. trailer towing.
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16

. The trailer must be equipped vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
with brakes adequate for the { Warning the handling and braking of the rig
intended use. A loaded trailer before setting out for the open road.
weighing more than 680 kg When towing a trailer, exhaust
gases may collect at the rear of The structure, tires, and brakes of
(1,500 lb) must be equipped with the trailer must be rated to carry the
its own brake system, with the vehicle and enter if the
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most load. Inadequate trailer equipment
brakes working on all axles. can cause the combination to
Trailer braking equipment window is open.
operate in an unexpected or unsafe
conforming to Canadian When towing a trailer: manner.
Standards Association (CSA)
requirement CAN3-D313, or its . Do not drive with the Before starting, check all trailer hitch
equivalent, is recommended. liftgate, trunk/hatch, parts and attachments, safety
or rear-most window open. chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
. Do not tow a trailer during the
. Fully open the air outlets on tires, and mirrors. Get familiar with
first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent the handling and braking of the rig.
damage to the engine, axle, or under the instrument
panel. If the trailer has electric brakes, start
or other parts. the combination moving and then
. Then during the first 800 km . Also adjust the climate apply the trailer brake controller by
(500 mi) of trailer towing, do not control system to a setting hand to be sure the brakes work.
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and that brings in only outside
air. See Climate Control During the trip, check occasionally
do not make starts at full throttle. to be sure that the load is secure
Systems in the Index.
. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). and the lamps and any trailer
The Tow/Haul Mode may be For more information about brakes still work.
used if the transmission shifts carbon monoxide, see Engine
too often. See Tow/Haul Exhaust 0 182. Following Distance
Mode 0 187. Stay at least twice as far behind the
. Turn off Park Assist when Towing a trailer requires a certain vehicle ahead as you would when
towing. amount of experience. The driving the vehicle without a trailer.
combination you are driving is This can help to avoid heavy
longer and not as responsive as the braking and sudden turns.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Passing When turning with a trailer, make When towing at high altitude on
wider turns than normal. Do this so steep uphill grades, consider the
More passing distance is needed
the trailer will not strike soft following: Engine coolant will boil at
when towing a trailer. The
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, a lower temperature than at normal
combination will not accelerate as
or other objects. Avoid jerky or altitudes. If the engine is turned off
quickly and is longer so it is
sudden maneuvers. Signal well in immediately after towing at high
necessary to go much farther
advance. altitude on steep uphill grades, the
beyond the passed vehicle before
If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn vehicle may show signs similar to
returning to the lane.
out, the arrows on the instrument engine overheating. To avoid this,
Backing Up cluster will still flash for turns. It is let the engine run while parked,
important to check occasionally to preferably on level ground, with the
Hold the bottom of the steering transmission in P (Park) for a few
wheel with one hand. To move the be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working. minutes before turning the engine
trailer to the left, move that hand to off. If the overheat warning comes
the left. To move the trailer to the Driving on Grades on, see Engine Overheating 0 230.
right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and, Reduce speed and shift to a lower Parking on Hills
if possible, have someone gear before starting down a long or
guide you. steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
{ Warning
Making Turns brakes might get hot and no longer Parking the vehicle on a hill with
work well. the trailer attached can be
Caution Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift dangerous. If something goes
the transmission to a lower gear if wrong, the rig could start to move.
Making very sharp turns while
the transmission shifts too often People can be injured, and both
trailering could cause the trailer to
under heavy loads and/or hilly the vehicle and the trailer can be
come in contact with the vehicle.
conditions. damaged. When possible, always
The vehicle could be damaged.
The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if park the rig on a flat surface.
Avoid making very sharp turns
while trailering. the transmission shifts too often.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 187.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
If parking the rig on a hill: 7. Stop and have someone pick

1. Press the brake pedal, but do up and store the chocks. { Warning
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn Maintenance when Trailer The driver can lose control when
the wheels into the curb if Towing pulling a trailer if the correct
facing downhill or into traffic if equipment is not used or the
facing uphill. The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer. See vehicle is not driven properly. For
2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance Schedule 0 297. example, if the trailer is too heavy
under the trailer wheels. Things that are especially important or the trailer brakes are
3. When the wheel chocks are in in trailer operation are automatic inadequate for the load, the
place, release the regular transmission fluid, engine oil, axle vehicle may not stop as expected.
brakes until the chocks absorb lubricant, belts, cooling system, and The driver and passengers could
the load. brake system. It is a good idea to be seriously injured. The vehicle
inspect these before and during may also be damaged; the
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then resulting repairs would not be
the trip.
apply the parking brake and
Check periodically to see that all covered by the vehicle warranty.
shift into P (Park).
hitch nuts and bolts are tight. Pull a trailer only if all the steps in
5. Release the brake pedal. this section have been followed.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill Trailer Towing Ask your dealer for advice and
information about towing a trailer
1. Apply and hold the brake If the vehicle has a diesel engine, with the vehicle.
pedal. see the Duramax diesel
2. Start the engine. supplement.
3. Shift into a gear.

4. Release the parking brake.
5. Let up on the brake pedal.
6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
your passengers. So please read

Caution this section carefully before pulling a
trailer.
Pulling a trailer improperly can
damage the vehicle and result in Weight of the Trailer
costly repairs not covered by the Safe trailering requires monitoring
vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer the weight, speed, altitude, road
correctly, follow the advice in this grades, outside temperature, and
section and see your dealer for how frequently the vehicle is used to
important information about pull a trailer are all important. Take
towing a trailer with the vehicle. into consideration any special
equipment on the vehicle, and the
To identify the trailering capacity of amount of tongue weight the vehicle
the vehicle, read the information in can carry. See Weight of the Trailer
Weight of the Trailer following. Tongue later in this section.
Trailering is different than just Maximum trailer weight is calculated
driving the vehicle by itself. assuming only the driver is in the
Trailering means changes in tow vehicle and it has all the
handling, acceleration, braking, required trailering equipment. The
durability, and fuel economy. weight of additional optional
Successful, safe trailering takes equipment, passengers,and cargo in
correct equipment, and it has to be the tow vehicle must be subtracted
used properly. from the maximum trailer weight.
The following information has many Use the following chart to determine
time-tested, important trailering tips how much the vehicle can weigh,
and safety rules. Many of these are based upon the vehicle model and
important for your safety and that of options.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a)

G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase
4.8L V8 3.42 4 037 kg (8,900 lb) 6 623 kg (14,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb)
G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase
4.8L V8 3.42 3 719 kg (8,200 lb) 6 623 kg (14,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb)
G2500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase
4.8L V8 3.42 3 946 kg (8,700 lb) 6 623 kg (14,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.42 4 355 kg (9,600 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb)
G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase
4.8L V8 3.42 4 037 kg (8,900 lb) 6 623 kg (14,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb)
G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase
4.8L V8 3.42 3 946 kg (8,700 lb) 6 623 kg (14,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb)
G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase
4.8L V8 3.42 3 719 kg (8,200 lb) 6 623 kg (14,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.42 4 355 kg (9,600 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a)

G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Long Wheelbase
4.8L V8 3.42 3 583 kg (7,900 lb) 6 623 kg (14,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.42 4 218 kg (9,300 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb)
3500 Series Cutaway 353 cm (139 in) Wheelbase
4.8L V8 3.42/3.73 (b) 6 623 kg (14,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.42/3.73 (b) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb)
4.8L V8 3.42/3.73 (b) 6 623 kg (14,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.42/3.73 (b) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb)
6.0L V8 4.10 (b) 8 618 kg (19,000 lb)
6.0L V8 4.10 (b) 9 072 kg (20,000 lb)
6.0L V8 3.42/3.73 (b) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb)
6.0L V8 4.10 (b) 8 618 kg (19,000 lb)
6.0L V8 4.10 (b) 9 072 kg (20,000 lb)
(a) *The Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle
and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversion. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
(b) Maximum Trailer Weight cannot be provided because total vehicle weight is unknown.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Ask your dealer for trailering After loading the trailer, weigh the
information or advice. trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
Weight of the Trailer Tongue proper. If they are not, adjustments
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is might be made by moving some
an important weight to measure items around in the trailer.
because it affects the total gross Trailering may be limited by the
weight of the vehicle. The Gross vehicle's ability to carry tongue
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the weight. Tongue weight cannot cause
curb weight of the vehicle, any the vehicle to exceed the GVWR
cargo carried in it, and the people (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or
who will be riding in the vehicle. the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle
If there are a lot of options, Weight Rating). The effect of
The trailer tongue weight (1) should
equipment, passengers, or cargo in additional weight may reduce the
be 10 percent to 15 percent of the
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue trailering capacity more than the
total loaded trailer weight (2), up to a
weight the vehicle can carry, which total of the additional weight.
maximum of 181 kg (400 lb) with a
will also reduce the trailer weight the
weight carrying hitch. The trailer It is important that the vehicle does
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
tongue weight (1) should be not exceed any of its ratings
the tongue load must be added to
10 percent to 15 percent of the total GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Maximum
the GVW because the vehicle will
loaded trailer weight (2), up to a Trailer Rating, or Tongue Weight.
be carrying that weight, too. See
maximum of 454 kg (1,000 lb) with a The only way to be sure it is not
Vehicle Load Limits 0 171 for more
weight distributing hitch. exceeding any of these ratings is to
information about the vehicle's
maximum load capacity. Do not exceed the maximum weigh the vehicle and trailer.
allowable tongue weight for the
Total Weight on the Vehicle's
vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch
extension that will position the hitch Tires
ball closest to the vehicle. This will Be sure the vehicle tires are inflated
help reduce the effect of trailer to the upper limit for cold tires.
tongue weight on the rear axle. These numbers can be found on the
Certification label at the rear edge of
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
the driver door, or see Vehicle Load Consider using sway controls with When using a weight-distributing
Limits 0 171. Make sure not to go any trailer. Ask a trailering hitch, the hitch must be adjusted so
over the GVW limit for the vehicle, professional about sway controls or the distance (2) remains the same
or the GAWR, including the weight refer to the trailer manufacturer's both before and after coupling the
of the trailer tongue. If using a recommendations and instructions. trailer to the tow vehicle.
weight distributing hitch, make sure
not to go over the rear axle limit Weight-Distributing Hitches Safety Chains
before applying the weight and Weight Carrying Hitches Always attach chains between the
distribution spring bars. A weight distributing hitch may be vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
useful with some trailers. Use the safety chains under the tongue of
Towing Equipment following guidelines to determine if a the trailer to help prevent the tongue
weight distributing hitch should from contacting the road if it
Hitches be used. becomes separated from the hitch.
The correct hitch equipment helps Always leave just enough slack so
maintain combination control. Many the rig can turn. Never allow safety
trailers can be towed with a chains to drag on the ground.
weight-carrying hitch which simply Trailer Brakes
features a coupler latched to the
hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a A loaded trailer that weighs more
pintle hook. Other trailers may than 680 kg (1,500 lb) must be
require a weight-distributing hitch equipped with its own brake system,
that uses spring bars to distribute with brakes working on all axles.
the trailer tongue weight among the Trailer braking equipment
two vehicle and trailer axles. See conforming to Canadian Standards
Weight of the Trailer Tongue under Association (CSA) requirement
Trailer Towing 0 205 for rating limits CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is
with various hitch types. recommended.
1. Front of Vehicle
2. Body to Ground Distance
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
State and local regulations may also If the vehicle has a trailer hitch, the The four-wire harness (without
require the trailer to have its own seven-wire harness assembly with connector) contains the following
braking system if loaded above a connector is attached to a bracket circuits:
certain threshold. on the hitch platform. In both cases, . Black: Ground
Be sure to read and follow the the seven-wire harness has a
connector and includes a 30-amp . Red/White: Battery Feed
instructions for the trailer brakes so
they are installed, adjusted, and feed wire. . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Signal
maintained properly. Use only a round, seven-wire . Light Blue: CHMSL/Stoplamp
Do not tap into the vehicle's connector with flat blade terminals Supply Voltage
hydraulic brake system. meeting SAE J2863 specifications
for proper electrical connectivity. * If the vehicle is a cutaway with
Trailer Wiring Harness trailer provisions, a 15 amp fuse will
The seven-wire harness connector be shared for both left/stop trailer
The optional heavy-duty trailer contains the following trailer circuits: turn and right/stop trailer turn
wiring package includes a wiring . Light Green: Back-up Lamps signals. However, the cutaway
harness, with a seven-pin connector (10A fuse)** lighting connector will have a
at the rear of the vehicle and a 10 amp fuse for each signal.
four-wire harness assembly under . White: Ground
the driver side of the instrument ** If the vehicle is a cutaway with
. Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Signal
panel. The four-wire harness trailer provisions, a 15 amp fuse will
. Dark Green: Right Rear Stop be shared for trailer park lamps and
assembly comes without a
connector. and Turn Signal* cutaway rear lighting connector park
. Red/Black Stripe: Battery Feed lamps. Also, a 10 amp fuse will be
If the vehicle does not have a trailer shared for trailer back-up lamps and
hitch, the seven-wire harness (30A Fuse)
cutaway rear lighting connector
assembly with connector is taped . Brown: Trailer Park Lamp back-up lamps.
together and located in a frame Supply Voltage (15A fuse)**
pocket at the driver side rear left Tow/Haul Mode
. Yellow: Left Rear Stop and Turn
corner of the frame. This button is on the instrument
Signal *
panel, to the right of the steering
wheel.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Pressing this button turns on and off . When pulling a heavy trailer or a
the Tow/Haul Mode. large or heavy load in
Conversions and
stop-and-go traffic. Add-Ons
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load in busy Add-On Electrical
parking lots where improved low Equipment
speed control of the vehicle is
desired.
{ Warning
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul
This indicator light on the instrument The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
Mode when lightly loaded or with no
cluster comes on when the Tow/ used for vehicle service and
trailer at all will not cause damage.
Haul Mode is on. Emission Inspection/Maintenance
However, there is no benefit to the
Tow/Haul is a feature that assists selection of Tow/Haul when the testing. See Malfunction Indicator
when pulling a heavy trailer or a vehicle is unloaded. Such a Lamp (Check Engine Light)
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul selection when unloaded may result 0 102. A device connected to the
Mode 0 187. in unpleasant engine and DLC such as an aftermarket
Tow/Haul is designed to be most transmission driving characteristics fleet or driver-behavior tracking
effective when the vehicle and and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ device may interfere with
trailer combined weight is at least Haul is recommended only when vehicle systems. This could affect
75 percent of the vehicle Gross pulling a heavy trailer or a large or vehicle operation and cause a
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). heavy load. crash. Such devices may also
See Weight of the Trailer in Trailer access information stored in the
Towing 0 205. Tow/Haul is most vehicles systems.
useful under the following driving
conditions:
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load through
rolling terrain.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/6/16
Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the

vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 65 and Adding Equipment
to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 65.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
214 Vehicle Care
Battery - North America . . . . . . 236

Vehicle Care Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . 237 Floor Console Fuse Block . . . . 249
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 238
General Information Automatic Transmission Shift Wheels and Tires
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 215 Lock Control Function Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
California Proposition Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Ignition Transmission Lock Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
California Perchlorate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Materials Requirements . . . . . 215 Park Brake and P (Park) Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 254
Accessories and Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 239 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 239 Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Vehicle Checks Headlamp Aiming Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Doing Your Own Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Tire Pressure Monitor
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Compartment Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 221 Front Turn Signal, Sidemarker, Dual Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Automatic Transmission and Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . 242 When It Is Time for New
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 225 Center High-Mounted Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . . 244 Different Size Tires and
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 244 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 230 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Uniform Tire Quality
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . 232 Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . 245 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 246
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 271
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 215
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 General Information cause cancer and birth defects or
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 other reproductive harm. Engine
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 For service and parts needs, visit exhaust, many parts and systems,
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 282 your dealer. You will receive many fluids, and some component
genuine GM parts and GM-trained wear by-products contain and/or
Jump Starting and supported service people. emit these chemicals.
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Genuine GM parts have one of See Battery - North America 0 236
these marks: and Jump Starting - North
Towing the Vehicle America 0 282.
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Recreational Vehicle California Perchlorate
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Materials Requirements
Appearance Care Certain types of automotive
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
applications, such as airbag
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
California Proposition perchlorate.
65 Warning
WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
including this one, as well as many
of its service parts and fluids,
contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
216 Vehicle Care
Accessories and Damage to vehicle components Vehicle Checks

resulting from modifications or the
Modifications installation or use of non-GM
Adding non-dealer accessories or certified parts, including control Doing Your Own
making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, is Service Work
can affect vehicle performance and not covered under the terms of the
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
{ Warning
handling, emissions systems, affected parts. It can be dangerous to work on
aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to your vehicle if you do not have
electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other the proper knowledge, service
brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. See your manual, tools, or parts. Always
control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle follow owner manual procedures
modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories and consult the service manual
malfunction or damage not covered installed by a dealer technician. for your vehicle before doing any
by the vehicle warranty. service work.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Damage to suspension components Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 65.
caused by modifying vehicle height
If doing some of your own service
outside of factory settings will not be
work, use the proper service
covered by the vehicle warranty.
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering
Information 0 321.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 65.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 217
Keep a record with all parts receipts 3. Lift the hood, release the hood
and list the mileage and the date of prop from its retainer, and put
any service work performed. See the hood prop into the slot in
Maintenance Records 0 307. the hood.
If the vehicle has an underhood
Caution lamp, it will automatically come on
and stay on until the hood is closed.
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage Before closing the hood, be sure all
to vehicle systems. Do not allow of the filler caps are on properly.
contaminants to contact the fluids, Then lift the hood to relieve
reservoir caps, or dipsticks. pressure on the hood prop. Remove
the hood prop from the slot in the
2. Go to the front of the vehicle hood and return the prop to its
Hood and lift up the secondary hood retainer. Let the hood down and
release, which is underneath close it firmly.
To open the hood: the middle of the hood.
1. Pull the handle with this symbol

on it. It is in front of the driver
side door frame near the floor.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
218 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
6.0L V8 Engine Shown, 4.8L V8 Engine Similar

9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 219
1. Battery - North America 0 236. Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil

2. Radiator Pressure Cap. See For diesel engine vehicles, see Check the engine oil level regularly
Cooling System 0 226. Engine Oil in the Duramax diesel (every 650 km (400 mi), especially
3. Coolant Recovery Tank. See supplement. prior to a long trip. The engine oil
Cooling System 0 226. dipstick handle is a loop. See
To ensure proper engine Engine Compartment Overview
4. Automatic Transmission Fluid performance and long life, careful 0 218 for the location.
Dipstick. See Checking the attention must be paid to engine oil.
Fluid Level under Automatic Following these simple, but
Transmission Fluid 0 222. important steps will help protect { Warning
your investment:
5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See When The engine oil dipstick handle
to Add Engine Oil under . Use engine oil approved to the may be hot; it could burn you.
Engine Oil 0 219. proper specification and of the Use a towel or glove to touch the
proper viscosity grade. See dipstick handle.
6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Checking Engine Oil under in this section.
Engine Oil 0 219. If a low oil Driver Information Center
. Check the engine oil level (DIC) message displays, check the
7. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 225. regularly and maintain the oil level.
8. Power Steering Fluid proper oil level. See Checking
Reservoir. See Power Steering Engine Oil and When to Add Follow these guidelines:
Fluid 0 232. Engine Oil in this section. . To get an accurate reading, park
9. Brake Master Cylinder . Change the engine oil at the the vehicle on level ground.
Reservoir. See Brake appropriate time. See Engine Oil Check the engine oil level after
Fluid 0 234. Life System 0 221. the engine has been off for at
least two hours. Checking the
10. Windshield Washer Fluid . Always dispose of engine oil
engine oil level on steep grades
Reservoir. See Adding Washer properly. See What to Do with or too soon after engine shutoff
Fluid under Washer Used Oil in this section. can result in incorrect readings.
Fluid 0 233. Accuracy improves when
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
220 Vehicle Care
checking a cold engine prior to use. For engine oil crankcase Add enough oil to put the level
starting. Remove the dipstick capacity, see Capacities and somewhere in the proper operating
and check the level. Specifications 0 309. range. Push the dipstick all the way
. If unable to wait two hours, the back in when through.
engine must be off for at least Caution Selecting the Right Engine Oil
15 minutes if the engine is
warm, or at least 30 minutes if Do not add too much oil. Oil Selecting the right engine oil
the engine is not warm. Pull out levels above or below the depends on both the proper oil
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean acceptable operating range specification and viscosity grade.
paper towel or cloth, then push it shown on the dipstick are harmful See Recommended Fluids and
back in all the way. Remove it to the engine. If you find that you Lubricants 0 305.
again, keeping the tip down, and have an oil level above the Specification
check the level. operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level Ask for and use engine oils that
When to Add Engine Oil gets above the cross-hatched meet the dexos1 specification.
Engine oils that have been
area that shows the proper
approved by GM as meeting the
operating range, the engine could
dexos1 specification are marked
be damaged. You should drain with the dexos1 approved logo. See
out the excess oil or limit driving www.gmdexos.com.
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick and
the engine has been off for at least See Engine Compartment Overview
15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the 0 218 for the location of the engine
recommended oil and then recheck oil fill cap.
the level. See Selecting the Right
Engine Oil later in this section for
an explanation of what kind of oil to
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 221
Engine Oil Additives/Engine trash or pouring it on the ground,

Caution Oil Flushes into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The it to a place that collects used oil.
engine oil or equivalent can result recommended oils meeting the
in engine damage not covered by dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
Engine Oil Life System
the vehicle warranty.
engine protection. When to Change Engine Oil
Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not This vehicle has a computer system
recommended and could cause that indicates when to change the
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine damage not covered by the
engine oil. engine oil and filter. This is based
vehicle warranty. on a combination of factors which
Cold Temperature Operation: In an include engine revolutions, engine
area of extreme cold, where the What to Do with Used Oil
temperature, and miles driven.
temperature falls below 29 C Used engine oil contains certain Based on driving conditions, the
(20 F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be elements that can be unhealthy for mileage at which an oil change is
used. An oil of this viscosity grade your skin and could even cause indicated can vary considerably. For
will provide easier cold starting for cancer. Do not let used oil stay on the oil life system to work properly,
the engine at extremely low your skin for very long. Clean your the system must be reset every time
temperatures. When selecting an oil skin and nails with soap and water, the oil is changed.
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
is recommended to select an oil of properly dispose of clothing or rags When the system has calculated
the correct specification. See containing used engine oil. See the that oil life has been diminished, it
Specification earlier in this section. manufacturer's warnings about the indicates that an oil change is
use and disposal of oil products. necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on. See
Used oil can be a threat to the Engine Oil Messages 0 114.
environment. If you change your Change the oil as soon as possible
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
from the filter before disposal. Never It is possible that, if driving under
dispose of oil by putting it in the the best conditions, the oil life
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
222 Vehicle Care
system might indicate that an oil 2. Fully press and release the Change the fluid and filter at the
change is not necessary for up to a accelerator pedal slowly three intervals listed in Maintenance
year. The engine oil and filter must times within five seconds. Schedule 0 297, and be sure to use
be changed at least once a year 3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. the transmission fluid listed in
and, at this time, the system must Recommended Fluids and
be reset. Your dealer has trained If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Lubricants 0 305.
service people who will perform this message comes back on when the
work and reset the system. It is also vehicle is started, the engine oil life How to Check Automatic
important to check the oil regularly system has not reset. Repeat the Transmission Fluid
over the course of an oil drain procedure. Because this operation can be
interval and keep it at the proper difficult, it is recommended to have
level. Automatic Transmission this check done at your dealer,
If the system is ever reset Fluid which can monitor the transmission
accidentally, the oil must be temperature. The transmission fluid
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) When to Check and Change level increases with temperature. To
since the last oil change. Automatic Transmission Fluid obtain a highly accurate fluid level
Remember to reset the oil life It is usually not necessary to check check, the transmission temperature
system whenever the oil is changed. the transmission fluid level. The only must be measured.
reason for fluid loss is a If it is decided to check the fluid
How to Reset the Engine Oil
transmission leak or overheated level, be sure to follow all the
Life System transmission. If a small leak is instructions here, or a false reading
Reset the system whenever the suspected, use the following on the dipstick may occur.
engine oil is changed so that the procedures to check the fluid level.
system can calculate the next However, if there is a large leak, it Caution
engine oil change. To reset the may be necessary to have the
system: vehicle towed to a dealer and have Too much or too little fluid can
it repaired before driving the vehicle damage the transmission. Too
1. Turn the ignition key to ON/
further. much can mean that some of the
RUN with the engine off.
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 223
A cold fluid level check can be required hot fluid level checking
Caution (Continued) performed after the vehicle has temperature under normal lightly
been sitting for eight hours or more loaded driving vehicle conditions.
fluid could come out and fall on with the engine off, but this is used
hot engine parts or exhaust only as a reference. Let the engine Checking the Fluid Level
system parts, starting a fire. Too run at idle for five minutes if the Prepare the vehicle:
little fluid could cause the outside temperature is between 15
transmission to overheat. Be sure 1. Park the vehicle on a level
C to 32 C (60 F to 90 F). Should place. Keep the engine
to get an accurate reading if the fluid level be low during this cold running.
checking the transmission fluid. check, the fluid must be checked
warm or hot before adding fluid. 2. With the parking brake applied,
If the outside temperature is colder place the shift lever in P (Park).
Wait at least 30 minutes with the
engine off, before checking the than 15 C (60 F) or hotter than 32 3. With a foot on the brake pedal,
transmission fluid level if the vehicle C (90 F), a cold check cannot be move the shift lever through
has been driven: performed. each gear range, pausing for
A warm fluid level check can be about three seconds in each
. In hot weather, when outside
performed by driving the vehicle range. When M is reached,
temperatures are above 32 C move the selector from M1
(90 F). under lightly loaded conditions and
outside temperatures between 10 C through M3. Then, position the
. The vehicle is heavily loaded. to 27 C (50 F to 80 F). The shift lever in P (Park).
. At high speed for quite a while in vehicle should be driven for at least 4. Let the engine run at idle for
hot weather. 24 km (15 mi) before performing a two minutes or more.
warm check. Checking the fluid
. In heavy traffic and hot weather. warm or hot will give a more Then, without shutting off the
. While pulling a trailer. accurate reading of the fluid level engine, use the steps that follow.
than a cold check.
After driving under these conditions,
a hot check can be performed. The Because the vehicle is equipped
fluid should be hot, which is 71 C to with a high-efficiency air-to-oil
93 C (160 F to 200 F). cooler, the transmission fluid
temperature may not reach the
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
224 Vehicle Care
2. Push it back in all the way, wait

three seconds, and pull it back
out again.
3. Check both sides of the
dipstick, and read the lower
level. The fluid level must be in
The transmission dipstick is near the COLD (1) range for a cold 1. WARM Range
the center of the engine check, transmission 2. HOT Range
compartment and will be labeled temperature 27 C to 32 C
with the graphic shown. (80 F to 90 F); between the Using a funnel, add fluid down the
COLD (1) and HOT (3) range transmission dipstick tube only after
See Engine Compartment Overview
for a WARM (2) check, 50 C to checking the transmission fluid
0 218 for more information on
60 C (122 F to 140 F); or in while it is warm or hot. A cold check
location.
the HOT (3) cross-hatched is used only as a reference. If the
range for a hot check, 71 C to fluid level is low, add only enough of
93 C (160 F to 200 F). Be the proper fluid to bring the level up
sure to keep the dipstick to the middle of the WARM (1) or
pointed down to get an HOT (2) range depending on the
accurate reading. ambient temperature and prior
driving conditions. Refer to How to
4. If the fluid level is in the Check Automatic Transmission
acceptable range, push the Fluid earlier in this section for
1. COLD Range dipstick back in all the way;
2. WARM Range instructions on driving to achieve
then flip the handle down to warm or hot transmission fluid.
3. HOT Range lock the dipstick in place. It does not take much fluid,
1. Flip the handle up, pull out the How to Add Automatic generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt). Do
dipstick, and wipe it with a not overfill.
Transmission Fluid
clean rag or paper towel.
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 305 to determine what
kind of transmission fluid to use.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 225
When to Inspect the Engine Air

Caution Cleaner/Filter
Use of the incorrect automatic For intervals on changing and
transmission fluid may damage inspecting the engine air filter, see
the vehicle, and the damage may Maintenance Schedule 0 297.
not be covered by the vehicle How to Inspect the Engine Air
warranty. Always use the Cleaner/Filter
automatic transmission fluid listed
Do not start the engine or have the
in Recommended Fluids and
engine running with the engine air
Lubricants 0 305. filter housing open. Before removing
the engine air filter, make sure that
. After adding fluid, recheck the the engine air filter housing and 6.0L V8 Engine Shown, 4.8L
fluid level as described under nearby components are free of dirt V8 Engine Similar
How to Check Automatic and debris. Remove the engine air
Transmission Fluid, earlier in filter. Lightly tap and shake the 1. Retaining Clips
this section. engine air filter (away from the 2. Housing Base
. vehicle) to release dust and dirt. 3. Housing Cover
When the correct fluid level is
Inspect the engine air filter for
obtained, push the dipstick back To inspect and replace the filter:
damage, and replace if damaged.
in all the way; then flip the
Do not clean the engine air filter or 1. Unlock the two retaining
handle down to lock the dipstick clips (1) on the sides of the
components with water or
in place. housing cover (3) and on the
compressed air.
housing base (2) and pull the
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter cover off.
The air cleaner/filter assembly is on 2. Remove the air cleaner/filter
the front of the engine compartment from the housing base. Take
on the driver side of the vehicle. care to dislodge as little dirt as
See Engine Compartment possible.
Overview 0 218.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
226 Vehicle Care
3. Clean the air cleaner/filter 2. Coolant Recovery Tank

sealing surface and Caution 3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
housing base. of View)
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
4. Install the engine air cleaner/ can easily get into the engine,
filter by aligning the arrow on which could damage it. Always { Warning
one side of the air cleaner/filter have the air cleaner/filter in place
end cap with the arrow on top An electric engine cooling fan can
when you are driving. start even when the engine is not
of the housing base.
running. To avoid injury, always
5. Install the housing cover by
aligning the arrow on top of the Cooling System keep hands, clothing, and tools
away from any engine
cover to the arrow on top of the The cooling system allows the
housing base, and fasten the cooling fan.
engine to maintain the correct
two retaining clips. working temperature.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 297 to
determine when to replace the { Warning
engine air cleaner/filter.
Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
{ Warning hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
Operating the engine with the air you can be burned.
cleaner/filter off can cause you or Do not run the engine if there is a
others to be burned. The air leak. If you run the engine, it
cleaner not only cleans the air; it could lose all coolant. That could
helps to stop flames if the engine cause an engine fire, and you
backfires. Use caution when could be burned. Get any leak
working on the engine and do not 6.0L V8 Engine Shown, 4.8L fixed before you drive the vehicle.
drive with the air cleaner/filter off. V8 Engine Similar
1. Radiator Pressure Cap

9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 227
What to Use . Gives boiling protection up to

Caution 129 C (265 F), engine
Using coolant other than { Warning temperature.
DEX-COOL can cause . Protects against rust and
Adding only plain water or some corrosion.
premature engine, heater core,
other liquid to the cooling system
or radiator corrosion. In addition, . Will not damage aluminum parts.
can be dangerous. Plain water
the engine coolant could require .
and other liquids, can boil before Helps keep the proper engine
changing sooner. Any repairs temperature.
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
vehicle warranty. Always use
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
for the proper coolant mixture. Caution
With plain water or the wrong
in the vehicle. If improper coolant mixture,
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the inhibitors, or additives are used in
Engine Coolant overheat warning. The engine the vehicle cooling system, the
could catch fire and you or others engine could overheat and be
The cooling system in the vehicle is damaged. Too much water in the
could be burned. Use a 50/
filled with DEX-COOL engine mixture can freeze and crack
50 mixture of clean, drinkable
coolant. This coolant is designed to engine cooling parts. The repairs
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or water and DEX-COOL coolant.
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
vehicle warranty. Use only the
occurs first. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, proper mixture of engine coolant
The following explains the cooling drinkable water and DEX-COOL
for the cooling system. See
system and how to check and add coolant. If using this mixture,
Recommended Fluids and
coolant when it is low. If there is a nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture: Lubricants 0 305.
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating 0 230. . Gives freezing protection down
to 37 C (34 F), outside Never dispose of engine coolant by
temperature. putting it in the trash, pouring it on
the ground, or into sewers, streams,
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
228 Vehicle Care
or bodies of water. Have the coolant

changed by an authorized service Caution
center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used This vehicle has a specific
coolant disposal. This will help coolant fill procedure. Failure to
protect the environment and your follow this procedure could cause
health. the engine to overheat and be
The coolant recovery tank cap has
severely damaged.
Checking Coolant this symbol on it.
The vehicle must be on a level When the engine is cold, the coolant
If coolant is needed, add the proper
surface when checking the coolant level should be at or above the
DEX-COOL coolant mixture at the
level. COLD FILL mark. If it is not, there
coolant recovery tank.
could be a leak in the cooling
Check to see if coolant is visible in system. How to Add Coolant to the
the coolant recovery tank. If the
coolant inside the coolant recovery If the coolant is low, add the coolant Radiator
tank is boiling, do not do anything or take the vehicle to a dealer for
else until it cools down. If coolant is service. { Warning
visible but the coolant level is not at How to Add Coolant to the
or above the COLD FILL mark, add Steam and scalding liquids from a
Recovery Tank for Gasoline hot cooling system can blow out
a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant at the
Engines and burn you badly. Never turn
coolant recovery tank, but be sure the cap when the cooling system,
the cooling system is cool before { Warning including the surge tank pressure
this is done. cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
You can be burned if you spill system and surge tank pressure
coolant on hot engine parts. cap to cool.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 229
If coolant is needed, add the proper

mixture directly to the radiator, but
be sure the cooling system is cool
before this is done.
1. Remove the radiator pressure

cap when the cooling system, 3. Fill the radiator with the proper 4. Fill the coolant recovery tank to
including the radiator pressure DEX-COOL coolant mixture, up the COLD FILL mark.
cap and upper radiator hose, is to the base of the filler neck.
no longer hot. Turn the 5. Reinstall the cap back on the
See Recommended Fluids and coolant recovery tank, but
pressure cap slowly Lubricants 0 305 for more
counterclockwise until it first leave the radiator pressure
information about the proper cap off.
stops. Do not press down while coolant mixture.
turning the pressure cap.
If a hiss is heard, wait for that
to stop. A hiss means there is
still some pressure left.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap,
but now push down as you turn
it. Remove the pressure cap.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
230 Vehicle Care
Then check to see if the engine

Caution cooling fans are running. If the
engine is overheating, the fan
If the pressure cap is not tightly should be running. If it is not, do not
installed, coolant loss and continue to run the engine and have
possible engine damage may the vehicle serviced.
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
and tightly secured. See if the engine cooling fan speed
increases when idle speed is
doubled by pushing the accelerator
Engine Overheating pedal down. If it does not, the
vehicle needs service. Turn off the
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, engine.
6. Start the engine and let it run
supplement.
until the upper radiator hose Caution
can be felt getting hot. Watch The vehicle has an indicator to warn
out for the engine cooling fan. of engine overheating. Running the engine without
7. By this time, the coolant level There is an engine coolant coolant may cause damage or a
inside the radiator filler neck temperature gauge on the vehicle's fire. Vehicle damage would not be
may be lower. If the level is instrument cluster. See Engine covered by the vehicle warranty.
lower, add more of the proper Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 98.
DEX-COOL coolant mixture If the decision is made not to lift the
through the filler neck until the hood when this warning appears,
level reaches the base of the but instead get service help right
filler neck. away, see Roadside Assistance
8. Replace the pressure cap. At Program 0 316.
any time during this procedure If the decision is made to lift the
if coolant begins to flow out of hood, make sure the vehicle is
the filler neck, reinstall the parked on a level surface.
pressure cap.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 231
If Steam is Coming from the too serious. Sometimes the engine vehicle in front. If the warning does
Engine Compartment can get a little too hot when the not come back on, continue to drive
vehicle: normally and have the cooling
system checked for proper fill and
{ Warning . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
function.
. Stops after high-speed driving.
Steam from an overheated engine If the warning continues, pull over,
can burn you badly, even if you . Idles for long periods in traffic. stop, and park the vehicle
just open the hood. Stay away . Tows a trailer. See Driving on right away.
from the engine if you see or hear Grades under Trailer If there is still no sign of steam,
steam coming from it. Just turn it Towing 0 205. push down the accelerator until the
off and get everyone away from engine speed is about twice as fast
If the overheat warning is displayed
the vehicle until it cools down. as normal idle speed for at least
with no sign of steam:
Wait until there is no sign of three minutes while parked. If the
steam or coolant before you open 1. Turn the air off. warning is still on, turn off the
the hood. 2. Turn the heater on to the engine until it cools down.
If you keep driving when the highest temperature and to the If the decision is made not to lift the
engine is overheated, the liquids highest fan speed. Open the hood, get service help right away.
in it can catch fire. You or others windows as necessary.
could be badly burned. Stop the 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off Engine Fan
engine if it overheats, and get out the road, shift to P (Park) or
The vehicle has a clutched engine
of the vehicle until the engine N (Neutral) and let the
cooling fan. When the clutch is
is cool. engine idle.
engaged, the fan spins faster to
If the engine coolant temperature provide more air to cool the engine.
If No Steam is Coming from gauge is no longer in the overheat In most everyday driving conditions,
the Engine Compartment zone or an overheat warning no the fan is spinning slower and the
longer displays, the vehicle can be clutch is not fully engaged. This
If an engine overheat warning is driven. Continue to drive the vehicle improves fuel economy and reduces
displayed but no steam can be seen slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a fan noise. Under heavy vehicle
or heard, the problem may not be safe vehicle distance from the loading, trailer towing, and/or high
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
232 Vehicle Care
outside temperatures, the fan speed When to Check Power Steering The level should be at the COLD
increases as the clutch more fully Fluid FILL mark. If necessary, add only
engages, so an increase in fan enough fluid to bring the level up to
noise may be heard. This is normal It is not necessary to regularly the mark.
and should not be mistaken as the check power steering fluid unless
there is a leak suspected in the To prevent contamination of brake
transmission slipping or making fluid, never check or fill the power
extra shifts. It is merely the cooling system or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss in this system steering reservoir with the brake
system functioning properly. The fan master cylinder cover off.
will slow down when additional could indicate a problem. Have the
cooling is not required and the system inspected and repaired. What to Use
clutch partially disengages. How to Check Power Steering
This fan noise may be heard when Fluid Caution
starting the engine. It will go away To check the power steering fluid:
as the fan clutch partially Use of the incorrect fluid may
disengages. 1. Turn the key off and let the damage the vehicle and the
engine compartment damages may not be covered by
Power Steering Fluid cool down. the vehicle warranty. Always use
2. Wipe the cap and the top of the the correct fluid listed in
reservoir clean. Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 305.
3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the
dipstick with a clean rag.
To determine what kind of fluid to
4. Replace the cap and
use, see Recommended Fluids and
completely tighten it.
Lubricants 0 305. Always use the
The power steering fluid reservoir is 5. Remove the cap again and proper fluid. Failure to use the
in the engine compartment on the look at the fluid level on the proper fluid can cause leaks and
driver side of the vehicle. See dipstick. damage hoses and seals.
0 218 for reservoir location.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 233
Washer Fluid Caution Caution (Continued)

What to Use
. Do not use washer fluid that freezing occurs, which could
When the vehicle needs windshield contains any type of water damage the tank if it is
washer fluid, be sure to read the repellent coating. This can completely full.
manufacturer's instructions before cause the wiper blades to
use. If operating the vehicle in an chatter or skip.
area where the temperature may fall Brakes
. Do not use engine coolant
below freezing, use a fluid that has Disc brake pads have built-in wear
sufficient protection against (antifreeze) in the
windshield washer. It can indicators that make a high-pitched
freezing. warning sound when the brake pads
damage the windshield
Adding Washer Fluid washer system and paint. are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or can
. Do not mix water with be heard all the time when the
ready-to-use washer fluid. vehicle is moving, except when
Water can cause the applying the brake pedal firmly.
solution to freeze and
damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the { Warning
washer system.
The brake wear warning sound
Open the cap with the washer . When using concentrated means that soon the brakes will
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until washer fluid, follow the
the tank is full. See Engine not work well. That could lead to
manufacturer instructions for a crash. When the brake wear
Compartment Overview 0 218 for adding water.
reservoir location. warning sound is heard, have the
. Fill the washer fluid tank vehicle serviced.
only three-quarters full when
it is very cold. This allows
for fluid expansion if
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
234 Vehicle Care
Replacing Brake System Parts . Normal brake lining wear. When

Caution new linings are installed, the
Always replace brake system parts
fluid level goes back up.
Continuing to drive with worn-out with new, approved replacement
brake pads could result in costly parts. If this is not done, the brakes . A fluid leak in the brake
brake repair. may not work properly. The braking hydraulic system. Have the
performance expected can change brake hydraulic system fixed.
in many other ways if the wrong With a leak, the brakes will not
Some driving conditions or climates replacement brake parts are work well.
can cause a brake squeal when the installed or if parts are improperly
brakes are first applied or lightly Always clean the brake fluid
installed. reservoir cap and the area around
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes. the cap before removing it.
Brake Fluid
Properly torqued wheel nuts are Do not top off the brake fluid.
necessary to help prevent brake Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
pulsation. When tires are rotated, If fluid is added when the linings are
inspect brake pads for wear and worn, there will be too much fluid
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the when new brake linings are
proper sequence to torque installed. Add or remove fluid, as
specifications. See Capacities and necessary, only when work is done
Specifications 0 309. on the brake hydraulic system.
The brake master cylinder reservoir
Brake pads should be replaced as
complete sets.
is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See
{ Warning
0 218 for the location of the If too much brake fluid is added, it
Brake Pedal Travel reservoir. can spill on the engine and burn,
See your dealer if the brake pedal There are only two reasons why the if the engine is hot enough. You
does not return to normal height, brake fluid level in the reservoir may or others could be burned, and
or if there is a rapid increase in go down: the vehicle could be damaged.
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required. (Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 235
Warning (Continued) { Warning

Add brake fluid only when work is The wrong or contaminated brake
done on the brake hydraulic fluid could result in damage to the
system. brake system. This could result in
the loss of braking leading to a
When the brake fluid falls to a low possible injury. Always use the
level, the brake warning light comes proper GM approved brake fluid.
on. See Brake System Warning
Light 0 104.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time. Caution
Replace brake fluid at the specified The fluid level should be above
intervals to prevent increased MIN. If it is not, have the brake If brake fluid is spilled on the
stopping distance. See Maintenance hydraulic system checked to see if vehicle's painted surfaces, the
Schedule 0 297. there is a leak. paint finish can be damaged.
After work is done on the brake Immediately wash off any painted
Checking Brake Fluid surface.
hydraulic system, make sure the
Check brake fluid by looking at the level is above MIN but not over the
brake fluid reservoir. See Engine MAX mark.
Compartment Overview 0 218.
What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid from a clean, sealed
container. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 305.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
236 Vehicle Care
Battery - North America Vehicle Storage an unusual noise. A fluid loss could
indicate a problem. Have it
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove { Warning inspected and repaired.
the cap and do not add fluid. How to Check Lubricant
Batteries have acid that can burn
Refer to the replacement number you and gas that can explode. To get an accurate reading, the
shown on the original battery label You can be badly hurt if you are vehicle should be on a level
when a new battery is needed. See not careful. See Jump Starting - surface.
Engine Compartment Overview North America 0 282 for tips on
0 218 for battery location. working around a battery without
getting hurt.
{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts, Infrequent Usage: Remove the
terminals, and related black, negative () cable from the
accessories contain lead and lead battery to keep the battery from
compounds, chemicals known to running down.
the State of California to cause Extended Storage: Remove the
cancer and birth defects or other black, negative () cable from the
reproductive harm. Batteries also battery or use a battery trickle
contain other chemicals known to charger.
the State of California to cause For axles with the fill plug located
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER Rear Axle on the back cover of the rear axle,
HANDLING. the proper level is 15 mm to 40 mm
When to Check Lubricant (0.59 to 1.57 in) below the bottom of
See California Proposition
It is not necessary to regularly the fill hole.
65 Warning 0 215.
check rear axle fluid unless you
suspect there is a leak or you hear
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 237
this vehicle as manufactured by life of the vehicle. The noise control

General Motors was designed, built system warranty is given in the
and equipped to conform at the time vehicle warranty booklet.
it left General Motors control with all These standards apply only to
applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control vehicles sold in the United States.
Regulations. This warranty covers
this vehicle as designed, built and Federal law prohibits the following
equipped by General Motors and is acts or the causing thereof:
not limited to any particular part, 1. The removal or rendering
component or system of the inoperative by any person,
manufactured by General Motors. other than for purposes of
Defects in design, assembly or any maintenance, repair or
part, component or system of the replacement, of any device or
For axles with the fill plug located vehicle manufactured by General
on the passenger side of the rear element of design incorporated
Motors, which at the time it left into any new vehicle for the
axle, the proper level is 0 mm to General Motors control caused
10 mm (0 to 0.4 in) below the bottom purpose of noise control, prior
noise emissions to exceed Federal to its sale or delivery to the
of the fill hole. standards, are covered by the ultimate purchaser or while it is
What to Use warranty for the life of the vehicle. in use; or
Refer to Recommended Fluids and The following information relates to 2. The use of the vehicle after
Lubricants 0 305 to determine what compliance with federal noise such device or element of
kind of lubricant to use. emission standards for vehicles with design has been removed or
a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating rendered inoperative by any
Noise Control System (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg person.
(10,000 lbs). The Maintenance
Noise Emission Warranty Schedule provides information on
maintaining the noise control system
General Motors warrants to the first
to minimize degradation of the noise
person who purchases this vehicle
emission control system during the
for purposes other than resale and
to each subsequent purchaser that
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
238 Vehicle Care
Among those acts presumed to . Removal of the exhaust pipes 3. Try to start the engine in each
constitute tampering are the acts and exhaust pipe clamps. gear. The vehicle should start
listed below. only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
Fuel Operated Heater (FOH) If the vehicle starts in any other
Insulation: Diesel Engine:
position, contact your dealer for
. Removal of the noise shields or . Removal of the muffler. service.
any underhood insulation.
Engine: Starter Switch Check Automatic Transmission
. Removal or rendering engine Shift Lock Control
speed governor, if the vehicle { Warning Function Check
has one, inoperative so as to When you are doing this
allow engine speed to exceed
manufacturer specifications.
inspection, the vehicle could { Warning
move suddenly. If the vehicle
When you are doing this
Fan and Drive: moves, you or others could be
inspection, the vehicle could
. Removal of fan clutch, if the injured.
move suddenly. If the vehicle
vehicle has one, or rendering moves, you or others could be
clutch inoperative. 1. Before starting this check, be injured.
. Removal of the fan shroud, if the sure there is enough room
vehicle has one. around the vehicle.
1. Before starting this check, be
2. Apply both the parking brake sure there is enough room
Air Intake:
and the regular brake. around the vehicle. It should be
. Removal of the air cleaner parked on a level surface.
Do not use the accelerator
silencer.
pedal, and be ready to turn off 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
. Modification of the air cleaner. the engine immediately if it ready to apply the regular
starts. brake immediately if the vehicle
Exhaust:
begins to move.
. Removal of the muffler and/or
resonator.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 239
3. With the engine off, turn the Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park)
ignition on, but do not start the mechanism's holding ability:
engine. Without applying the
Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to
regular brake, try to move the P (Park). Then release the
shift lever out of P (Park) with { Warning parking brake followed by the
normal effort. If the shift lever regular brake.
moves out of P (Park), contact When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move. Contact your dealer if service is
your dealer for service. required.
You or others could be injured
Ignition Transmission and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front Wiper Blade Replacement
Lock Check of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be
While parked and with the parking roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear and cracking.
brake set, try to turn the ignition to brake at once should the vehicle See Maintenance Schedule 0 297.
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever begin to move. Replacement blades come in
position.
different types and are removed in
. The ignition should turn to Park on a fairly steep hill, with the different ways. For proper type and
LOCK/OFF only when the shift vehicle facing downhill. Keeping length, see Maintenance
lever is in P (Park). your foot on the regular brake, set Replacement Parts 0 306.
. The ignition key should come the parking brake.
out only in LOCK/OFF. . To check the parking brake's Caution
Contact your dealer if service is holding ability: With the engine
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
required. running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot the windshield when no wiper
pressure from the regular brake blade is installed could damage
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is the windshield. Any damage that
held by the parking brake only. occurs would not be covered by
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
240 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued) Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement

Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement
the wiper arm to touch the Bulbs 0 245.
windshield. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
1. Lift the wiper arm away from necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
the windshield.
Halogen Bulbs
{ Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
2. Push the release lever (2) to on the bulb package.
disengage the hook and push
the wiper arm (1) out of the
blade assembly (3).
3. Push the new blade assembly
securely on the wiper arm until
the release lever clicks into
place.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 241
Headlamps
Composite Headlamp
2. Remove the two bolts from the 5. Disconnect the electrical

1. High-Beam Headlamp headlamp assembly. connector.
2. Low-Beam Headlamp
3. Lift the headlamp assembly to 6. Turn the bulb counterclockwise
To remove the headlamp assembly release the lower tabs from the one-quarter turn to remove it
from the vehicle and access the radiator support. from the headlamp assembly.
bulbs:
4. Turn the headlamp forward and 7. Install the new bulb into the
1. Open the hood. See upward to remove it from the headlamp assembly and
Hood 0 217. grille. connect the electrical
connector.
8. Reverse the steps to reinstall
the headlamp assembly.
To prevent headlamp vibration
and shortened bulb life, be
sure to insert the headlamp
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
242 Vehicle Care
assembly tabs in the slots at 2. Pull the bulb (3) forward to gain Front Turn Signal,
the lower portion of the access to the electrical
housing. connector.
Sidemarker, and Parking
Lamps
Sealed-Beam Headlamp
1. Front Parking and Turn

Signal Lamp
3. Disconnect the electrical 2. Front Sidemarker Lamp
connector (2) and remove the To replace the front turn signal,
1. Headlamp Retainer Screws headlamp bulb (1). sidemarker, and/or parking lamp
2. Headlamp Retainer bulb(s):
4. Reverse Steps 13 to reinstall
3. Sealed-Beam the headlamp.
Headlamp Bulb
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Remove the four screws (1)
from the headlamp retainer (2).
Pull the retainer (2) out and set
it aside.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 243
1. Use a small tool to unlatch the Taillamps

outboard clip on the lamp by
pushing inboard and prying the To replace a taillamp/turn signal
lamp assembly forward. lamp or back-up lamp bulb:
2. Remove the lamp from the
grille.
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise one-quarter
turn and remove it from the
lamp assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the
socket by pulling it straight out. 2. The third nut (3) is under the
5. Replace the bulb. applique piece (2) above the
lamp. Remove the two inboard
6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise
applique nuts. Pull the
to reinstall it in the lamp
applique (2) straight rearward
assembly. 1. Remove the two inboard nuts
slightly to clear the studs. Then
from the inside of the taillamp
7. Reinstall the lamp assembly rotate the applique (2) just far
assembly.
into the grille until the outboard enough to gain access to the
clip snaps into place. outer push pins (1).
3. Carefully disconnect the push
pins (1) from the applique
bracket.
4. Remove the third nut (3) from
the upper outboard side of
the lamp.
5. Remove the taillamp assembly
from the vehicle.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
244 Vehicle Care
Center High-Mounted 4. Pull the old bulb straight out of

the socket and push the new
Stoplamp (CHMSL) bulb into the socket.
The Center High-Mounted Stoplamp 5. Turn the bulb socket clockwise
(CHMSL) is above the rear doors at one-quarter turn to install it in
the center of the vehicle. the lamp assembly.
To replace a bulb: 6. Reinstall the CHMSL assembly
and two screws.
Do not block or damage the CHMSL
when items are loaded on the roof
of the vehicle.
6. Remove the taillamp/turn signal
lamp (1) or back-up lamp (2) License Plate Lamp
bulb socket by turning it
counterclockwise one-quarter
turn and pulling it out of the
lamp assembly.
7. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
8. Push the new bulb into the 1. Remove the two screws from
socket. the CHMSL assembly.
9. Reinstall the bulb socket by 2. Remove the CHMSL assembly.
turning it clockwise into the 3. Turn the bulb socket
lamp assembly. counterclockwise one-quarter
10. Reverse Steps 15 to reinstall turn to remove it from the lamp
the taillamp assembly and assembly. 1. Bulb Socket
applique.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 245
2. License Plate Bulb Bulb Electrical System

Assembly Exterior Lamp
Number
3. Screws
Front Parking and 3157KX Electrical System
To replace one of these bulbs: Turn Signal Lamp Overload
1. Remove the screws (3) that
Front 194LL The vehicle has fuses and circuit
secure the license plate bulb
Sidemarker Lamp breakers to protect against an
assembly (2).
License 194LL electrical system overload.
2. Turn the bulb socket (1)
Plate Lamp When the current electrical load is
counterclockwise and pull the
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
bulb straight out of the socket. Headlamps
and closes, protecting the circuit
3. Install the new bulb. Composite 9005LL until the current load returns to
4. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 to High-Beam normal or the problem is fixed. This
reinstall the license plate bulb Headlamp greatly reduces the chance of circuit
assembly. Composite 9006LL overload and fire caused by
Low-Beam electrical problems.
Replacement Bulbs Headlamp Fuses and circuit breakers protect
Bulb power devices in the vehicle.
Sealed Beam H6054
Exterior Lamp
Number Headlamp Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
Back-up, Rear 3157KX
Parking, Stoplamp, For replacement bulbs not listed If there is a problem on the road and
and Turn here, contact your dealer. a fuse needs to be replaced, the
Signal Lamp same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
Center 912LL the vehicle that is not needed to use
High-Mounted and replace it as soon as possible.
Stoplamp
(CHMSL)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
246 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit Caution

An electrical overload may cause Breakers
the lamps to go on and off, or in Spilling liquid on any electrical
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
some cases to remain off. Have the component on the vehicle may
protected from short circuits by a
headlamp wiring checked right away damage it. Always keep the
combination of fuses and circuit
if the lamps go on and off or covers on any electrical
breakers. This greatly reduces the
remain off. component.
chance of fires caused by electrical
Windshield Wipers problems.
If the wiper motor overheats due to Look at the silver-colored band
heavy snow or ice, the windshield inside the fuse. If the band is broken
wipers will stop until the motor cools or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
and will then restart. you replace a bad fuse with a new
one of the identical size and rating.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may Engine Compartment
cause wiper linkage damage. Fuse Block
Always clear ice and heavy snow For vans with a diesel engine, see
from the windshield before using the the Duramax diesel supplement.
windshield wipers.
The fuse block is located in the
If the overload is caused by an engine compartment on the driver
electrical problem and not snow or side of the vehicle.
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Vehicles with upfitter content
See www.gmupfitter.com for upfitter
provisions and best practices.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 247
Fuses Usage
3 Right trailer
stoplamp/Turnlamp
4
5
6 Fuel system control
module/Ignition
7 Body control
module 5
8 Body control
module 7
9 Body control
module 4
10 Instrument cluster
11 Trailer wiring
12 Interior rear vision
camera module
13
14 Windshield washer
16 Horn
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage 17 Transmission
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. 1 ABS motor 18 A/C
2 ABS module
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
248 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

19 Engine control 32 Transmission 53 Left low-beam
module battery control module headlamp
20 battery 54 Right low-beam
21 Left trailer 33 Rear parking aid headlamp
stoplamp/Turnlamp module 55 Wipers
22 34 56 Canister vent
23 35 Fuel operated solenoid
heater module 58 Body control
24 Fuel pump
36 Fuel system control module 2
25 Auxiliary power module battery
outlet 59 Body control
41 module 1
26 Body control
module 3 42 Trailer wiring 61
27 Special equipment 43 EV fan clutch 62 O2 sensor 2/EV fan

option 44 Starter solenoid (diesel)
28 Airbag 45 Engine control 63
29 Steering wheel module/Powertrain 64 Mass air flow/

sensor 46 Canister vent
30 Engine control 47 Cooling fan low 65 Ignition/Injectors

module/Ignition/ odd
51 Left high-beam
Glow plug module headlamp 66 Daytime running
31 Transmission lamps 2
52 Right high-beam (LOLVL-V22) (if
control module/ headlamp
Ignition equipped)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 249
Fuses Usage Relays Usage Floor Console Fuse Block

67 Daytime running 15 Run/Crank The floor console fuse block is
lamps 1 (UPLVL under the driver seat.
37
+V22) (if equipped)
38 Fuel pump
68 Auxiliary stoplamps
39 Crank
69 Trailer stoplamps
40 A/C
70
48 EV fan clutch
71 Fuel heater/Flex
fuel sensor 49 Powertrain
72 Body control 50
module 6 57 Cooling fan low
73 Lighter/Data link 60 Fan control
connector
74 Front blower
75 Fuel injectors
76
77 O2 sensor 2
78 Engine control
module/Powertrain
79 Ignition/Injectors
even
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
250 Vehicle Care
Mini-Fuse Usage
F2 Steering wheel
sensor
F3 Auxiliary parking
lamps (cut-away)
F4 Front parking
lamps
F5 Trailer parking
lamps
F6 Upfitter/Parking
lamps
F7 Right rear
parking lamp
F8 Left rear
parking lamp
F9 Exterior rearview
mirror switch
F10 Airbag/Automatic
occupant sensing
F11 OnStar (if
equipped)
The vehicle may not be equipped Mini-Fuse Usage F12
with all of the fuses, relays, and
F1 F13 HVAC 2
features shown.
F14 HVAC 1
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 251
Mini-Fuse Usage Mini-Fuse Usage Relays Usage

F15 F27 Reverse lamps K5 Rear defogger
F16 Upfitter 1 (if F28 Upfitter 2/Reading K6 Retained
equipped) lamps (if equipped) accessory power
F17 Exterior rearview F29 Rear blower CB1 Power seats
heated mirrors F30 Upfitter/Courtesy CB2 Power windows
F18 Rear window lamps
defogger F31 Front door lock
F19 Compass F32 Rear door lock
F20 Radio/Chime/ F33 Cargo door unlock
SiriusXM satellite
radio (if equipped) F34 Passenger door
unlock
F21 Remote function
actuator/Tire F35 Rear passenger
pressure monitor door unlock
F22 Ignition switch/ F36 Driver door lock
Discrete logic F37
ignition
sensor (PK3) F38
F23 Instrument cluster
Relays Usage
F24
K1 Run
F25 HVAC
K2
F26 Auxiliary/Trailer
reverse lamps K3 Parking lamps
K4 Upfitter 2
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
252 Vehicle Care
Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Tires . Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that
Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as have been damaged by
high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes,
leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could curbs, etc.
the warranty manual for cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires
information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently can cause a crash. Only
warranty and where to get to maintain the the dealer or an
service. For additional recommended pressure. authorized tire service
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be center should repair,
manufacturer. checked when the tires replace, dismount, and
are cold. mount the tires.
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are . Do not spin the tires in
more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
improperly used tires are (35 mph) on slippery
a sudden impact such surfaces such as snow,
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the spinning may cause the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure. tires to explode.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn,
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them.
Limits 0 171. (Continued)
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 253
All-Season Tires Winter Tires Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
This vehicle may come with This vehicle was not originally may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
all-season tires. These tires are equipped with winter tires. Winter and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
designed to provide good overall tires are designed for increased tires with a lower speed rating are
performance on most road surfaces traction on snow and ice-covered chosen, never exceed the tire's
and weather conditions. Original roads. Consider installing winter maximum speed capability.
equipment tires designed to GM's tires on the vehicle if frequent
specific tire performance criteria driving on ice or snow covered All-Terrain Tires
have a TPC specification code roads is expected. See your dealer
molded onto the sidewall. Original for details regarding winter tire This vehicle may have All-Terrain
equipment all-season tires can be availability and proper tire selection. Tires. These tires provide good
identified by the last two characters Also, see Buying New Tires 0 268. performance on most road surfaces,
of this TPC code, which will weather conditions, and for off-road
With winter tires, there may be
be MS. driving.
decreased dry road traction,
Consider installing winter tires on increased road noise, and shorter The tread pattern on these tires may
the vehicle if frequent driving on tread life. After changing to winter wear more quickly than other tires.
snow or ice-covered roads is tires, be alert for changes in vehicle Consider rotating the tires more
expected. All-season tires provide handling and braking. frequently than at 12 000 km
adequate performance for most (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear
If using winter tires:
winter driving conditions, but they is noted when the tires are
may not offer the same level of . Use tires of the same brand and inspected. See Tire
traction or performance as winter tread type on all four wheel Inspection 0 265.
tires on snow or ice-covered roads. positions.
See Winter Tires 0 253. . Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
254 Vehicle Care
Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would
Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date
Useful information about a tire is Specification) : Original of 0310.
molded into the sidewall. The equipment tires designed to
examples show a typical (4) Tire Identification Number
GM's specific tire performance (TIN) : The letters and numbers
passenger vehicle and light criteria have a TPC specification
truck tire sidewall. following the DOT code are the
code molded onto the sidewall. Tire Identification Number (TIN).
GM's TPC specifications meet or The TIN shows the
exceed all federal safety manufacturer and plant code,
guidelines. tire size, and date the tire was
(3) DOT (Department of manufactured. The TIN is
Transportation) : The molded onto both sides of the
Department of Transportation tire, although only one side may
(DOT) code indicates that the have the date of manufacture.
tire is in compliance with the (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
U.S. Department of of cord and number of plies in
Transportation Motor Vehicle the sidewall and under the tread.
Safety Standards.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire (6) Uniform Tire Quality
DOT Tire Date of Grading (UTQG) : Tire
(1) Tire Size : The tire size code Manufacture : The last four
is a combination of letters and manufacturers are required to
digits of the TIN indicate the tire grade tires based on three
numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two
particular tire's width, height, performance factors: treadwear,
digits represent the week traction, and temperature
aspect ratio, construction type, (01-52) and the last two digits,
and service description. See the resistance. For more
the year. For example, the third information, see Uniform Tire
Tire Size illustration later in this
section for more detail. Quality Grading 0 270.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 255
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation and service description. See the (4) DOT (Department of
Load Limit : Maximum load that Tire Size illustration later in this Transportation) : The
can be carried and the section for more detail. Department of Transportation
maximum pressure needed to (2) TPC Spec (Tire (DOT) code indicates that the
support that load. For Performance Criteria tire is in compliance with the
information on recommended Specification) : Original U.S. Department of
tire pressure see Tire Pressure equipment tires designed to Transportation Motor Vehicle
0 260 and Vehicle Load GM's specific tire performance Safety Standards.
Limits 0 171. criteria have a TPC specification DOT Tire Date of
code molded onto the sidewall. Manufacture : The last four
GM's TPC specifications meet or digits of the TIN indicate the tire
exceed all federal safety manufactured date. The first two
guidelines. This does not apply digits represent the week
to Goodyear LT225/75R16 G949 (01-52) and the last two digits,
RSA and Goodyear LT225/ the year. For example, the third
75R16 G933 RSD commercial week of the year 2010 would
truck tires. have a four-digit DOT date
(3) Dual Tire Maximum Load : of 0310.
Maximum load that can be (5) Tire Identification Number
carried and the maximum (TIN) : The letters and numbers
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire pressure needed to support that following the DOT code are the
(1) Tire Size : The tire size code load when used in a dual Tire Identification Number (TIN).
is a combination of letters and configuration. For information on The TIN shows the
numbers used to define a recommended tire pressure see manufacturer and plant code,
particular tire's width, height, Tire Pressure 0 260 and Vehicle tire size, and date the tire was
aspect ratio, construction type, Load Limits 0 171. manufactured. The TIN is
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
256 Vehicle Care
molded onto both sides of the (4) Construction Code : A letter

tire, although only one side may code is used to indicate the type
have the date of manufacture. of ply construction in the tire.
(6) Tire Ply Material : The type The letter R means radial ply
of cord and number of plies in construction; the letter D means
the sidewall and under the tread. diagonal or bias ply
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire construction; and the letter B
(7) Single Tire Maximum (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : means belted-bias ply
Load : Maximum load that can The United States version of a construction.
be carried and the maximum metric tire sizing system. The
pressure needed to support that (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
letter P as the first character in the wheel in inches.
load when used as a single. For the tire size means a passenger
information on recommended vehicle tire engineered to (6) Service Description : These
tire pressure see Tire Pressure standards set by the U.S. Tire characters represent the load
0 260 and Vehicle Load and Rim Association. index and speed rating of the
Limits 0 171. tire. The load index represents
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit the load carrying capacity a tire
Tire Designations number indicates the tire section is certified to carry. The speed
width in millimeters from rating is the maximum speed a
Tire Size sidewall to sidewall. tire is certified to carry a load.
The following examples show (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
the different parts of a tire size. number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
item 3 of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
75 percent as high as it is wide.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 257
would mean that the tire's LT225/75R16 G949 RSA and

sidewall is 75 percent as high as Goodyear LT225/75R16 G933
it is wide. RSD commercial truck tires; see
(4) Construction Code : A letter the dual tire and single tire
code is used to indicate the type maximum load and load range
of ply construction in the tire. letter designations on the tire
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire sidewall.
The letter R means radial ply
(1) Light Truck (LT-Metric) construction; the letter D means
Tire : The United States version diagonal or bias ply Tire Terminology and
of a metric tire sizing system. construction; and the letter B Definitions
The letters LT as the first two means belted-bias ply Air Pressure : The amount of
characters in the tire size mean construction. air inside the tire pressing
a light truck tire engineered to
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of outward on each square inch of
standards set by the U.S. Tire
the wheel in inches. the tire. Air pressure is
and Rim Association.
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit (6) Load Range : Load Range. or psi (pounds per square inch).
number indicates the tire section (7) Service Description : The Accessory Weight : The
width in millimeters from service description indicates the combined weight of optional
sidewall to sidewall. load index and speed rating of a accessories. Some examples of
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit tire. If two numbers are given as optional accessories are
number that indicates the tire in the example, 120/116, then automatic transmission, power
height-to-width measurements. this represents the load index for windows, power seats, and air
For example, if the tire size single versus dual wheel usage conditioning.
aspect ratio is 75, as shown in (single/dual). The speed rating is
the maximum speed a tire is Aspect Ratio : The relationship
item 3 of the light truck
certified to carry a load. This of a tire's height to its width.
(LT-Metric) tire illustration, it
does not apply to Goodyear
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
258 Vehicle Care
Belt : A rubber coated layer of maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Intended Outboard Sidewall :
cords between the plies and the and coolant, but without The side of an asymmetrical tire
tread. Cords may be made from passengers and cargo. that must always face outward
steel or other reinforcing DOT Markings : A code molded when mounted on a vehicle.
materials. into the sidewall of a tire Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
Bead : The tire bead contains signifying that the tire is in unit for air pressure.
steel wires wrapped by steel compliance with the U.S. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A
cords that hold the tire onto Department of Transportation tire used on light duty trucks and
the rim. (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety some multipurpose passenger
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire Standards. The DOT code vehicles.
in which the plies are laid at includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned
alternate angles less than number ranging from 1 to 279
90 degrees to the centerline of designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load
the tread. carrying capacity of a tire.
production plant, brand, and
Cold Tire Pressure : The date of production. Maximum Inflation Pressure :
amount of air pressure in a tire, The maximum air pressure to
measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load which a cold tire can be inflated.
or psi (pounds per square inch) The maximum air pressure is
before a tire has built up heat Limits 0 171.
molded onto the sidewall.
from driving. See Tire GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
Pressure 0 260. Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The
Vehicle Load Limits 0 171. load rating for a tire at the
Curb Weight : The weight of a maximum permissible inflation
motor vehicle with standard and GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight pressure for that tire.
optional equipment including the Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 171.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 259
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A Traction : The friction between
Weight : The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and the tire and the road surface.
weight, accessory weight, some light duty trucks and The amount of grip provided.
vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles. Tread : The portion of a tire that
production options weight. Recommended Inflation comes into contact with
Normal Occupant Weight : The Pressure : Vehicle the road.
number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer's recommended Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown bands, sometimes called wear
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load on the tire placard. See Tire bars, that show across the tread
Limits 0 171. Pressure 0 260 and Vehicle of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/
Occupant Distribution : Load Limits 0 171. 16 in) of tread remains. See
Designated seating positions. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic When It Is Time for New
Outward Facing Sidewall : The tire in which the ply cords that Tires 0 267.
side of an asymmetrical tire that extend to the beads are laid at UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
has a particular side that faces 90 degrees to the centerline of Grading Standards) : A tire
outward when mounted on a the tread. information system that provides
vehicle. The side of the tire that Rim : A metal support for a tire consumers with ratings for a
contains a whitewall, bears and upon which the tire beads tire's traction, temperature, and
white lettering, or bears are seated. treadwear. Ratings are
manufacturer, brand, and/or Sidewall : The portion of a tire determined by tire
model name molding that is between the tread and the bead. manufacturers using
higher or deeper than the same government testing procedures.
moldings on the other sidewall Speed Rating : An The ratings are molded into the
of the tire. alphanumeric code assigned to sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
a tire indicating the maximum Tire Quality Grading 0 270.
speed at which a tire can
operate.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
260 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The Tire Pressure Caution (Continued)

number of designated seating
positions multiplied by Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate . Poor handling.
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load effectively. . Rough ride.
Limits 0 171. . Needless damage from
Caution
Vehicle Maximum Load on the road hazards.
Tire : Load on an individual tire Neither tire underinflation nor
due to curb weight, accessory overinflation is good. The Tire and Loading
weight, occupant weight, and Underinflated tires, or tires Information label on the vehicle
cargo weight. that do not have enough air, indicates the original equipment
Vehicle Placard : A label can result in: tires and the correct cold tire
permanently attached to a . Tire overloading and inflation pressures. The
vehicle showing the vehicle overheating which could recommended pressure is the
capacity weight and the original lead to a blowout. minimum air pressure needed to
equipment tire size and support the vehicle's maximum
. Premature or load carrying capacity.
recommended inflation pressure. irregular wear.
See Tire and Loading For additional information
Information Label under Vehicle . Poor handling. regarding how much weight the
Load Limits 0 171. . Reduced fuel economy. vehicle can carry, and an
example of the Tire and Loading
Overinflated tires, or tires that
Information label, see Vehicle
have too much air, can
Load Limits 0 171. How the
result in:
vehicle is loaded affects vehicle
. Unusual wear. handling and ride comfort. Never
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 261
load the vehicle with more matches the recommended the air pressure in your tires and
weight than it was designed to pressure on the Tire and transmit tire pressure readings to a
carry. Loading Information label, no receiver located in the vehicle.
further adjustment is necessary. Each tire, including the spare
When to Check
If the inflation pressure is low, (if provided), should be checked
Check the tires once a month add air until the recommended monthly when cold and inflated to
or more. pressure is reached. If the the inflation pressure recommended
inflation pressure is high, press by the vehicle manufacturer on the
Do not forget the spare tire, vehicle placard or tire inflation
if the vehicle has one. See on the metal stem in the center
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 282 for of the tire valve to release air. tires of a different size than the size
additional information. Re-check the tire pressure with indicated on the vehicle placard or
the tire gauge. tire inflation pressure label, you
How to Check should determine the proper tire
Use a good quality pocket-type Put the valve caps back on the inflation pressure for those tires.)
gauge to check tire pressure. valve stems to keep out dirt and
As an added safety feature, your
Proper tire inflation cannot be moisture and prevent leaks. Use
vehicle has been equipped with a
determined by looking at the tire. only valve caps designed for the tire pressure monitoring system
Check the tire inflation pressure vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
when the tires are cold, meaning could be damaged and would pressure telltale when one or more
the vehicle has not been driven not be covered by the vehicle of your tires is significantly
for at least three hours or no warranty. under-inflated.
more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Accordingly, when the low tire
Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale illuminates, you
Remove the valve cap from the System should stop and check your tires as
tire valve stem. Press the tire soon as possible, and inflate them
gauge firmly onto the valve to The Tire Pressure Monitor System
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
get a pressure measurement. (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
significantly under-inflated tire
technology to check tire pressure
If the cold tire inflation pressure levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
causes the tire to overheat and can
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
262 Vehicle Care
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation pressure as intended. TPMS the tires and transmit the tire
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire malfunctions may occur for a variety pressure readings to a receiver
tread life, and may affect the of reasons, including the installation located in the vehicle.
vehicle's handling and stopping of replacement or alternate tires or
ability. wheels on the vehicle that prevent
Please note that the TPMS is not a the TPMS from functioning properly.
substitute for proper tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
maintenance, and it is the driver's telltale after replacing one or more
responsibility to maintain correct tire tires or wheels on your vehicle to
pressure, even if under-inflation has ensure that the replacement or
not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the When a low tire pressure condition
illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function is detected, the TPMS illuminates
pressure telltale. properly. the low tire pressure warning light
See Tire Pressure Monitor located on the instrument cluster.
Your vehicle has also been
Operation 0 262. If the warning light comes on, stop
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
as soon as possible and inflate the
indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency
tires to the recommended pressure
system is not operating properly. Statement 0 322.
shown on the Tire and Loading
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
Information label. See Vehicle Load
combined with the low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor Limits 0 171.
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
Operation A message to check the pressure in
approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire a specific tire displays in the Driver
remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). Information Center (DIC). The low
This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the tire pressure warning light and the
subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure DIC warning message come on at
long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are each ignition cycle until the tires are
mounted onto each tire and wheel inflated to the correct inflation
When the malfunction indicator is
assembly, excluding the spare tire pressure. If the vehicle has DIC
illuminated, the system may not be
and wheel assembly. The TPMS buttons, tire pressure levels can be
able to detect or signal low tire
sensors monitor the air pressure in viewed. For additional information
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 263
and details about the DIC operation cycle until the problem is corrected.
and displays, see Driver Information Caution Some of the conditions that can
Center (DIC) 0 108 and Tire cause these to come on are:
Messages 0 118. Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire . One of the road tires has been
The low tire pressure warning light sealant could damage the TPMS replaced with the spare tire. The
may come on in cool weather when sensors. TPMS sensor damage spare tire does not have a
the vehicle is first started, and then caused by using an incorrect tire TPMS sensor. The malfunction
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This sealant is not covered by the light and the DIC message
could be an early indicator that the should go off after the road tire
vehicle warranty. Always use only
air pressure is getting low and is replaced and the sensor
the GM approved tire sealant
needs to be inflated to the proper matching process is performed
pressure. available through your dealer or successfully. See "TPMS Sensor
included in the vehicle. Matching Process" later in this
A Tire and Loading Information label
shows the size of the original section.
equipment tires and the correct TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching
inflation pressure for the tires when Message process was not done or not
they are cold. See Vehicle Load The TPMS will not function properly completed successfully after
Limits 0 171, for an example of the if one or more of the TPMS sensors rotating the tires. The
Tire and Loading Information label are missing or inoperable. When the malfunction light and the DIC
and its location. Also see Tire system detects a malfunction, the message should go off after
Pressure 0 260. low tire pressure warning light successfully completing the
The TPMS can warn about a low flashes for about one minute and sensor matching process. See
tire pressure condition but it does then stays on for the remainder of "TPMS Sensor Matching
not replace normal tire the ignition cycle. A DIC warning Process" later in this section.
maintenance. See Tire Inspection message also displays. The . One or more TPMS sensors are
0 265, Tire Rotation 0 265 and malfunction light and DIC warning missing or damaged. The
Tires 0 252. message come on at each ignition malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off when the
TPMS sensors are installed and
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
264 Vehicle Care
the sensor matching process is more of the TPMS sensors. Also, The TPMS sensor matching
performed successfully. See the TPMS sensor matching process process is:
your dealer for service. should be performed after replacing 1. Set the parking brake.
. Replacement tires or wheels do a spare tire with a road tire
containing the TPMS sensor. The 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
not match the original equipment with the engine off.
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels malfunction light and the DIC
other than those recommended message should go off at the next 3. Press the Remote Keyless
ignition cycle. The sensors are
could prevent the TPMS from Entry (RKE) transmitter's Q
functioning properly. See Buying matched to the tire/wheel positions,
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the and K buttons at the same
New Tires 0 268.
following order: driver side front tire, time for approximately
. Operating electronic devices or passenger side front tire, passenger five seconds. The horn sounds
being near facilities using radio side rear tire, and driver side rear. twice to signal the receiver is in
wave frequencies similar to the See your dealer for service or to relearn mode and TIRE
TPMS could cause the TPMS purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS LEARNING ACTIVE message
sensors to malfunction. relearn tool can also be purchased. displays on the DIC screen.
If the TPMS is not functioning See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor If the vehicle does not have
properly, it cannot detect or signal a Activation Tool at RKE, press the Driver
low tire condition. See your dealer www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or Information Center (DIC)
for service if the TPMS malfunction call 1-800-GM TOOLS vehicle information button until
light and DIC message come on (1-800-468-6657). the PRESS V TO RELEARN
and stay on. There are two minutes to match the TIRE POSITIONS message
first tire/wheel position, and displays. The horn sounds
TPMS Sensor Matching five minutes overall to match all four twice to signal the receiver is in
Process tire/wheel positions. If it takes relearn mode and TIRE
Each TPMS sensor has a unique longer, the matching process stops LEARNING ACTIVE message
identification code. The identification and must be restarted. displays on the DIC screen.
code needs to be matched to a new 4. Start with the driver side
tire/wheel position after rotating the front tire.
vehicles tires or replacing one or
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 265
5. Place the relearn tool against 10. Set all four tires to the . The tire has a puncture, cut,
the tire sidewall, near the valve recommended air pressure or other damage that cannot
stem. Then press the button to level as indicated on the Tire be repaired well because of
activate the TPMS sensor. and Loading Information label. the size or location of the
A horn chirp confirms that the
damage.
sensor identification code has Tire Inspection
been matched to this tire and
wheel position. We recommend that the tires, Tire Rotation
including the spare tire, if the Tires should be rotated every
6. Proceed to the passenger side
vehicle has one, be inspected 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 5. for signs of wear or damage at Maintenance Schedule 0 297.
least once a month.
7. Proceed to the passenger side Tires are rotated to achieve a
rear tire, and repeat the Replace the tire if: uniform wear for all tires. The
procedure in Step 5. . The indicators at three or first rotation is the most
8. Proceed to the driver side rear more places around the tire important.
tire, and repeat the procedure can be seen.
in Step 5. The horn sounds two
Any time unusual wear is
times to indicate the sensor . There is cord or fabric noticed, rotate the tires as soon
identification code has been showing through the tire's as possible and check the wheel
matched to the driver side rear rubber. alignment. Also check for
tire, and the TPMS sensor . The tread or sidewall is damaged tires or wheels. See
matching process is no longer When It Is Time for New Tires
active. The TIRE LEARNING
cracked, cut, or snagged
0 267 and Wheel
ACTIVE message on the DIC deep enough to show cord or
Replacement 0 271.
display screen goes off. fabric.
9. Turn the ignition switch to . The tire has a bump, bulge,
LOCK/OFF. or split.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
266 Vehicle Care
Check that all wheel nuts are Dual Tire Rotation

properly tightened. See Wheel
When the vehicle is new,
Nut Torque under Capacities or whenever a wheel, wheel bolt,
and Specifications 0 309. or wheel nut is replaced, check the
wheel nut torque after
{ Warning 160, 1 600, and 10 000 km (100,
1,000, and 6,000 mi) of driving. For
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the proper wheel nut tightening
parts to which it is fastened, can information, see Removing the Flat
make wheel nuts become loose Tire and Installing the Spare Tire
after time. The wheel could come under Tire Changing 0 274. Also
off and cause an accident. When see Wheel Nut Torque under
Use this rotation pattern when changing a wheel, remove any Capacities and Specifications 0 309.
rotating the tires. rust or dirt from places where the The outer tire on a dual wheel setup
If the vehicle has a compact wheel attaches to the vehicle. In generally wears faster than the
an emergency, a cloth or a paper inner tire. Tires last longer and wear
spare tire, do not include it in the
towel can be used; however, use more evenly if they are rotated. See
tire rotation.
a scraper or wire brush later to Tire Inspection 0 265 and Tire
Adjust the front and rear tires to remove all rust or dirt. Rotation 0 265. Also see
the recommended inflation Maintenance Schedule 0 297.
pressure on the Tire and Lightly coat the center of the
Loading Information label after wheel hub with wheel bearing { Warning
the tires have been rotated. See grease after a wheel change or
Tire Pressure 0 260 and Vehicle If the vehicle is operated with a
tire rotation to prevent corrosion tire that is underinflated, the tire
Load Limits 0 171. or rust build-up. Do not get can overheat. An overheated tire
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor grease on the flat wheel can lose air suddenly or catch
System. See Tire Pressure mounting surface or on the (Continued)
Monitor Operation 0 262. wheel nuts or bolts.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 267
The rubber in tires ages over time.

Warning (Continued) This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
fire. You or others could be never used. Multiple factors
injured. Properly inflate all tires, including temperatures, loading
including the spare. conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
See Tires 0 252 and Tire Pressure takes place. GM recommends that
0 260 for more information on tires, including the spare if
proper tire inflation. equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. The
When It Is Time for New tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Tires Treadwear indicators are one way to Number (TIN) which is molded into
tell when it is time for new tires. one side of the tire sidewall. The
Factors such as maintenance, Treadwear indicators appear when
temperatures, driving speeds, first two digits represent the week
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) (01-52) and the last two digits, the
vehicle loading, and road conditions or less of tread remaining.
affect the wear rate of the tires. year. For example, the third week of
Some commercial truck tires, the year 2010 would have a
including Goodyear LT225/75R16 four-digit DOT date of 0310.
G949 RSA and Goodyear LT225/
75R16 G933 RSD, may not have Vehicle Storage
treadwear indicators. If the tires do Tires age when stored normally
not have treadwear indicators, mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
replace the tires when the tread a vehicle that will be stored for at
depth is down to 3.2 mm (1/8 in) for least a month in a cool, dry, clean
the front tires, or 1.6 mm (1/16 in) for area away from direct sunlight to
the rear tires. See Tire Inspection slow aging. This area should be free
0 265 and Tire Rotation 0 265 for
additional information.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
268 Vehicle Care
of grease, gasoline or other vehicle, including brake system about the same time. See Tire
substances that can deteriorate performance, ride and handling, Rotation 0 265 for information
rubber. traction control, and tire on proper tire rotation. However,
Parking for an extended period can pressure monitoring if it is necessary to replace only
cause flat spots on the tires that performance. GM's TPC Spec one axle set of worn tires, place
may result in vibrations while number is molded onto the tire's the new tires on the rear axle
driving. When storing a vehicle for sidewall near the tire size. If the (two for single rear wheels, four
at least a month, remove the tires or tires have an all-season tread for dual rear wheels).
raise the vehicle to reduce the design, the TPC Spec number
weight from the tires.
will be followed by MS for mud { Warning
Buying New Tires and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 254 for additional Tires could explode during
GM has developed and matched information. improper service. Attempting
specific tires for the vehicle. The to mount or dismount a tire
GM recommends replacing worn could cause injury or death.
original equipment tires installed
tires in complete sets of four (six Only your dealer or authorized
were designed to meet General
for dual rear wheels). Uniform tire service center should
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
tread depth on all tires will help mount or dismount the tires.
Specification (TPC Spec)
to maintain the performance of
system rating. When
the vehicle. Braking and
replacement tires are needed,
handling performance may be
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
adversely affected if all the tires { Warning
are not replaced at the same
Spec rating. Mixing tires of different sizes,
time. If proper rotation and
GM's exclusive TPC Spec brands, or types may cause
maintenance have been done,
system considers over a dozen loss of control of the vehicle,
all four tires (six for dual rear
critical specifications that impact resulting in a crash or other
wheels) should wear out at
the overall performance of the (Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 269
Spec rated tires are installed.

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) See Tire Pressure Monitor
vehicle damage. Use the A tire and/or wheel could fail System 0 261.
correct size, brand, and type suddenly and cause a crash. The Tire and Loading
of tires on all wheels. Use only radial-ply tires with Information label indicates the
This vehicle may have a the wheels on the vehicle. original equipment tires on the
different size spare than the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
road tires originally installed Winter tires with the same speed 0 171 for the label location and
on the vehicle. When new, the rating as the original equipment more information about the Tire
vehicle included a spare tire tires may not be available for H, and Loading Information label.
and wheel assembly with a V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
similar overall diameter as the tires. Never exceed the winter Different Size Tires and
road tires and wheels, so it is tires maximum speed capability Wheels
all right to drive on it. The when using winter tires with a If wheels or tires are installed that
spare tire was developed for lower speed rating. are a different size than the original
use on this vehicle and will not If the vehicle tires must be equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
affect vehicle handling. performance, including its braking,
replaced with a tire that does not
ride and handling characteristics,
have a TPC Spec number, make stability, and resistance to rollover
sure they are the same size, may be affected. If the vehicle has
{ Warning load range, speed rating, and electronic systems such as antilock
construction (radial) as the brakes, rollover airbags, roll bars,
Using bias-ply tires on the original tires. traction control, electronic stability
vehicle may cause the wheel control, or All-Wheel Drive, the
rim flanges to develop cracks Vehicles that have a tire
performance of these systems can
after many miles of driving. pressure monitoring system also be affected.
could give an inaccurate
(Continued) low-pressure warning if non-TPC
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
270 Vehicle Care
applies only to vehicles sold in Treadwear 200 Traction AA

{ Warning the United States. The grades Temperature A
If different sized wheels are used, are molded on the sidewalls of All Passenger Car Tires Must
there may not be an acceptable most passenger car tires. The Conform to Federal Safety
level of performance and safety if Uniform Tire Quality Grading Requirements In Addition To
tires not recommended for those (UTQG) system does not apply These Grades.
wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires,
increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with Treadwear
and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of The treadwear grade is a
specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), comparative rating based on the
developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production wear rate of the tire when tested
have them properly installed by a tires. under controlled conditions on a
GM certified technician. specified government test
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars course. For example, a tire
See Buying New Tires 0 268 and and light trucks may vary with graded 150 would wear one and
Accessories and respect to these grades, they one-half (1) times as well on
Modifications 0 216. the government course as a tire
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and graded 100. The relative
Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire performance of tires depends
Grading Performance Criteria (TPC) upon the actual conditions of
The following information relates standards. their use, however, and may
to the system developed by the depart significantly from the
Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving
United States National Highway where applicable on the tire
Traffic Safety Administration habits, service practices and
sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road
(NHTSA), which grades tires by and maximum section width. For
treadwear, traction, and characteristics and climate.
example:
temperature performance. This
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 271
Traction laboratory test wheel. Sustained Wheel Alignment and Tire

The traction grades, from high temperature can cause the Balance
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and The tires and wheels were aligned
and C. Those grades represent and balanced at the factory to
the tire's ability to stop on wet excessive temperature can lead
provide the longest tire life and best
pavement as measured under to sudden tire failure. The grade overall performance. Adjustments to
controlled conditions on C corresponds to a level of wheel alignment and tire balancing
specified government test performance which all are not necessary on a regular
surfaces of asphalt and passenger car tires must meet basis. Consider an alignment check
concrete. A tire marked C may under the Federal Motor Safety if there is unusual tire wear or the
have poor traction performance. Standard No. 109. Grades B and vehicle is significantly pulling to one
A represent higher levels of side or the other. Some slight pull to
Warning: The traction grade the left or right, depending on the
assigned to this tire is based on performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum crown of the road and/or other road
straight-ahead braking traction surface variations such as troughs
tests, and does not include required by law. Warning: The
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
acceleration, cornering, temperature grade for this tire is vibrating when driving on a smooth
hydroplaning, or peak traction established for a tire that is road, the tires and wheels may need
characteristics. properly inflated and not to be rebalanced. See your dealer
overloaded. Excessive speed, for proper diagnosis.
Temperature underinflation, or excessive
The temperature grades are A loading, either separately or in Wheel Replacement
(the highest), B, and C, combination, can cause heat
Replace any wheel that is bent,
representing the tire's resistance buildup and possible tire failure. cracked, or badly rusted or
to the generation of heat and its corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
ability to dissipate heat when loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
tested under controlled wheel nuts should be replaced.
conditions on a specified indoor If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
272 Vehicle Care
Some aluminum wheels can be

Caution
Tire Chains
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning
problems with bearing life, brake
wheel that is needed. cooling, speedometer or Tire chains used on a vehicle
Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp without the proper amount of
same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle clearance can cause damage to
diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire the brakes, suspension, or other
mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and vehicle parts. The area damaged
replaces. chassis. by the tire chains could cause you
to lose control of the vehicle and
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
you or others may be injured in a
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels crash. To help avoid damage to
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts. the vehicle, drive slowly, readjust,
{ Warning or remove the device if it is
contacting the vehicle. Do not
{ Warning Replacing a wheel with a used spin the vehicle's tires. Follow the
one is dangerous. How it has manufacturer's instructions.
Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel driven may be unknown. It could
nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash.
affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a Caution
the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment
and cause loss of control, causing wheel. Use tire chains only where legal
a crash. Always use the correct and only when necessary. Use
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel chains that are the proper size for
nuts for replacement. the tires. Install them on the tires
of the rear axle. Do not use
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 273
If the vehicle has dual rear tires, do very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
Caution (Continued) not use individual tire chains. Use to a stop, well off the road,
tire chains that fit across both dual if possible.
chains on the tires of the front tires.
axle. Tighten them as tightly as
possible with the ends securely { Warning
If a Tire Goes Flat
fastened. Drive slowly and follow Driving on a flat tire will cause
the chain manufacturer's It is unusual for a tire to blow out
permanent damage to the tire.
instructions. If the chains contact while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. See Tires Re-inflating a tire after it has been
the vehicle, stop and retighten driven on while severely
them. If the contact continues, 0 252. If air goes out of a tire, it is
much more likely to leak out slowly. underinflated or flat may cause a
slow down until it stops. Driving blowout and a serious crash.
too fast or spinning the wheels But if there ever is a blowout, here
are a few tips about what to expect Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
with chains on will damage the that has been driven on while
and what to do:
vehicle. severely underinflated or flat.
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
Have your dealer or an authorized
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
For Cutaway models with LT245/ tire service center repair or
toward that side. Take your foot off
75R16, LT225/75R16 or LT215/ the accelerator pedal and grip the replace the flat tire as soon as
85R16 size single or dual rear tires, steering wheel firmly. Steer to possible.
use Low Profile Z-Chain or SAE maintain lane position, and then
Class S cables. gently brake to a stop, well off the
For Cargo or Passenger models
with P245/70R17, LT225/75R16 or
road, if possible.
{ Warning
A rear blowout, particularly on a
LT245/75R16 size tires, use Low curve, acts much like a skid and Lifting a vehicle and getting under
Profile Z-Chain cables. SAE Class S may require the same correction as it to do maintenance or repairs is
chains are not recommended. used in a skid. Stop pressing the dangerous without the
accelerator pedal and steer to appropriate safety equipment and
straighten the vehicle. It may be (Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
274 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

training. If a jack is provided with 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
the vehicle, it is designed only for 2. Put an automatic
changing a flat tire. If it is used for transmission in P (Park) or a
anything else, you or others could manual transmission in
be badly injured or killed if the 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
3. Turn off the engine and do
is provided with the vehicle, only 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
not restart while the vehicle
use it for changing a flat tire.
is raised. 2. Flat Tire
4. Do not allow passengers to The following information explains
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire remain in the vehicle. how to repair or change a tire.
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road, 5. Place wheel blocks,
if possible. Turn on the hazard if equipped, on both sides of Tire Changing
warning flashers. See Hazard the tire at the opposite Removing the Spare Tire and
Warning Flashers 0 128. corner of the tire being
changed.
Tools
Equipment needed for a cargo van
{ Warning or a passenger van is in the
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
Changing a tire can be passenger side rear corner of the
use the following example as a
dangerous. The vehicle can slip vehicle.
guide to assist in the placement of
off the jack and roll over or fall the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 275
1. Jack
2. Hoist Handle
3. Extension(s)
4. Wheel Wrench
5. Jack Handle
The spare tire is mounted in the rear
underbody of the vehicle.
Use the hoist handle, extension(s),
and the wheel wrench to remove the
underbody-mounted spare tire.
To lower the spare tire from the
Remove the retaining wing bolt and Remove the retaining wing bolt and vehicle:
lift it off of the mounting bracket. lift it out of the mounting bracket to
Equipment needed for a access the equipment.
15-passenger seating arrangement The tools you will be using include:
is secured on the rear floor on the
passenger side of the vehicle.
1. Spare Tire
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
3. Hoist Cable
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
276 Vehicle Care
4. Hoist Assembly 4. Turn the wheel wrench The spare tire is a full-size tire,
5. Hoist Shaft counterclockwise to lower the like the other tires on the
6. Hoist Handle and spare tire to the ground. vehicle.
Extension(s) Continue to turn the wheel 7. Put the spare tire near the
7. Wheel Wrench wrench until the spare tire can flat tire.
be pulled out from under the
vehicle. 8. Close the passenger side
rear door.
5. Remove the wheel wrench,
extension(s), and hoist handle Removing the Flat Tire and
assembly from the hoist shaft. Installing the Spare Tire
If the vehicle has plastic wheel nut
caps, loosen them by turning the
1. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) wheel wrench counterclockwise.
to the hoist handle and the The wheel nut caps are designed to
extension(s) (6). remain with the center cap. Remove
2. Open the passenger side the center cap.
rear door. If the wheel has a smooth center
3. Insert the chisel end of the piece, place the chisel end of the
hoist handle, on an angle, wheel wrench in the slot on the
through the hole in the rear 6. When the tire has been wheel and gently pry it out.
floor panel above the bumper. lowered, pull it closer to reach
Be sure the hoist handle the tire retainer and pull it up
connects to the hoist shaft. The through the wheel opening.
chiseled end of the hoist For a vehicle that was
handle is used to lower the completed from a cab and
spare tire. chassis, refer to the information
from the body supplier/installer.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 277
Front Flat: Assemble the

jack (1) together with the jack
handle (5), one or two
extension(s) (3), and the wheel
wrench (4).
Rear Flat: Assemble the
jack (1) together with the jack
handle (5), two extensions (3),
and the wheel wrench (4).
1. Jack Front Position

2. Hoist Handle
3. Extension(s)
4. Wheel Wrench
5. Jack Handle
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 273.
2. Loosen all the wheel nuts with Front Position
the wheel wrench. Do not
remove them yet.
3. Assemble the jack and tools:
Rear Position
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
278 Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
jacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicle slips off the jack you could
be badly injured or killed. Never
get under a vehicle when it is
supported only by a jack.
Rear Alternative Position (Diesel

{ Warning
6. Remove all the wheel nuts.
Vehicles) Raising the vehicle with the jack
7. Take the flat tire off of the
4. Position the jack under the improperly positioned can
mounting surface.
vehicle, as shown. damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
The front position jacking point avoid personal injury and vehicle { Warning
is on the frame. The rear damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
position jacking point is on the Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
head into the proper location parts to which it is fastened, can
rear axle.
before raising the vehicle. make wheel nuts become loose
If the exhaust system interferes
after time. The wheel could come
with the jack location in the
rear axle, such as in Diesel 5. Turn the wheel wrench off and cause an accident. When
vehicles, place the jack (1) on clockwise to raise the vehicle. changing a wheel, remove any
the rear axle between the axle Raise the vehicle far enough rust or dirt from places where the
housing and the shock off the ground so there is wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
absorber bracket in order to enough room for the spare tire an emergency, a cloth or a paper
avoid any interference with the to fit.
(Continued)
exhaust pipe (2).
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 279
10. Turn the jack handle

Warning (Continued) { Warning counterclockwise to lower the
vehicle. Lower the jack
towel can be used; however, use Never use oil or grease on bolts completely.
a scraper or wire brush later to or nuts because the nuts might
remove all rust or dirt. come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash. { Warning
Wheel nuts that are not tight can
work loose. If all the nuts on a
wheel come off, the wheel can
come off the vehicle, causing a
crash. All wheel nuts must be
properly tightened. Follow the
rules in this section to be sure
they are.
{ Warning
8. Remove any rust or dirt from If wheel studs are damaged, they
the wheel bolts, mounting 9. Put the wheel nuts back on can break. If all the studs on a
surfaces, and spare wheel. with the rounded end of the wheel broke, the wheel could
nuts toward the wheel. Tighten come off and cause a crash.
each wheel nut by hand until If any stud is damaged because
the wheel is held against of a loose-running wheel, it could
the hub. be that all of the studs are
damaged. To be sure, replace all
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
280 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

studs on the wheel. If the stud after replacing. Follow the torque
holes in a wheel have become specification supplied by the
larger, the wheel could collapse in aftermarket manufacturer when
operation. Replace any wheel if using accessory locking wheel
its stud holes have become larger nuts. See Capacities and
or distorted in any way. Inspect Specifications 0 309 for original
hubs and hubpiloted wheels for equipment wheel nut torque
damage. Because of loose specifications.
running wheels, piloting pad
damage may occur and require
11. Use the wheel wrench to
replacement of the entire hub, for
Caution tighten the nuts firmly. Turn the
proper centering of the wheels. wheel wrench clockwise and in
When replacing studs, hubs, Improperly tightened wheel nuts a crisscross sequence, as
wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to can lead to brake pulsation and shown.
use GM original equipment parts. rotor damage. To avoid expensive 12. Put the wheel cover or the
brake repairs, evenly tighten the center cap and plastic wheel
wheel nuts in the proper nut caps back on. Remove any
{ Warning sequence and to the proper
torque specification. See
wheel blocks.
Have a technician check the
Wheel nuts that are improperly or Capacities and Specifications
wheel nut tightness of all
incorrectly tightened can cause 0 309 for the wheel nut torque
wheels with a torque wrench
the wheels to become loose or specification.
after the first 160 km (100 mi)
come off. The wheel nuts should and then 1 600 km (1,000 mi)
be tightened with a torque wrench after that. Repeat this service
to the proper torque specification whenever a tire is removed or
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 281
serviced. See Capacities and 2. Pull the retaining bar through

Specifications 0 309 for more the center of the wheel, making
information. sure it is properly attached.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire 3. Pull the wheel toward the rear
and Tools of the vehicle, keeping the
cable tight.
{ Warning 4. Open the passenger side
rear door.
Storing a jack, a tire, or other 5. Insert the chisel end of the
equipment in the passenger hoist handle, on an angle,
compartment of the vehicle could through the hole in the rear
cause injury. In a sudden stop or floor panel above the bumper. 7. Make sure the tire is stored
collision, loose equipment could
6. Turn the wheel wrench securely. Push, pull (1), and
strike someone. Store all these in
clockwise to fully raise the tire then try to turn (2) the tire.
the proper place. If the tire moves, use the wheel
against the underside of the
vehicle. Continue turning the wrench to tighten the cable.
1. Put the tire on the ground at wheel wrench until the tire is Two clicks mean the tire is up
the rear of the vehicle with the secure and the cable is tight. all the way.
valve stem pointed down. Two clicks should occur. The
spare tire hoist cannot be 8. Return the jacking equipment
overtightened. to the proper location. Secure
the items and replace the jack
cover.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
282 Vehicle Care
Full-Size Spare Tire Jump Starting Warning (Continued)

If this vehicle came with a full-size
spare tire, it was fully inflated when Jump Starting - North See California Proposition
new, however, it can lose air over America 65 Warning 0 215.
time. Check the inflation pressure
regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 260 For more information about the
and Vehicle Load Limits 0 171. For vehicle battery, see Battery - North
instructions on how to remove, America 0 236. { Warning
install, or store a spare tire, see Tire If the vehicle battery has run down, Batteries can hurt you. They can
Changing 0 274. you may want to use another be dangerous because:
After installing the spare tire on the vehicle and some jumper cables to
start your vehicle. Be sure to use . They contain acid that can
vehicle, stop as soon as possible
and check that the spare is correctly the following steps to do it safely. burn you.
inflated. The spare tire is made to . They contain gas that can
perform well at speeds up to { Warning explode or ignite.
112 km/h (70 mph) at the . They contain enough
recommended inflation pressure, so WARNING: Battery posts,
electricity to burn you.
you can finish your trip. terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead If you do not follow these steps
Have the damaged or flat road tire
compounds, chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these
repaired or replaced back onto the
vehicle, as soon as possible, so the the State of California to cause things can hurt you.
spare tire will be available in case it cancer and birth defects or other
is needed again. reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
Do not mix tires and wheels of the State of California to cause
different sizes, because they will not cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel
HANDLING.
together.
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 283
ground connection you do not cigarette lighter or the

Caution want. You would not be able to accessory power outlet. Turn
start your vehicle, and the bad off the radio and all lamps that
Ignoring these steps could result grounding could damage the are not needed. This will avoid
in costly damage to the vehicle electrical systems. sparks and help save both
that would not be covered by the batteries. And it could save the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start To avoid the possibility of the
vehicles rolling, set the parking radio!
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage brake firmly on both vehicles 4. Open the hoods and locate the
involved in the jump start positive (+) and negative ()
the vehicle.
procedure. Put an automatic terminal locations of the other
transmission in P (Park) or a vehicle.
1. Check the other vehicle. manual transmission in Neutral On your van, use the unpainted
It must have a 12-volt battery before setting the parking radio antenna bracket as a
with a negative ground system. brake. remote negative () terminal.
Caution Caution { Warning

If the other vehicle does not have If any accessories are left on or Using a match near a battery can
a 12-volt system with a negative plugged in during the jump cause battery gas to explode.
ground, both vehicles can be starting procedure, they could be People have been hurt doing this,
damaged. Only use a vehicle that damaged. The repairs would not and some have been blinded.
has a 12-volt system with a be covered by the vehicle Use a flashlight if you need more
negative ground for jump starting. warranty. Whenever possible, turn light.
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting. Battery fluid contains acid that
2. Get the vehicles close enough
can burn you. Do not get it on
so the jumper cables can
you. If you accidentally get it in
reach, but be sure the vehicles 3. Turn off the ignition on both
are not touching each other. vehicles. Unplug unnecessary (Continued)
If they are, it could cause a accessories plugged into the
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
284 Vehicle Care
On your van, use the unpainted Do not let the other end touch
Warning (Continued) radio antenna bracket as a metal. Connect it to the
remote negative () terminal. positive (+) terminal of the good
your eyes or on your skin, flush battery. Use a remote
the place with water and get Do not connect positive (+) to
negative () or you will get a positive (+) terminal if the
medical help immediately. vehicle has one.
short that would damage the
battery and maybe other parts 7. Now connect the black
too. And do not connect the negative () cable to the
{ Warning negative () cable to the negative () terminal of the
negative () terminal on the good battery. Use a remote
Fans or other moving engine dead battery because this can negative () terminal if the
parts can injure you badly. Keep cause sparks. vehicle has one.
your hands away from moving Do not let the other end touch
parts once the engine is running. anything until the next step.
The other end of the
5. Check that the jumper cables negative () cable does not go
do not have loose or missing to the dead battery. It goes to a
insulation. If they do, you could heavy, unpainted metal engine
get a shock. The vehicles part or to a remote negative ()
could be damaged too. terminal on the vehicle with the
dead battery. On your van, use
Before you connect the cables,
the unpainted radio antenna
here are some basic things you
bracket as a remote
should know. Positive (+) will
negative () terminal.
go to positive (+) or to a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one. Negative () 6. Connect the red positive (+)
will go to an unpainted metal cable to the positive (+)
part or to a remote negative () terminal of the dead battery.
terminal if the vehicle has one. Use a remote positive (+)
terminal if the vehicle has one.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 285
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

the negative jumper cable to the Always connect and remove the
fixed antenna bracket. Avoid jumper cables in the correct order,
touching the negative cable clamp making sure that the cables do
to the air conditioning line. Failure not touch each other or other
to do either of these could metal.
damage the vehicle. The repairs
would not be covered by the Jumper Cable Removal
vehicle warranty.
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
8. Connect the other end of the 9. Now start the vehicle with the
good battery and run the After starting the disabled vehicle
negative () cable to the
negative () terminal location engine for a while. and removing the jumper cables,
on the vehicle with the dead allow it to idle for several minutes.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had
battery. On your van, use the the dead battery. If it will not
unpainted radio antenna start after a few tries, it
bracket as a remote probably needs service.
negative () terminal.
Caution
Caution
If the jumper cables are
The vehicle uses the unpainted connected or removed in the
radio antenna bracket as a wrong order, electrical shorting
remote negative (-) terminal. may occur and damage the
Move the antenna coaxial cable vehicle. The repairs would not be
out of the way before clamping covered by the vehicle warranty.
(Continued) (Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
286 Vehicle Care
Recreational Vehicle . Is the proper towing equipment

Towing the Vehicle going to be used? See your
Towing dealer or trailering professional
Caution Recreational vehicle towing means for additional advice and
towing the vehicle behind another equipment recommendations.
Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle, such as behind a motor
vehicle may cause damage. The . Is the vehicle ready to be
home. The two most common types towed? Just as preparing the
damage would not be covered by of recreational vehicle towing are
the vehicle warranty. vehicle for a long trip, make sure
known as dinghy towing and dolly the vehicle is prepared to be
Do not lash or hook to towing. Dinghy towing is towing the towed.
suspension components. Use the vehicle with all four wheels on the
proper straps around the tires to ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the Caution
secure the vehicle.
ground and two wheels up on a
Use of a shield mounted in front
device known as a dolly.
Use only a flatbed tow truck for of the vehicle grille could restrict
towing a disabled vehicle. Never Here are some important things to airflow and cause damage to the
use a sling type lift or damage will consider before recreational vehicle transmission. The repairs would
occur. Use ramps to help reduce towing: not be covered by the vehicle
approach angles if necessary. . What is the towing capacity of warranty. If using a shield, only
A towed vehicle should have its the towing vehicle? Be sure to use one that attaches to the
drive wheels off the ground. read the tow vehicle towing vehicle.
Consult a professional towing manufacturer's
service if the disabled vehicle must recommendations.
be towed. . What is the distance that will be
traveled? Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 287
Dinghy Towing Dolly Towing 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly

following the manufacturer's
Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off the instructions.
Ground)
6. Use an adequate clamping
device designed for towing to
ensure that the front wheels
are locked into the straight
position.
7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
If the tow vehicle will not be
started or driven for six weeks
or more, remove the battery
cable from the negative
terminal (post) of the battery to
Caution prevent the battery from
draining while towing.
If the vehicle is towed with all four To tow the vehicle from the rear:
wheels on the ground, the 1. Attach the dolly to the tow
drivetrain components could be vehicle following the dolly
damaged. The repairs would not manufacturer's instructions.
be covered by the vehicle
2. Drive the rear wheels onto the
warranty. Do not tow the vehicle
dolly.
with all four wheels on the
ground. 3. Firmly set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake 0 189.
The vehicle should not be towed 4. Put the transmission in
with all four wheels on the ground. P (Park).
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
288 Vehicle Care
Appearance Care Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that
manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the
Locks correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty.
Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and
Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any If using an automatic car wash,
absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product. follow the car wash instructions. The
locks greased after using. See windshield wiper and rear window
Recommended Fluids and wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Lubricants 0 305. Remove any accessories that may
Caution
Washing the Vehicle be damaged or interfere with the car
Avoid using high-pressure wash equipment.
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) Rinse the vehicle well, before
sunlight. to the surface of the vehicle. Use washing and after, to remove all
of power washers exceeding cleaning agents completely. If they
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result are allowed to dry on the surface,
Caution they could stain.
in damage or removal of paint
Do not use petroleum-based, and decals. Dry the finish with a soft, clean
acidic, or abrasive cleaning chamois or an all-cotton towel to
agents as they can damage the avoid surface scratches and water
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic spotting.
Caution
parts. If damage occurs, it would
Finish Care
not be covered by the vehicle Do not power wash any
warranty. Approved cleaning component under the hood that Application of aftermarket clearcoat
products can be obtained from sealant/wax materials is not
has this e symbol.
recommended. If painted surfaces
(Continued) (Continued) are damaged, see your dealer to
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 289
have the damage assessed and . Be sure the molding is cool to

repaired. Foreign materials such as Caution (Continued) the touch before applying any
calcium chloride and other salts, ice cleaning solution.
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes . Use only approved cleaning
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from solutions for aluminum, chrome,
industrial chimneys, etc., can that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the or stainless steel. Some
damage the vehicle's finish if they cleaners are highly acidic or
remain on painted surfaces. Wash vehicle.
contain alkaline substances and
the vehicle as soon as possible. can damage the moldings.
If necessary, use non-abrasive To keep the paint finish looking new,
cleaners that are marked safe for . Always dilute a concentrated
keep the vehicle garaged or
painted surfaces to remove foreign covered whenever possible. cleaner according to the
matter. manufacturers instructions.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal . Do not use cleaners that are not
Occasional hand waxing or mild Moldings
polishing should be done to remove intended for automotive use.
residue from the paint finish. See . Use a nonabrasive wax on the
your dealer for approved cleaning Caution
vehicle after washing to protect
products. and extend the molding finish.
Failure to clean and protect the
Do not apply waxes or polishes to bright metal moldings can result
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
in a hazy white finish or pitting. Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint This damage would not be
as damage can occur. Stripes
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
Caution soft cloth, and a car washing soap
The bright metal moldings on the to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
Machine compounding or vehicle are aluminum, chrome, emblems, decals, and stripes.
aggressive polishing on a or stainless steel. To prevent Follow instructions under "Washing
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish damage always follow these the Vehicle" previously in this
cleaning instructions: section.
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
290 Vehicle Care
Lamp covers are made of plastic, Replace the wiper blades if they are
and some have a UV protective Caution worn or damaged. Damage can be
coating. Do not clean or wipe them caused by extreme dusty
while they are dry. Using wax on low gloss black conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
finish stripes can increase the snow, and ice.
Do not use any of the following on gloss level and create a
lamp covers: non-uniform finish. Clean low Weatherstrips
. Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss stripes with soap and Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
. Washer fluids and other cleaning water only. weatherstrips to make them last
agents in higher concentrations longer, seal better, and not stick or
than suggested by the Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
manufacturer. least once a year. Hot, dry climates
Clear debris from the air intakes, may require more frequent
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, between the hood and windshield application. Black marks from
or other harsh cleaners. when washing the vehicle. rubber material on painted surfaces
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. can be removed by rubbing with a
Windshield and Wiper Blades
. clean cloth. See Recommended
Aftermarket appearance caps or Clean the outside of the windshield Fluids and Lubricants 0 305.
covers while the lamps are with glass cleaner.
illuminated, due to excessive Tires
heat generated. Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
windshield washer fluid or a mild clean the tires.
Caution
detergent. Wash the windshield
Failure to clean lamps properly thoroughly when cleaning the Caution
can cause damage to the lamp blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax Using petroleum-based tire
cover that would not be covered
treatments may cause wiper dressing products on the vehicle
by the vehicle warranty.
streaking. may damage the paint finish and/
(Continued)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 291
Steering, Suspension, and

Caution (Continued) Caution Chassis Components
or tires. When applying a tire To avoid surface damage, do not Visually inspect steering,
dressing, always wipe off any use strong soaps, chemicals, suspension, and chassis
overspray from all painted abrasive polishes, cleaners, components for damaged, loose,
surfaces on the vehicle. brushes, or cleaners that contain or missing parts or signs of wear at
acid on aluminum or least once a year.
chrome-plated wheels. Use only Inspect power steering for proper
Wheels and Trim Aluminum
approved cleaners. Also, never attachment, connections, binding,
or Chrome
drive a vehicle with aluminum or leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild chrome-plated wheels through an
soap and water to clean the wheels. Visually check constant velocity joint
automatic car wash that uses boots and axle seals for leaks.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean silicone carbide tire cleaning
water, dry with a soft, clean towel. brushes. Damage could occur Lubricate the upper and lower
A wax may then be applied. and the repairs would not be control arm ball joints, at least every
covered by the vehicle warranty. other engine oil change.
Caution Lubricate the tie rod ball joints, idler
arm pivot shaft bearings, idler arm
Chrome wheels and other chrome Brake System socket, and pitman arm socket, at
trim may be damaged if the Visually inspect brake lines and least every other engine oil change.
vehicle is not washed after driving hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
on roads that have been sprayed leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect Caution
with magnesium, calcium, disc brake pads for wear and rotors
or sodium chloride. These for surface condition. Inspect drum Lubrication of applicable steering/
chlorides are used on roads for brake linings/shoes for wear or suspension points should not be
conditions such as ice and dust. cracks. Inspect all other brake parts. done unless the temperature is
Always wash the chrome with 12 C (10 F) or higher,
soap and water after exposure. or damage could result.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
292 Vehicle Care
Body Component Lubrication Sheet Metal Damage Interior Care

Lubricate all key lock cylinders, If the vehicle is damaged and To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the requires sheet metal repair or regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
fuel door hinge unless the replacement, make sure the body Immediately remove any soils.
components are plastic. Applying repair shop applies anti-corrosion Newspapers or dark garments can
silicone grease on weatherstrips material to parts repaired or transfer color to the vehicles
with a clean cloth will make them replaced to restore corrosion interior.
last longer, seal better, and not stick protection.
or squeak. Use a soft bristle brush to remove
Original manufacturer replacement dust from knobs and crevices on the
Underbody Maintenance parts will provide the corrosion instrument cluster. Using a mild
protection while maintaining the soap solution, immediately remove
At least twice a year, spring and fall, vehicle warranty. hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
use plain water to flush dirt and
Finish Damage repellent from all interior surfaces or
debris from the vehicle's underbody.
permanent damage may result.
Your dealer or an underbody car Quickly repair minor chips and
washing system can do this. If not Use cleaners specifically designed
scratches with touch-up materials
removed, rust and corrosion can for the surfaces being cleaned to
available from your dealer to avoid
develop. prevent permanent damage. Apply
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
cleaners directly to the cleaning
Do not directly power wash the damage can be corrected in your
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
transfer case and/or front/rear axle dealer's body and paint shop.
switches or controls. Remove
output seals. High pressure water
Chemical Paint Spotting cleaners quickly.
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated Airborne pollutants can fall upon Before using cleaners, read and
fluid will decrease the life of the and attack painted vehicle surfaces follow to all safety instructions on
transfer case and/or axles and causing blotchy, ring-shaped the label. While cleaning the interior,
should be replaced. discolorations, and small, irregular open the doors and windows to get
dark spots etched into the paint proper ventilation.
surface. See Finish Care
previously in this section.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 293
To prevent damage, do not clean Interior Glass Coated Moldings

the interior using the following
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric Coated moldings should be cleaned.
cleaners or techniques:
dampened with water. Wipe droplets . When lightly soiled, wipe with a
. Never use a razor or any other left behind with a clean dry cloth. sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
sharp object to remove a soil If necessary, use a commercial dampened with water.
from any interior surface. glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water. . When heavily soiled, use warm
. Never use a brush with stiff
soapy water.
bristles.
. Never rub any surface Caution Fabric/Carpet/Suede
aggressively or with too much To prevent scratching, never use Start by vacuuming the surface
pressure. abrasive cleaners on automotive using a soft brush attachment. If a
. Do not use laundry detergents or glass. Abrasive cleaners or rotating vacuum brush attachment is
dishwashing soaps with aggressive cleaning may damage being used, only use it on the floor
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, the rear window defogger. carpet. Before cleaning, gently
use approximately 20 drops per remove as much of the soil as
3.8 L (1 gal) of water. possible:
A concentrated soap solution will Cleaning the windshield with water
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
create streaks and attract dirt. during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency towel. Continue blotting until no
Do not use solutions that contain more soil can be removed.
strong or caustic soap. to fog.
. For solid soils, remove as much
. Do not heavily saturate the Speaker Covers as possible prior to vacuuming.
upholstery when cleaning. Vacuum around a speaker cover To clean:
. Do not use solvents or cleaners gently, so that the speaker will not
containing solvents. be damaged. Clean spots with water 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
and mild soap. colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint
transfer to the fabric or carpet.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
294 Vehicle Care
2. Remove excess moisture by Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,
gently wringing until water does and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
not drip from the cleaning cloth. Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and
3. Start on the outside edge of the Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood
soil and gently rub toward the surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Surfaces
center. Rotate the cleaning use a soft bristle brush to remove Use a soft microfiber cloth
cloth to a clean area frequently dirt that can scratch the surface. dampened with water to remove
to prevent forcing the soil in to Then gently clean by rubbing with a dust and loose dirt. For a more
the fabric. microfiber cloth. Never use window thorough cleaning, use a soft
4. Continue gently rubbing the cleaners or solvents. Periodically microfiber cloth dampened with a
soiled area until there is no hand wash the microfiber cloth mild soap solution.
longer any color transfer from separately, using mild soap. Do not
the soil to the cleaning cloth. use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
Caution
thoroughly and air dry before
5. If the soil is not completely
next use. Soaking or saturating leather,
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain especially perforated leather, as
water. Caution well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
If the soil is not completely Do not attach a device with a Wipe excess moisture from these
removed, it may be necessary to suction cup to the display. This
use a commercial upholstery surfaces after cleaning and allow
may cause damage and would them to dry naturally. Never use
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small not be covered by the vehicle
hidden area for colorfastness before heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
warranty. not use cleaners that contain
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring silicone or wax-based products.
formation occurs, clean the entire Cleaners containing these
fabric or carpet. solvents can permanently change
After cleaning use a paper towel to (Continued)
blot excess moisture.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care 295
Care of Safety Belts Use the following guidelines for

Caution (Continued) proper floor mat usage.
Keep belts clean and dry.
the appearance and feel of . The original equipment floor
leather or soft trim, and are not { Warning mats were designed for the
vehicle. If the floor mats need
recommended.
Do not bleach or dye safety belt replacing, it is recommended
webbing. It may severely weaken that GM certified floor mats be
Do not use cleaners that increase purchased. Non-GM floor mats
the webbing. In a crash, they
gloss, especially on the instrument may not fit properly and may
panel. Reflected glare can decrease might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean and interfere with the pedals. Always
visibility through the windshield check that the floor mats do not
under certain conditions. rinse safety belt webbing only
interfere with the pedals.
with mild soap and lukewarm
water. Allow the webbing to dry. . Use the floor mat with the
Caution correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
Use of air fresheners may cause Floor Mats
permanent damage to plastics . Do not place anything on top of
and painted surfaces. If an air the driver side floor mat.
freshener comes in contact with { Warning . Use only a single floor mat on
any plastic or painted surface in If a floor mat is the wrong size or the driver side.
the vehicle, blot immediately and is not properly installed, it can . Do not place one floor mat on
clean with a soft cloth dampened interfere with the pedals. top of another.
with a mild soap solution. Interference with the pedals can
Damage caused by air fresheners cause unintended acceleration
would not be covered by the and/or increased stopping
vehicle warranty. distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
296 Service and Maintenance
Service and General Information Your dealer recognizes the

importance of providing
Maintenance This maintenance section applies to
vehicles with a gasoline engine. For
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
diesel engine vehicles, see technicians, the dealer is the place
General Information "Maintenance Schedule" in the for routine maintenance such as oil
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 296 Duramax diesel supplement. changes and tire rotations and
Your vehicle is an important additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Schedule investment. This section describes tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 297 the required maintenance for the blades.
Special Application Services vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
Special Application protect against major repair Caution
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper
Additional Maintenance also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly
and Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the repairs and may not be covered
Additional Maintenance responsibility of the owner to have by the vehicle warranty.
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 all required maintenance performed. Maintenance intervals, checks,
Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids,
Recommended Fluids, and lubricants are important to
Lubricants, and Parts who can perform required
maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working
Recommended Fluids and condition.
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 replacement parts. They have
Maintenance Replacement up-to-date tools and equipment for
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Maintenance Records Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 307 transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Service and Maintenance 297
keep the vehicle in good working Severe Service Maintenance

condition, improves fuel economy, In addition to the normal service
and reduces vehicle emissions. schedule, some vehicles require
Schedule
Because of the way people use service more often. Severe service Owner Checks and Services
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. is for vehicles that are:
There may need to be more At Each Fuel Stop
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
frequent checks and services. in hot weather. . Check the engine oil level. See
Normal Service Engine Oil 0 219.
. Mainly driven in hilly or
All maintenance services, including mountainous terrain. Once a Month
those listed under Additional . Frequently towing a trailer. . Check the tire inflation
Required Services, are for pressures. See Tire
vehicles that: . Used for high-speed or
competitive driving. Pressure 0 260.
. Carry passengers and cargo . Inspect the tires for wear. See
within recommended limits on . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service. Tire Inspection 0 265.
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load . Check the windshield washer
Limits 0 171. { Warning fluid level. See Washer
Fluid 0 233.
. Are driven on reasonable road
Performing maintenance work can
surfaces within legal driving Engine Oil Change
be dangerous and can cause
limits. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
serious injury. Perform
. Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the SOON message displays, have the
Fuel 0 198. required information, proper tools, engine oil and filter changed within
and equipment are available. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
If they are not, see your dealer to under the best conditions, the
have a trained technician do the engine oil life system may not
work. See Doing Your Own indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
Service Work 0 216.
filter must be changed at least once
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
a year and the oil life system must . Check engine coolant level. See . Visually inspect steering,
be reset. Your trained dealer Engine Coolant 0 227. suspension, and chassis
technician can perform this work. . Check windshield washer fluid components for damaged, loose,
If the engine oil life system is reset level. See Washer Fluid 0 233. or missing parts or signs of
accidentally, service the vehicle wear. See Exterior Care 0 288.
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the . Visually inspect windshield wiper
. Check restraint system
last service. Reset the oil life blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior components. See Safety System
system when the oil is changed. Check 0 54.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 221. Care 0 288. Replace worn or
damaged wiper blades. See . Visually inspect fuel system for
Tire Rotation and Required Wiper Blade damage or leaks.
Services Every 12 000 km/ Replacement 0 239. . Visually inspect exhaust system
7,500 mi . Check tire inflation pressures. and nearby heat shields for
Rotate the tires, if recommended for See Tire Pressure 0 260. loose or damaged parts.
the vehicle, and perform the . Inspect tire wear. See Tire . Lubricate body components. See
following services. See Tire Inspection 0 265. Exterior Care 0 288.
Rotation 0 265.
. Visually check for fluid leaks. . Check starter switch. See Starter
. Check engine oil level and oil
. Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Switch Check 0 238.
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and See Engine Air Cleaner/ . Check automatic transmission
reset oil life system. See Engine Filter 0 225. shift lock control function. See
Oil 0 219 and Engine Oil Life . Inspect brake system. See Automatic Transmission Shift
System 0 221. Exterior Care 0 288. Lock Control Function
Check 0 238.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16

. Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 239.
. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism
Check 0 239.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
. Lubricate the steering linkage
(greasable joints). See Normal
and Severe Maintenance
Schedules. For severe
commercial use vehicles, see
Special Application
Services 0 302.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Lubricate the steering linkage.
Inspect evaporative control system. (1) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (3) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (4) @
Replace brake fluid. (5)
Footnotes Maintenance (2) Or every four years, whichever (4) Or every 10 years, whichever
Schedule Additional Required comes first. If driving in dusty comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Services - Normal conditions, inspect the filter at each excessive cracking, or damage;
(1) Visually check all fuel and vapor oil change or more often as needed. replace, if needed.
lines and hoses for proper (3) Or every five years, whichever (5) Replace brake fluid every five
attachment, connection, routing, and comes first. See Cooling years. See Brake Fluid 0 234.
condition. System 0 226.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Lubricate the steering linkage.
Inspect evaporative control system. (1) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (3) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (4) @
Replace brake fluid. (5)
Footnotes Maintenance (2) Or every four years, whichever (4) Or every 10 years, whichever
Schedule Additional Required comes first. If driving in dusty comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Services - Severe conditions, inspect the filter at each excessive cracking, or damage;
(1) Visually check all fuel and vapor oil change or more often as needed. replace, if needed.
lines and hoses for proper (3) Or every five years, whichever (5) Replace brake fluid every five
attachment, connection, routing, and comes first. See Cooling years. See Brake Fluid 0 234.
condition. System 0 226.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16

. To avoid break-down or failure to
Special Application Additional start the vehicle, maintain a
Services Maintenance and Care battery with full cranking power.
. Vehicles with Dual Wheels: Your vehicle is an important . Trained dealer technicians have
Check dual wheel nut torque at investment and caring for it properly the diagnostic equipment to test
160, 1 600, and 10 000 km (100, may help to avoid future costly the battery and ensure that the
1,000, and 6,000 mi) of driving. repairs. To maintain vehicle connections and cables are
Repeat this service whenever a performance, additional corrosion-free.
tire/wheel is serviced or maintenance services may be
Belts
removed. required.
. Belts may need replacing if they
. Severe Commercial Use It is recommended that your dealer
squeak or show signs of
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis perform these services their
cracking or splitting.
components every oil change. trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can . Trained dealer technicians have
. Have underbody flushing service
also perform a thorough access to tools and equipment
performed. See Underbody
assessment with a multi-point to inspect the belts and
Maintenance in Exterior
inspection to recommend when your recommend adjustment or
Care 0 288.
vehicle may need attention. replacement when necessary.
The following list is intended to Brakes
explain the services and conditions
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
to look for that may indicate
crucial to safe driving.
services are required.
. Signs of brake wear may include
Battery chirping, grinding, or squealing
The 12-volt battery supplies power noises, or difficulty stopping.
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16

. Trained dealer technicians have Lamps of leaking, blown seals,
access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps, or damage, and can advise
to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are when service is needed.
recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on
engineered for the vehicle. Tires
the road.
Tires need to be properly inflated,
Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
Proper fluid levels and approved attention include dimming, failure the tires can save money and fuel,
fluids protect the vehicles systems to light, cracking, or damage. and can reduce the risk of tire
and components. See The brake lamps need to be failure.
Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
. Signs that the tires need to be
Lubricants 0 305 for GM approved that they light when braking.
replaced include three or more
fluids. . With a multi-point inspection, visible treadwear indicators; cord
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps or fabric showing through the
washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns. rubber; cracks or cuts in the
checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
. Instrument cluster lights may split in the tire.
Shocks and struts help aid in control
come on to indicate that fluids . Trained dealer technicians can
for a smoother ride.
may be low and need to be inspect and recommend the right
filled. . Signs of wear may include tires. Your dealer can also
steering wheel vibration, bounce/ provide tire/wheel balancing
Hoses sway while braking, longer services to ensure smooth
Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven vehicle operation at all speeds.
be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear. Your dealer sells and services
that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point name brand tires.
With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer
dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect
advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Care . Trained dealer technicians can

To help keep the vehicle looking like inspect the windshield and
new, vehicle care products are recommend proper replacement
available from your dealer. For if needed.
information on how to clean and Wiper Blades
protect the vehicles interior and
exterior, see Interior Care 0 292 and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
Exterior Care 0 288. and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking,
Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield,
ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber.
optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can
. Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and
need to be adjusted include replace them when needed.
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
. Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
maintenance schedule section in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission DEXRON -VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Chassis Lubrication, Parking Brake Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
Cable Guides lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 227.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine
Oil 0 219.
Front Wheel Bearings Wheel bearing lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category GC or
GC-LB (GM Part No. 1051344, in Canada 993037).
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 19329450, in Canada 89021186).
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Rear Axle (Dual Rear Wheels) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).
Rear Axle (Single Rear Wheels) SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in
Canada 19300458).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Maintenance Replacement Parts

If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22909882 A3097C
Engine Oil Filter 19303975 PF48E
Spark Plugs 12621258 41-110
Wiper Blades 56.0 cm (22 in) 15214346
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
308 Technical Data
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, on the rear edge of the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) passenger side front door, has the
Vehicle Identification
following information:
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Service Parts Identification . Vehicle Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Number (VIN).
Vehicle Data . Model designation.
Capacities and . Paint information.
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
. Production options and special
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 311
This legal identifier is in the front equipment.
corner of the instrument panel, on
Do not remove this label from the
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
vehicle.
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See Engine Specifications
under Capacities and Specifications
0 309 for the vehicle's engine code.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Technical Data 309
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information.
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 305 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
amount, see the refrigerant label located under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System without Rear Heat
4.8L V8 11.8 L 12.4 qt
6.0L V8 13.1 L 13.8 qt
Cooling System with Rear Heat
4.8L V8 14.6 L 15.4 qt
6.0L V8 16.1 L 17.0 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank
Cutaway (Optional Tank)* 215.7 L 57.0 gal
Cutaway (Standard Tank) 124.9 L 33.0 gal
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
310 Technical Data
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Passenger and Cargo 117.3 L 31.0 gal
* 4 039 mm (159 in) wheelbase or 4 496 mm (177 in) wheelbase only
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
4.8L V8 F Automatic 0.951.10 mm (0.037
0.043 in)
6.0L V8 G Automatic 0.951.10 mm (0.037
0.043 in)
6.0L V8 (Capable of Being Upfit B Automatic 0.951.10 mm (0.037
for Gaseous Fuel) 0.043 in)
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Technical Data 311
Engine Drive Belt Routing
V8 Engines
If equipped with a diesel engine,
supplement.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
312 Customer Information
Customer Reporting Safety Defects to

the Canadian
Customer Information
Information Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Procedure
Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 operation of the vehicle will be
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 324
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 315 service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 315 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 319 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 of your dealership or the general
manager.
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a
the United States member of dealership management,
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 it appears your concern cannot be
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Customer Information 313
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you STEP THREE Canadian
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do
other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the
following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Company wants you to be aware of The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico
its participation in a no-charge c/o Customer Care Centre
Chevrolet Motor Division
Mediation/Arbitration Program. General Motors of Canada
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
General Motors of Canada Company
Center
Company has committed to binding Mail Code: CA1-163-005
P.O. Box 33170
arbitration of owner disputes 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
involving factory-related vehicle Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.Chevrolet.com
service claims. The program Your inquiry should be accompanied
provides for the review of the facts 1-800-222-1020
by the Vehicle Identification
involved by an impartial third party 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Number (VIN).
arbiter, and may include an informal Telephone Devices (TTYs))
hearing before the arbiter. The Roadside Assistance:
program is designed so that the Customer Assistance 1-800-243-8872
entire dispute settlement process, Offices From U.S. Virgin Islands:
from the time you file your complaint Chevrolet encourages customers to
to the final decision, should be 1-800-496-9994
call the toll-free number for
completed in about 70 days. We assistance. However, if a customer Canada
believe our impartial program offers wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
advantages over courts in most General Motors of Canada
the letter should be addressed to:
jurisdictions because it is informal, Company
quick, and free of charge. Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
For further information concerning
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
www.gm.ca
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care 1-800-263-3777 (English)
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-7854 (French), 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
or write to:
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Telephone devices (TTYs)) Online Owner Center J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Roadside Assistance: Identification Number (VIN). See
1-800-268-6800 Online Owner Experience Vehicle Identification Number
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com (VIN) 0 308.
Overseas
Please contact the local General
The Chevrolet online owner H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
experience allows interaction with Satellite radio (if equipped), and
Motors Business Unit. Chevrolet and keeps important OnStar account information (if
vehicle-specific information in one equipped).
Customer Assistance for place.
Text Telephone (TTY) F : Chat with online help
Membership Benefits representatives.
Users
E : Download owner manuals and See my.chevrolet.com to register
To assist customers who are deaf, view vehicle-specific how-to videos. your vehicle.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
G : View maintenance schedules, Chevrolet Owner Centre
alerts, and OnStar Vehicle (Canada) chevroletowner.ca
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
Diagnostic Information. Schedule
equipment available at its Customer Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
service appointments.
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with I : View and print dealer-recorded . Chat live with online help
Chevrolet by dialing: service records and self-recorded representatives.
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in service records. . Locate owner resources such as
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. D : Select a preferred dealer and lease-end, financing, and
view locations, maps, phone warranty information.
numbers, and hours. . Retrieve your favorite articles,
r : Track your vehicles warranty quizzes, tips, and multimedia
information. galleries organized into the
Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections.
. Download owner manuals.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16

. Find the General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle
Chevrolet-recommended a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and
maintenance services. or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) delivery date of the vehicle.
for details. TTY users call . Description of the problem.
GM Mobility 1-800-263-3830.
Reimbursement Program Coverage
Roadside Assistance Services are provided for the
Program duration of the vehicles powertrain
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call warranty.
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without
call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is not
This program is available to covered.
qualified applicants for cost Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year. Roadside Assistance is not a part of
reimbursement of eligible the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
aftermarket adaptive equipment Calling for Assistance General Motors North America and
required for the vehicle, such as Chevrolet reserve the right to make
hand controls or a wheelchair/ When calling Roadside Assistance,
any changes or discontinue the
scooter lift for the vehicle. have the following information
Roadside Assistance program at
ready:
For more information on the limited any time without notification.
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or . Your name, home address, and
General Motors North America and
call the GM Mobility Assistance home telephone number.
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text . Telephone number of your services or payment to an owner or
Telephone (TTY) users, call location. driver if they decide the claims are
1-800-833-9935. made too often, or the same type of
. Location of the vehicle.
claim is made many times.
. Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Services Provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to Services Specific to

. jump start a dead battery. Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the . Trip Interruption Benefits and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
vehicle to get to the nearest Assistance: If your trip is is up to 7 liters. If available,
service station. interrupted due to a warranty diesel fuel delivery may be
. event, incidental expenses may restricted. Propane and other
Lock-Out Service: Service to
be reimbursed within the fuels are not provided through
unlock the vehicle if you are
Powertrain warranty period. this service.
locked out. A remote unlock may
Items considered are reasonable
be available if you have OnStar. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
and customary hotel, meals,
For security reasons, the driver registration is required.
rental car, or a vehicle being
must present identification .
delivered back to the customer, Trip Interruption Benefits and
before this service is given.
up to 805 km (500 mi). Assistance: Must be over
. Emergency Tow from a Public 150 km from where your trip was
Road or Highway: Tow to the Services Not Included in started to qualify.
nearest Chevrolet dealer for Roadside Assistance Pre-authorization, original
warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by detailed receipts, and a copy of
was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws. the repair orders are required.
driven. Assistance is not given Once authorization has been
when the vehicle is stuck in the . Legal fines. received, the Roadside
sand, mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, Assistance advisor will help to
. Flat Tire Change: Service to or changing of snow tires, make arrangements and explain
change a flat tire with the spare chains, or other traction devices. how to receive payment.
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle . Alternative Service: If
must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible assistance cannot be provided
properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a right away, the Roadside
responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained Assistance advisor may give
replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and permission to get local
covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not emergency road service. You will
covered. receive payment, up to $100,
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring entitled Limited Warranty and
to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are Owner Assistance Information
Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work furnished with each new vehicle
covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for provides detailed warranty coverage
parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair. information.
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options
Program Warranty service can generally be
Scheduling Service completed while you wait. However,
To enhance your ownership if you are unable to do so, your
Appointments experience, we and our participating dealer may offer the following
When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy transportation options:
service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support
request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the Shuttle Service
scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty This includes one-way or round-trip
and advising the service consultant Coverage period in Canada), shuttle service within reasonable
of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or time and distance parameters of
dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both your dealer's area.
inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada.
Public Transportation or Fuel
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled The Courtesy Transportation Reimbursement
into the service department program is no longer available for
immediately, keep driving it until it cutaway vehicles. If overnight warranty repairs are
can be scheduled for service, needed, and public transportation is
Several Courtesy Transportation used, the expense must be
unless, of course, the problem is options are available to assist in
safety related. If it is, please call supported by original receipts and
reducing inconvenience when within the maximum amount allowed
your dealership, let them know this, warranty repairs are required.
and ask for instructions. by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
Courtesy Transportation is not a customers arrange their own
part of the New Vehicle Limited transportation, limited
Warranty. A separate booklet reimbursement for reasonable fuel
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
expenses may be available. Claim Additional Program Collision Parts

amounts should reflect actual costs Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new
and be supported by original
All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials
receipts. See your dealer for
service, may not be available at and construction methods as the
information.
every dealer. Contact your dealer parts with which the vehicle was
Courtesy Rental Vehicle for specific availability. originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
For an overnight warranty repair, the General Motors reserves the right to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
dealer may provide an available unilaterally modify, change,
appearance, durability, and safety
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for or discontinue Courtesy
are preserved. The use of Genuine
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. Transportation at any time and to
GM parts can help maintain the GM
Reimbursement is limited and must resolve all questions of claim
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
be supported by original receipts as eligibility pursuant to the terms and
well as a signed and completed conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts
rental agreement and meet state/ sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These
provincial, local, and rental vehicle parts are typically removed from
provider requirements. Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in
Requirements vary and may include prior crashes. In most cases, the
minimum age requirements, If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle.
Additional fees such as fuel usage damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to
excessive mileage, or rental usage equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally
beyond the completion of the repair parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety
are also your responsibility. repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of
value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts
It may not be possible to provide a be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as
available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of
Protect your investment in the GM
companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs.
vehicle with comprehensive and
not have been tested for the vehicle.
collision insurance coverage. There If a Crash Occurs
As a result, these parts may fit
are significant differences in the
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ If there has been an injury, call
quality of coverage afforded by
corrosion problems, and may not emergency services for help. Do not
various insurance policy terms.
perform properly in subsequent leave the scene of a crash until all
Many insurance policies provide
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not matters have been taken care of.
reduced protection to the GM
covered by the GM New Vehicle Move the vehicle only if its position
vehicle by limiting compensation for
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle puts you in danger, or you are
damage repairs through the use of
failure related to such parts is not instructed to move it by a police
aftermarket collision parts. Some
covered by that warranty. officer.
insurance companies will not
Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM
meets your needs before you ever For emergency towing see
original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance
need collision repairs. Your dealer If such insurance coverage is not
may have a collision repair center Program 0 316.
available from your current
with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier.
able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number.
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number.
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number.
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16

. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications
model year. recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Ordering Information
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals
. Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis
number. Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
. General description of the initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical,
damage to the other vehicle. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on
that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Service Bulletins
See Collision Parts earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be Service Bulletins give additional
section. obligated to have the vehicle technical service information
repaired with Genuine GM parts, needed to knowledgeably service
If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage
Will You See after an Airbag General Motors cars and trucks.
does not pay the full cost. Each bulletin contains instructions
Inflates? 0 60.
If another party's insurance to assist in the diagnosis and
Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, service of the vehicle.
Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that Owner Information
In the event that the vehicle requires
insurance company's collision policy Owner publications are written
damage repairs, GM recommends
repair limits, as you have no specifically for owners and intended
that you take an active role in its
contractual limits with that company. to provide basic operational
repair. If you have a pre-determined
In such cases, you can have control information about the vehicle. The
repair facility of choice, take the
of the repair and parts choices as Owner Manual includes the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
long as the cost stays within Maintenance Schedule for all
Specify to the facility that any
reasonable limits. models.
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Prices are subject to change without Operation is subject to the following
Owner Manual, and Warranty notice and without incurring two conditions:
Manual. obligation. Allow ample time for 1. The device may not cause
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 delivery. harmful interference.
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and All listed prices are quoted in U.S. 2. The device must accept any
shipping fees. funds. Make checks payable in U.S. interference received, including
Without Pouch: Owner Manual only. funds. interference that may cause
RETAIL SELL PRICE: undesired operation of the
Radio Frequency device.
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees. Statement Changes or modifications to any of
This vehicle has systems that these systems by other than an
Current and Past Models operate on a radio frequency that authorized service facility could void
Technical Service Bulletins and complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the authorization to use this equipment.
Manuals are available for current Federal Communications
and past model GM vehicles. Commission (FCC) rules and with
ORDER TOLL FREE: Industry Canada Standards
1-800-551-4123 Monday Friday RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
8:00 AM 6:00 PM Eastern Time ICES001.
For Credit Card Orders Only

(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects
the Vehicle Safety Hotline to General Motors
Defects toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to http:// In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Reporting Safety Defects www.safercar.gov; or write to: Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
to the United States Administrator, NHTSA
Government Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590 Chevrolet Motor Division
If you believe that your vehicle
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
has a defect which could cause You can also obtain other Center
a crash or could cause injury or information about motor vehicle P.O. Box 33170
death, you should immediately safety from http:// Detroit, MI 48232-5170
inform the National Highway www.safercar.gov.
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
Traffic Safety Administration (English) or 1-800-263-7854
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Reporting Safety Defects (French), or write:
General Motors. to the Canadian General Motors of Canada
If NHTSA receives similar Government Company
complaints, it may open an If you live in Canada, and you Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
investigation, and if it finds that believe that the vehicle has a safety CA1-163-005
a safety defect exists in a group defect, notify Transport Canada 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
of vehicles, it may order a recall immediately, and notify General Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
and remedy campaign. Motors of Canada Company. Call
However, NHTSA cannot Transport Canada at
become involved in individual 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
problems between you, your Transport Canada
dealer, or General Motors. Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur.
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near Note
The vehicle has a number of
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your
computers that record information
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
about the vehicles performance and
how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are
understanding how a vehicles recorded by the EDR under normal
vehicle uses computer modules to
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal
monitor and control engine and
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded.
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law
deployment and deploy them in a
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
investigation.
technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
Some modules may also store data To read data recorded by an EDR,
. Whether or not the driver and
about how the vehicle is operated, special equipment is required, and
such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle
retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the
. How fast the vehicle was information if they have access to
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and
share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar
consent of the vehicle owner or, website.
if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional
consent of the lessee; in response Information 0 331.
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System
the discovery process; or, as If the vehicle is equipped with a
required by law. Data that GM navigation system as part of the
collects or receives may also be infotainment system, use of the
used for GM research needs or may system may result in the storage of
be made available to others for destinations, addresses, telephone
research purposes, where a need is numbers, and other trip information.
shown and the data is not tied to a See the infotainment manual for
specific vehicle or vehicle owner. information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar and has an active
subscription, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicles operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
326 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and

Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Overview
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
The OnStar system status light is
OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 status light is:
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
> Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is active. Press Q
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar
that can connect to an OnStar Advisor.
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
services may require a paid Advisor.
subscription and data plan. OnStar Press = to:
requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service, . Make a call, end a call,
and GPS satellite signals to be or answer an incoming call.
available and operating. OnStar acts . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
as a link to existing emergency voice commands.
service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
your vehicle, including location Navigation voice commands.
information. See OnStar User
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
OnStar 327
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi OnStar Services Security
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Emergency Services require an
Advisor to: active, OnStar service plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. sensors can automatically alert a . With Remote Ignition Block,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being restarted.
the vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Theft Alarm Notification
Press > to get a priority connection
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially If equipped, if the doors are locked
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/
trained Advisors are available and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
7 to:
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to notification by text, e-mail, or phone
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, call will be sent. If the vehicle is
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. with authorities to recover the
vehicle.
. Get assistance in severe With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
328 OnStar
Navigation 3. Say Yes. System responds: Send Destination to Vehicle

OK, request completed, thank Subscribers can have directions
OnStar navigation requires a you, goodbye.
specific OnStar service plan. sent to the vehicles navigation
Route Preview screen, if equipped.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the 1. Press =. System responds: Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
vehicles navigation screen, OnStar ready, then a tone. download directions to the vehicles
if equipped. navigation system, if equipped. After
2. Say Route preview. System the call ends, the navigation screen
Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three will provide prompts to begin driving
maneuvers. directions. Routes that are sent to
1. Press Q to connect to an the navigation screen can only be
Repeat
Advisor. canceled through the navigation
2. Request directions to be 1. Press =. System responds: system.
downloaded to the vehicle. OnStar ready, then a tone.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say Repeat. System www.onstar.ca (Canada).
commands. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with Connections
Using Voice Commands OnStar ready, then a tone.
During a Planned Route The following OnStar services help
Get My Destination with staying connected.
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds: For coverage maps, see
1. Press =. System responds: OnStar ready, then a tone. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar ready, then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada).
2. Say Get my destination.
2. Say Cancel route. System System responds with the Ensuring Security
responds: Do you want to address and distance to the . Change the default passwords
cancel directions? destination, then responds with
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
OnStar ready, then a tone.
RemoteLink mobile application.
Make these passwords different
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
OnStar 329
from each other and use a 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display . Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
combination of letters, numbers, the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), if factory-equipped.
and symbols to increase the password, and on some . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
security. vehicles, the connection type with automatic locks.
. Change the default name of the (no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality . Activate the horn and lamps.
SSID (Service Set Identifier).
This is your networks name that (poor, good, excellent). . Check the vehicles fuel level, oil
is visible to other wireless 3. To change the SSID or life, or tire pressure,
devices. Choose a unique name password, press Q or call if factory-equipped with the Tire
and avoid family names or Pressure Monitor System.
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
vehicle descriptions. with an Advisor. . Send directions to the vehicle.

OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If After initial set-up, your vehicles . Locate the vehicle on a map
Equipped) Wi-Fi hotspot will connect (U.S. market only).
The vehicle may have a built-in automatically to your mobile . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access devices. Manage data usage by on/off, manage settings, and
to the Internet and web content at turning Wi-Fi on or off on your monitor data consumption,
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile mobile device, using the if equipped.
devices can be connected. A data RemoteLink mobile app, or by
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle contacting an OnStar Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information
controls only when it is safe to and compatibility, see
OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
do so. (If Equipped) www.onstar.ca (Canada).
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot Download the OnStar RemoteLink
information, press =, wait for Remote Services
mobile app to select Apple iOS,
the prompt, then say Wi-Fi Android, BlackBerry, Contact an OnStar Advisor to
settings. On some vehicles, or Windows mobile devices. unlock the doors or sound the horn
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the OnStar Subscribers can access the and flash the lamps.
screen. following services from a mobile
device:
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
330 OnStar
OnStar AtYourService 2. Say Call. System responds: Diagnostics

Call. Please say the name or
OnStar Advisors can provide offers Advanced Diagnostics provides a
number to call.
from restaurants and retailers on status of the vehicles key systems
your route, help locate hotels, 3. Say 911 without pausing. with a monthly e-mail, or by
or book a room. These services System responds: 911.
pressing Q. If equipped, Diagnostic
vary by market. 4. Say Call. System responds: Alerts can be received in real-time
OnStar Hands-Free Calling OK, dialing 911. via e-mail or text. The Proactive
Alerts feature (if available) can help
Make and receive calls with the Retrieve My Number
predict and alert of potential
built-in wireless calling service,
which requires available minutes. 1. Press =. System responds: upcoming maintenance issues with
OnStar ready. select components on the vehicle,
Make a Call before they become a problem.
2. Say My number. System
1. Press =. System responds: responds: Your OnStar OnStar can also monitor and report
Hands-Free Calling number is, tire pressure, if the vehicle is
OnStar ready.
then says the number. equipped with a Tire Pressure
2. Say Call. System responds: Monitoring System.
Call. Please say the name or End a Call
number to call.
Press =. System responds: Call
3. Say the entire number without ended.
pausing, including a 1 and the
area code. System responds: Verify Minutes and Expiration
OK, calling.
Press = and say Minutes then
Calling 911 Emergency Verify to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
1. Press =. System responds:
OnStar ready.
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
OnStar 331
Reactivation for Subsequent . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

OnStar Additional
Owners Press Q to speak with an
Information .
Press Q and follow the prompts to Advisor.
In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar services cannot work unless
Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update the vehicle is in a place where
information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar OnStar has an agreement with a
service options. wireless service provider for service
. Prior to vehicle purchase.
How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service
Press Q to set up an account. provider must also have coverage,
. With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response, network capacity, reception, and
every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, technology compatible with OnStar
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, services. Service involving location
. After change in ownership and Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics, information about the vehicle cannot
at 90 days. Remote Services, Roadside work unless GPS signals are
Transferring Service Assistance, Turn-by-Turn available, unobstructed, and
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling compatible with the OnStar
Press Q to request account transfer are available on most vehicles. Not hardware. OnStar services may not
eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available work if the OnStar equipment is not
can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For properly installed or it has not been
information. more information, a full description properly maintained. If equipment or
of OnStar services, system software is added, connected,
Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar User Terms, or modified, OnStar services may
Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software not work. Other problems beyond
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Terms: the control of OnStar such as
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, architecture of the vehicle, damage
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
transferred, or if the lease ends.
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
332 OnStar
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Potential Issues
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
OnStar cannot perform Remote
jamming may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
See Radio Frequency OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has
Statement 0 322. Number (PIN) been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some vehicle has not been started for
Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need five days, OnStar can contact
Advisors provide services to help to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
Subscribers with physical disabilities speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle.
and medical conditions. change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or Global Positioning
Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. System (GPS)
. Locate a gas station with an . Obstruction of the GPS can
Warranty
attendant to pump gas. occur in a large city with tall
OnStar equipment may be buildings; in parking garages;
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels and
that meets accessibility needs. warranty. underpasses; or in an area with
. Provide directions to the closest very dense trees. If GPS signals
hospital or pharmacy in urgent Languages are not available, the OnStar
situations. The vehicle can be programmed to system should still operate to
respond in multiple languages. call OnStar. However, OnStar
TTY Users
Press Q and ask for an Advisor. could have difficulty identifying
OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English, the exact location.
communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available . In emergency situations, OnStar
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country. can use the last stored GPS
customers while in the vehicle. The location to send to emergency
available dealer-installed TTY responders.
system can provide in-vehicle
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
OnStar 333
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems settings. These updates or changes
loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is may also collect personal
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. information. Such collection is
Advisor may give a verbal route or described in the OnStar privacy
may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at
vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated the time of installation. These
into the electrical architecture of the updates or changes may also cause
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical a system to automatically
Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical communicate with GM servers to
OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 212. Added electrical collect information about vehicle
the vehicle. Do not place items over equipment may interfere with the system status, identify whether
or near the antenna to prevent operation of the OnStar system and updates or changes are available,
blocking cellular and GPS signal cause it to not operate. or deliver updates or changes. An
reception. active OnStar agreement constitutes
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates
Unable to Connect to OnStar OnStar or GM may remotely deliver or changes and agreement that
Message software updates or changes to the either OnStar or GM may remotely
If there is limited cellular coverage vehicle without further notice or deliver them to the vehicle.
or the cellular network has reached consent. These updates or changes
Privacy
maximum capacity, this message may enhance or maintain safety,
may come on. Press Q to try the security, or the operation of the The complete OnStar Privacy
vehicle or the vehicle systems. Statement may be found at
call again or try again after driving a
Software updates or changes may www.onstar.com (U.S.),
few miles into another cellular area.
affect or erase data or settings that or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
Vehicle and Power Issues are stored in the vehicle, such as recommend that you review it. If you
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name have any questions, call
OnStar services require a vehicle 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations,
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless
available and operating for features
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
334 OnStar
the privacy of any information sent hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software
via wireless cellular communications above copyright notice and this without prior written authorization of
cannot be assured. Third parties permission notice appear in all the copyright holder.
may unlawfully intercept or access copies.
transmissions and private unzip:
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
communications without consent. AS IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
OnStar - Software definitive version of this document
Acknowledgements IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES should be available at ftp://
Certain OnStar components include OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
libcurl and unzip software and other FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE license.html indefinitely.
third party software. Below are the AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
notices and licenses associated with THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO rights reserved.
libcurl and unzip and for other third EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
party software please see http:// For the purposes of this copyright
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE and license, Info-ZIP is defined as
www.lg.com/global/support/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
opensource/index and https:// the following set of individuals:
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
getdocuments.html CONTRACT, TORT OR Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
libcurl:
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
NOTICE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel THE SOFTWARE. Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
All rights reserved. the name of a copyright holder shall Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
not be used in advertising or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Permission to use, copy, modify, otherwise to promote the sale, use
and distribute this software for any Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
purpose with or without fee is Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
OnStar 335
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited
Rich Wales, Mike White. (including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of
This software is provided as is, self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary the names Info-ZIP, Zip,
incidental, special or consequential or disabled. UnZip, UnZipSFX, WiZ,
damages arising out of the use of or 3. Altered versionsincluding, but Pocket UnZip, Pocket Zip,
inability to use this software. not limited to, ports to new and MacZip for its own
Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical
including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic,
and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library
freely, subject to the following versionsmust be plainly
restrictions: marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
1. Redistributions of source code the original source. Such
must retain the above copyright altered versions also must not
notice, definition, disclaimer, be misrepresented as being
and this list of conditions. Info-ZIP releasesincluding,
2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of
(compiled executables) must the altered versions with the
reproduce the above copyright names Info-ZIP (or any
notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but
and this list of conditions in not limited to, different
documentation and/or other capitalizations), Pocket
materials provided with the UnZip, WiZ or MacZip
distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
336 Index
Airbags (cont'd)
Index A
Accessories and Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 212 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Additional Information All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Additional Maintenance AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Antenna
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 225 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 188
Airbag System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Appearance Care
How Does an Airbag Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
What Makes an Airbag Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Assistance Program,
What Will You See after an Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Audio
When Should an Airbag Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 133
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Audio Players
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 57 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Airbags Automatic
Adding Equipment to the Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Light On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 222
On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Index 337
Automatic Transmission Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Carbon Monoxide (cont'd)

Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Center High-Mounted Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Shift Lock Control Function Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . . 244 Cargo
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Front Turn Signal, Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Auxiliary Sidemarker, and Parking Cargo Door Relocking . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3
Avoiding Untrusted Media Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Center High-Mounted
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240, 241 Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . . . . 244
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 244 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
B
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 101
Battery
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Check
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 239
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 C
Malfunction Indicator
Voltage and Charging Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 California
Child Restraints
Battery - North America . . . .236, 282 Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 68
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 239 Perchlorate Materials
Lower Anchors and Tethers
Bluetooth Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 California
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Brake Proposition
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79, 81
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 104 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .215, 236, 282
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Camera
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Cleaning
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Capacities and
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Carbon Monoxide
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 158
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 175 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
338 Index
Climate Control Systems (cont'd) Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Door (cont'd)

Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Cargo Door Relocking . . . . . . . . . . 29
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Text Telephone (TTY) Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Rear Heating System . . . . . . . . . 160 Customer Information Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Service Publications Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 321 Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 319 Customer Satisfaction Sliding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Compartments Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 311
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Driver Information
D
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 319
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Driving
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Connections Characteristics and
Data Collection
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Control Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Traction and Electronic Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 324
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 22
Daytime Running
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 169
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 171
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Coolant Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Devices
Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . 98 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Diagnostics
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Courtesy Transportation Dual Tire
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Door
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Index 339
E Engine (cont'd) Fluid (cont'd)

E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Electrical Equipment, Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Electrical System Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 183 Frequency Statement
Engine Compartment Fuse Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Enhanced Technology Glass . . . . 38 Front Seats
Floor Console Fuse Block . . . . 249 Entry/Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 246 Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 324 Front Turn Signal
Emergency Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 125 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Engine Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 126 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
F
Check and Service Engine Filling a Portable Fuel
Fan
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 218 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Fast Idle System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Filter,
Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 98 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 107
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Cooling System Messages . . . .113 Requirements, California . . . . . 199
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 128
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Fuses
FlexFuel
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Engine Compartment Fuse
E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Floor Console Fuse Block . . . . 249
Fluid
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 246
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 222
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
340 Index
G Headlamps (cont'd) J
Gauges Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Jump Starting - North
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . 98 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 107 America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 126
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
K
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 115
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Heater
Keyless Entry
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 25
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 158
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Warning Lights and Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 169 L
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 254
General Information Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Lamps
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 296 How to Wear Safety Belts Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 126
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
I
Glass, Enhanced Technology . . . . 38 Exterior Lamps Off
Idle System
GM Mobility Reimbursement Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Fast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 102
H Ignition Transmission Lock
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 128 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Infants and Young Children,
Lamps, Bulb Replacement . . . . . . 242
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
LATCH System
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Replacing Parts after a
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Daytime Running Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 36
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Index 341
LATCH, Lower Anchors and Locks Messages

Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Cargo Door Relocking . . . . . . . . . . 29 Battery Voltage and
Lighting Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Entry/Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Lights Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . .113
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Antilock Brake System Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 107 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Lower Anchors and Tethers Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 104 for Children (LATCH Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Object Detection System . . . . . .115
M
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 106 Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . .116
Maintenance
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Maintenance and Care
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 126 Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 297
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 99 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Recommended Fluids and
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Mirrors
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 102
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Traction Control System Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . 105 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Media
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . 141
Trailer Tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
342 Index
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 36 OnStar Additional Personalization

Monitor System, Tire Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Phone
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Power
N
OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Navigation
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Operation Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . 237
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 136 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 180
O Ordering Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Object Detection System Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 321 Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Outlets Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 53
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Privacy
Off-Road Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133, 135 Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 324
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Program
Oil
P
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 318
Park
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Proposition
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 221 65 Warning,
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . 97 California . . . . . . . . . . . .215, 236, 282
Parking
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 R
Brake and P (Park) Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 322
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 66
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 239 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 182 Radios
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Perchlorate Materials Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Requirements, California . . . . . . 215 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Index 343
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Reporting Safety Defects Safety Defects Reporting

Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 323 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 323
Rear Climate Control System . . . 161 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Rear Heating System . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Restraints Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 194 Retained Accessory Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 318
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Ride Control Systems Seats
Recommended Fluids and Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Roads Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Records Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 41
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Roadside Assistance Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 286 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Reimbursement Program, Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Securing Child Restraints . . . . 79, 81
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 311 Security
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Running the Vehicle While Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
S
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Replacement Parts Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Accessories and
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
How to Wear Safety Belts
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 66 Climate Control System . . . . . . . 158
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Replacing LATCH System Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 216
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Replacing Safety Belt System Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 307
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 54
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 53
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
344 Index
Service (cont'd) StabiliTrak Tires (cont'd)

Maintenance, General OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 27 All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 308 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Publications Ordering Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 318 Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Services Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Dual Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Storage Areas Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Shift Lock Control Function Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 85 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Check, Automatic Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Shifting Swing-out Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 262
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Switches Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 261
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Side Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Sidemarker System Terminology and Definitions . . 257
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132, 325 Uniform Tire Quality
Signals, Turn and Noise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Wheel Alignment and Tire
T
Sliding Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Special Application Services . . . . 302 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 271
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 315
Specifications and When It Is Time for New
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 33
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
9967827) - 2017 - crc - 5/2/16
Index 345
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 105 U Warning (cont'd)

Towing Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 270 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 202 Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
V Warnings
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 202
Vehicle
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 286 Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Wheels
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 308
Traction Alignment and Tire Balance . . 271
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Control System (TCS)/ Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Traction Control/Electronic When It Is Time for New
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . .119
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Trailer Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 72
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Vehicle Care
Transmission Enhanced Technology Glass . . . 38
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Vehicle Data Recording and
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Swing-out Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Transportation Program, Windshield
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Winter
Turn and Lane-Change W Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Warning Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 239

2017 Chevrolet Express Owners Manual PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

2017 Chevrolet Express Owners Manual PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

2k17_Chevrolet_Express_23213070A.

Express Owners Manual

Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

i : Top Tether Anchors for Child

In Brief Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Initial Drive panic alarm. Press L again to

If equipped, press T to lock or If equipped with power windows,

Express-Down Seat Adjustment Power Seats

Refer to the following sections for

Exterior Lighting ; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the Windshield Wiper/Washer

Vehicles without Air Conditioning

1. Fan Control 3. Air Delivery Mode Control

while driving downhill or towing a

If equipped, Range Selection Mode

Vehicle Features Radio(s)

Radio with CD/MP3

O : Press to turn the system on and SEEK or SEEK : Seek or scan

hold to accelerate. If cruise control Parking Assist Performance and

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23

Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

moving the key out of the RUN

The ignition key and key rings, and

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

If it becomes difficult to turn a key, . If the transmitter is still not

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The interior lamps come on and RUN or L is pressed again. The

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

transmitter. Do not insert when doing so. Check local

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Automatic Door Locks

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

Doors To open the rear portion of a 60/

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Sliding Door Rear Doors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

Warning (Continued) Vehicle Security

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

Exterior Mirrors On the lower portion of each mirror

The passenger side mirror is convex

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Heated Mirrors Interior Mirrors Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

Manual Windows If equipped with power windows, Swing-Out Windows

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

Vehicle Configuration ETG Locations

Sun Visors Visor Vanity Mirror

40 Seats and Restraints

Seats and When Should an Airbag

Seats and Restraints 41

Head Restraints Front Seats To adjust the seat:

42 Seats and Restraints

To adjust a power seat, if available, 2. Push and pull on the seatback

Seats and Restraints 43

Do not have a seatback reclined if Three-Passenger Seat

1. To do this, press the tip of a

44 Seats and Restraints

4. Repeat this procedure for the